WO2019058990A1 - Ink composition, method for manufacturing same and image formation method - Google Patents

Ink composition, method for manufacturing same and image formation method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019058990A1
WO2019058990A1 PCT/JP2018/033087 JP2018033087W WO2019058990A1 WO 2019058990 A1 WO2019058990 A1 WO 2019058990A1 JP 2018033087 W JP2018033087 W JP 2018033087W WO 2019058990 A1 WO2019058990 A1 WO 2019058990A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
polymer
ink
specific
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/033087
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
一郎 小山
昭太 鈴木
憲晃 佐藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2019543547A priority Critical patent/JP6938652B2/en
Publication of WO2019058990A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019058990A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to an ink composition, a method of producing the same, and an image forming method.
  • an aqueous dispersion of gel particles may be used, which comprises water as the liquid component.
  • a three-dimensional crosslinked structure including a thioether bond and an ethylenic double bond can be formed as an aqueous dispersion of gel particles capable of forming a film having both hardness and flexibility and having excellent redispersibility.
  • an aqueous dispersion of gel particles in which gel particles having a hydrophilic group and containing a photopolymerization initiator are dispersed in water.
  • Patent Document 1 also discloses that an aqueous dispersion of gel particles is used for ink jet recording.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a film-forming material, a polyether-modified silicone oil, water, and the like as an ink composition for ink jet recording which is excellent in all of solid filling property, storage stability, and abrasion resistance.
  • An ink composition for ink jet recording is disclosed, which contains a polyether-modified silicone oil and is soluble in a solvent having a SP value lower limit of 8.5 or less and an upper limit of 18.0 or more.
  • Patent Document 1 International Publication No. 2016/136113
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-5421
  • An object of the present disclosure is to provide an ink composition capable of forming an image excellent in scratch resistance, a method for producing the same, and an image forming method using the ink composition.
  • the specific means for solving the said subject contains the following aspects. ⁇ 1> with water, Particles comprising a polymer having a gelling group which is a urethane polymer, a urea polymer or a (meth) acrylic polymer and which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group;
  • n G represents 1 or 2
  • R U represents a urethane group, a urea group, a thiourethane group, or a thiourea group
  • L G represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • * represents a bonding position.
  • R G is a polysaccharide, a protein, an acrylic resin, a vinyl resin, or a hydrogelator which is a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) when n G is 1. It represents a residue from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, or a monovalent hydrophobic group.
  • R G represents a residue obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the above hydrogelator, or represents a divalent hydrophobic group.
  • n and m each independently represent an integer of 2 or more
  • p represents an integer of 0 or more
  • L represents an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms
  • R is a hydrogen atom , An alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the hydrogel forming agent is a polysaccharide or a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1),
  • the monovalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms,
  • the hydrogelator is a polysaccharide,
  • the monovalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkyl group having 16 or more carbon atoms,
  • ⁇ 5> The ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 4>, wherein R U in the formula (G) is a urea group.
  • R U in the formula (G) is a urea group.
  • ⁇ 6> The ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the gelling group is a monovalent group.
  • the polymer is a linear polymer, The ink composition according to ⁇ 6>, wherein the gelling group is disposed at the end of the main chain of the linear polymer.
  • ⁇ 8> The ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the particles contain a polymerizable monomer.
  • ⁇ 9> The ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the polymer has a polymerizable group.
  • ⁇ 10> The ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, which is used as an inkjet ink.
  • a method of producing the ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10> A method for producing an ink composition comprising the step of forming particles by mixing and emulsifying an oil phase component containing an organic solvent and a polymer, and an aqueous phase component containing water.
  • ⁇ 12> forming an ink film by applying the ink composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10> on a substrate; Heating the ink film;
  • An image forming method including:
  • an ink composition capable of forming an image excellent in scratch resistance, a method for producing the same, and an image forming method using the ink composition are provided.
  • a numerical range indicated by using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as the minimum value and the maximum value, respectively.
  • the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition unless a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition.
  • step is not limited to an independent step, and may be included in the term if the intended purpose of the step is achieved even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other steps.
  • “*” in the chemical formula represents a bonding position.
  • the concept of “image” encompasses not only pattern images (eg, characters, symbols, or figures) but also solid images.
  • “light” is a concept including active energy rays such as ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, electron beams, ultraviolet rays, visible rays and the like.
  • ultraviolet light may be referred to as "UV (Ultra Violet) light”.
  • LED light light generated from a light emitting diode (LED) light source may be referred to as “LED light”.
  • (meth) acrylic polymer” is a concept including both acrylic polymer and methacrylic polymer
  • “(meth) acrylic acid” is a concept including both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • (meth) acrylate is a concept including both acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryloyl group is a concept including both an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.
  • the polyoxyalkylene group, the amido group, the urea group and the urethane group mean a polyoxyalkylene bond, an amido bond, a urea bond and a urethane bond, respectively.
  • the ink composition of the present disclosure (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ink”) is a reaction of water, a urethane polymer, a urea polymer, or a (meth) acrylic polymer, and a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group. And particles containing a polymer having a gelling group (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific particles").
  • an ink film formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component is compared to an ink film formed using an ink containing a polymerizable monomer and / or an organic solvent as a liquid component. Therefore, it tends to be difficult to remove the liquid component from the ink film. For this reason, an image formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component may be inferior in scratch resistance.
  • the ink of the present disclosure an image excellent in scratch resistance can be formed.
  • the reason why such an effect is exerted is presumed as follows, but the ink of the present disclosure is not limited by the following reasons.
  • the formed ink film contains specific particles that are components in the ink.
  • the specific particles include a polymer having a gelling group which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group.
  • the ink of the present disclosure when the ink of the present disclosure is applied onto a substrate to form an ink film and the ink film is heated (including the case where the ink of the present disclosure is applied to a heated substrate to form an ink film) The same applies hereinafter), it is considered that the strength of the ink film can be effectively enhanced by the thickening of the ink film described above. As a result, it is considered that the scratch resistance of the ink film (i.e., the image) is improved.
  • the reason why such an effect is exerted is considered to be that unintended ink droplet coalescence on the substrate is suppressed by the above-described thickening of the ink film (here, thickening of the ink droplets).
  • the ink droplet is an aspect of the ink film.
  • the active hydrogen group means a hydroxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group or a thiol group.
  • the thickening mechanism of the ink film described above is considered to be different depending on the type of gelling agent having an active hydrogen group (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific gelling agent”) for forming a gelling group.
  • Specific gelling agents ie, gelling agents having active hydrogen groups
  • the hydrogel agent means a compound having a function of forming a hydrogel upon heating.
  • the hydrogel agent having an active hydrogen group means a hydrogel agent, which is a compound having an active hydrogen group.
  • the hydrogel forming agent has two or more types of sites having different degrees of hydrophilicity in the compound in order to exert the function of forming a hydrogel. Therefore, the degree of hydrophilicity in the compound is almost uniform, polyethylene glycol (that is, homopolymer of ethylene glycol), polypropylene glycol (that is, homopolymer of propylene glycol), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (PEGME; described later) Comparative Example 1) and the like do not correspond to the hydrogel forming agent.
  • hydrophilic polymers are merely hydrophilic polymers and do not have the function of forming a hydrogel.
  • a polyoxyalkylene compound for example, ethylene glycol-propylene glycol copolymer
  • a hydrogel forming agent which has two or more kinds of sites having different degrees of hydrophilicity
  • It corresponds to a hydrogel forming agent, and also corresponds to a hydrogel forming agent having an active hydrogen group.
  • a hydrogel forming agent having an active hydrogen group in addition to the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) or the formula (1A) described later, polysaccharides, proteins, an acrylic resin having an active hydrogen group, an active hydrogen group And vinyl resins having the same.
  • amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group means a compound having an active hydrogen group and a hydrophobic group.
  • a hydrophobic group means a group capable of aggregating to form a hydrophobic segment. This hydrophobic segment becomes a gel.
  • hydrophobic group in the present specification As a monovalent hydrophobic group, an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkylene oxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure, a structure An alkoxypolyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure, and a hydroxypolyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure Groups, etc.
  • divalent hydrophobic group examples include an alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkenylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a polyalkyleneoxy group having an alkylene group having an al
  • the ink film is heated to form a gel (that is, a hydrogel) incorporating water in the ink film. And the ink film effectively thickens.
  • the gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group
  • the ink film is heated to evaporate at least a part of the water from the ink film.
  • the hydrophobic groups of the amphiphilic gelling agents approach and aggregate. This allows the formation of hydrophobic segments (i.e., gels) and effectively thickens the ink film.
  • the ink film is heated.
  • the ink film can be effectively thickened. Therefore, when the gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is a hydrogelator having an active hydrogen group and / or an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, the effect of the ink of the present disclosure (image scratching) (Resistance and image definition) are more effective.
  • the specific particle is a urethane polymer, a urea polymer, or a (meth) acrylic polymer, and a polymer having a gelling group which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group (hereinafter also referred to as "specific polymer"
  • a polymer having a gelling group which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group
  • the specific polymer is a urethane polymer, a urea polymer or a (meth) acrylic polymer.
  • Each of these polymers has a strong structure. These strong structures also contribute to the effect of improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image.
  • a urethane polymer means a polymer containing a urethane group (except for the polymer corresponding to the (meth) acrylic polymer described later).
  • a urea polymer means a polymer containing a urea group (except for the above-mentioned urethane polymer or the polymer corresponding to the below-mentioned (meth) acrylic polymer).
  • a (meth) acrylic polymer is a homopolymer of one (meth) acrylate, a copolymer of two or more (meth) acrylates, or one or more (meth) acrylates By co-polymer with other monomers of species or more is meant.
  • urethane polymers also includes polymers containing both urethane groups and urea groups (so-called urethane urea polymers).
  • (meth) acrylic polymer also encompasses (meth) acrylic polymers containing at least one of a urethane group and a urea group.
  • the specific polymer is preferably a urethane polymer or a urea polymer from the viewpoint of more effectively exhibiting the effects (image scratch resistance and image definition) by the ink of the present disclosure.
  • the specific polymer is a urethane polymer or a urea polymer
  • a pseudo crosslinked structure due to a hydrogen bond is likely to be formed between the urethane group or the urea group in the specific polymer and the gelling group.
  • the formation of the pseudo crosslinked structure can more effectively thicken the ink film, and as a result, the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image can be further improved.
  • the specific polymer has at least one gelling group which is a reaction product of a specific gelling agent (i.e., a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) and an isocyanate group.
  • a specific gelling agent i.e., a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group
  • an isocyanate group i.e., a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group
  • the active hydrogen group in the specific gelling agent is preferably a hydroxy group, a primary amino group, or a secondary amino group from the viewpoint of the reactivity with the isocyanate group.
  • Groups or primary amino groups are more preferred, and primary amino groups are particularly preferred.
  • the gelling group may be a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group. It is preferable that it is a monovalent group or a bivalent group from the viewpoint of the formation easiness of a gelling group.
  • the gelling group is more preferably a monovalent group.
  • the gelling group is a site having high thermal reactivity and high mobility, such as a specific polymer (for example, a specific linear polymer described later or a specific crosslinked polymer described later) It is not located in the backbone, but easily located at the end of the specific polymer. Therefore, when the gelling group is a monovalent group, the ink film can be more effectively thickened, and as a result, the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are considered to be further improved.
  • a further preferable embodiment of the specific polymer is that the gelling group is a monovalent group, and the specific polymer is a specific linear polymer described later; It is an aspect in which the gelling group which is a valence group is disposed at the end of the main chain of the specific linear polymer. The reason for this is considered to be that the end of the main chain of the specific chain polymer is a site having higher thermal reactivity and higher mobility as compared to the end of the specific cross-linked polymer described later.
  • the gelling group is a divalent group and the specific polymer is a specific chain polymer described later, the gelling group is disposed in the main chain of the specific chain polymer.
  • the gelling group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (G).
  • the group represented by the formula (G) is a hydrogelator having an active hydrogen group or an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group as a specific gelling agent (that is, a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) And an isocyanate group.
  • n G represents 1 or 2
  • R U represents a urethane group, a urea group, a thiourethane group, or a thiourea group
  • L G represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • * represents a bonding position.
  • R G is a polysaccharide, a protein, an acrylic resin, a vinyl resin, or a hydrogelator which is a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) when n G is 1. It represents a residue from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, or a monovalent hydrophobic group.
  • R G represents a residue obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the above hydrogelator, or represents a divalent hydrophobic group.
  • n and m each independently represent an integer of 2 or more
  • p represents an integer of 0 or more
  • L represents an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms
  • R is a hydrogen atom , An alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • n G represents 1 or 2. In terms of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image, n G is particularly preferably 1.
  • n G is 1, it means that the group represented by the formula (G) is a monovalent group. Therefore, when n G in the formula (G) is 1, the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are further improved due to the above-described presumed reason.
  • R U represents a urethane group, a urea group, a thiourethane group or a thiourea group.
  • the R U is formed with the active hydrogen groups in the amphiphilic gelling agent having active hydrogen groups or active hydrogen groups in the hydrogel agent having an active hydrogen group, and isocyanate group, by reaction.
  • the active hydrogen group is more preferably a hydroxy group or a primary amino group, particularly preferably a primary amino group, from the viewpoint of the reactivity with the isocyanate group.
  • the urethane group is a group formed by the reaction of a hydroxy group and an isocyanate group
  • the urea group is a group formed by the reaction of a hydroxy group and a primary amino group.
  • R U is a urethane group or a urea group (particularly preferably a urea group)
  • the stability of the group represented by the formula (G) is enhanced, so the effect by the group represented by the formula (G) ( That is, the scratch resistance of the image and the improvement of the definition of the image are more effectively exhibited.
  • L G represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a divalent linking group an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carbonyliminoalkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an iminocarbonyl alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and a number average molecular weight of 1,000 or less (preferably 500 or less) And the like, and bivalent residues in which a hydroxy group is removed from both ends of the polyalkylene glycol which is
  • a carbonylimino alkylene group means a divalent group in which a carbonyl group, an imino group and an alkylene group are linked in this order
  • an iminocarbonyl alkylene group means an imino group, a carbonyl group and an alkylene group. It means a divalent group linked in this order.
  • R G is a polysaccharide, a protein, an acrylic resin, a vinyl resin, or a hydrogelator which is a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) when n G is 1. It represents a residue from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, or a monovalent hydrophobic group.
  • R G represents a residue obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the above hydrogelator, or represents a divalent hydrophobic group.
  • the residue in which one hydrogen atom is removed from the hydrogelator and the residue in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from the hydrogelator are both partial structures in the hydrogelator having an active hydrogen group.
  • the monovalent hydrophobic group and the divalent hydrophobic group both have a partial structure in an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group (ie, a compound having an active hydrogen group and a hydrophobic group). It is.
  • polysaccharides i.e., polysaccharides prior to removal of hydrogen atoms as residues
  • examples of polysaccharides (i.e., polysaccharides prior to removal of hydrogen atoms as residues) to form RG include agarose, agaropectin, amylose, amylopectin, gum arabic, sodium alginate, alginic acid Propylene glycol ester, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, curdlan, carrageenan, carboxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl starch, agar, xanthan gum, guar gum, quince seed, glucomannan, keratan sulfate, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, pectin, methyl starch Locust bean gum, dextrin, cyclodextrin and the like.
  • polysaccharides as polysaccharides as the hydrogel forming agent, disaccharides to dodecasaccharides are preferable, trisaccharides to hexasaccharides are more preferable, Sugars to pentasaccharides are particularly preferred.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polysaccharide is, for example, 300 to 1,000,000, preferably 400 to 100,000, more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 400 to 2,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) both mean values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • the sample concentration is 0.45 mass%
  • the flow rate is 0.35 ml / min
  • the sample injection amount is 10 ⁇ l
  • the measurement temperature is 40 ° C., using a differential refractive index (RI) detector .
  • the standard curve is the standard sample TSK standard, polystyrene of Tosoh Corp .: “F-40”, “F-20”, “F-4”, “F-1”, “A-5000”, “A. It is made from eight samples of "-2500", "A-1000", and "n-propylbenzene".
  • R G is a residue obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from a polysaccharide as a hydrogelator
  • the group represented by the formula (G) is preferably a polysaccharide having a primary amino group Formed by As a polysaccharide having a primary amino group, polysaccharides which are aminoethyl glycosides (for example, G0402, N0949 and S0946 in the following examples) or aminopropyl glycosides are preferable.
  • n G is 1 and R U is a urea group formed by the reaction of an amino group and an isocyanate group
  • L G is an ethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 — group)
  • R G is a polysaccharide to hydrogen Examples include residues in which one atom has been removed.
  • n G is 1, and R U is an amino group and an isocyanate group.
  • L G is a propylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 — group) and R G is a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polysaccharide
  • R G is a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polysaccharide
  • the preferred range of the Mw of the polysaccharide having a primary amino group for forming a group represented by the formula (G) is the Mw of the polysaccharide described above (ie, the polysaccharide for forming RG ). It is the same as the preferred range.
  • the protein as a hydrogel forming agent for forming RG (ie, the protein before being made into a residue except hydrogen atoms).
  • Proteins include gelatin.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the protein is, for example, 1,000 to 100,000,000, preferably 5,000 to 10,000,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 100,000.
  • the acrylic resin as a hydrogel forming agent for forming RG (that is, the acrylic resin before leaving hydrogen atom to be a residue).
  • the acrylic resin includes poly (N-isopropyl acrylamide).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is, for example, 1,000 to 500,000, preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
  • the vinyl resin as a hydrogelating agent for forming RG (that is, the vinyl resin prior to leaving hydrogen atom to be a residue).
  • a vinyl resin polyvinyl alcohol is mentioned.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the vinyl resin is, for example, 1,000 to 500,000, preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
  • a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) as a hydrogel forming agent for forming RG i.e., a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) before being made into a residue excluding hydrogen atoms ) Is as follows.
  • n and m each independently represent an integer of 2 or more
  • p represents an integer of 0 or more
  • L represents an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms
  • R is a hydrogen atom , An alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkylene group represented by L may be a linear alkylene group or a branched alkylene group.
  • the carbon number of the alkylene group represented by L is 3 or more, preferably 3 to 6, more preferably 3 to 4, and particularly preferably 3.
  • the alkyl group represented by R may be a linear alkyl group or a branched alkyl group.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R is preferably 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • the carbon number of the aryl group represented by R is preferably 6 to 18, and more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the alkyl group represented by R and the aryl group represented by R may each be substituted by a substituent.
  • substituents include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and a carboxy group.
  • polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) Polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol block copolymer polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-polyethylene glycol triblock copolymer, Polypropylene glycol-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol triblock copolymer, Etc.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) is, for example, 500 to 500,000, preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 2,000 to 30,000. And more preferably 2,000 to 20,000.
  • R G is a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) as a hydrogel forming agent
  • the group represented by the formula (G) is preferably It is formed by the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1A).
  • n, m, p, L and R are respectively synonymous with n, m, p, L and R in formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1A) is a compound having one more oxyethylene unit relative to the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) (see “n + 1” in the formula (1A) ).
  • the preferable range of Mn of the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1A) for forming a group represented by the formula (G) is represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) for forming R G It is the same as the preferable range of Mn of the polyoxyalkylene compound.
  • a commercial item may be used as a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by Formula (1A).
  • Examples of commercially available products include Pluronic (registered trademark) F108 (Mn 14600, melting point 62 ° C.), P85 (Mn 4600, melting point 40 ° C.), and F87 (Mn 7700, melting point 49 ° C.) manufactured by BASF.
  • the hydrogel forming agent for forming RG in the formula (G) is a polysaccharide or a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) from the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance and the definition of the image of the image. It is preferable that it is a polysaccharide, more preferably it is a polysaccharide.
  • the monovalent hydrophobic group and the divalent hydrophobic group represented by RG are both amphiphilic gelling agents having an active hydrogen group (ie, active hydrogen group and hydrophobicity). And a partial structure in a compound having a sex group.
  • an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms an alkenyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure
  • Alkoxy alkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group alkoxypolyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure
  • hydroxyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure carbon number in the structure
  • Examples include hydroxypolyalkyleneoxy groups containing three or more alkylene groups.
  • R G As the divalent hydrophobic group represented by R G , as described above, an alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkenylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure And a polyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group of
  • the monovalent hydrophobic group represented by RG is preferably a linear alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms.
  • the carbon number of the linear alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and more preferably 16 or more from the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image. Being particularly preferred.
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the linear alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is, for example, 30 and preferably 25.
  • the divalent hydrophobic group represented by R G is preferably a linear alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms.
  • the carbon number of the linear alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and more preferably 16 or more, from the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image. Being particularly preferred.
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the linear alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is, for example, 30 and preferably 25.
  • R G is a monovalent hydrophobic group or a divalent hydrophobic group is a reaction of an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group with an isocyanate group Formed by
  • the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably solid at room temperature (25 ° C.) from the viewpoint that the gelation function is more effectively exhibited in the ink film.
  • the melting point of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably 40 ° C. or more, more preferably 60 ° C. or more, still more preferably 80 ° C. or more, particularly preferably 100 ° C. It is above.
  • the upper limit of the melting point of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably 200 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of the production suitability of the amphiphilic gelling agent.
  • the molecular weight of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and particularly preferably 1100 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the amphiphilic gelling agent is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 400 or more, and particularly preferably 500 or more.
  • an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group preferably A linear alkylamine having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms), A linear alkylene diamine having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms), A monoalkyl polyethylene glycol having a linear alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms), or It has 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms), and a hydroxyalkyl group, an amido group, an alkylene group, an amido group and a hydroxy group A
  • amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group examples include eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ), octadecylamine (C 18 H 37 NH 2 ), hexadecylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ) in Examples described later.
  • octylamine C 8 H 17 NH 2
  • 1,12-dodecyldiamine H 2 N (CH 2 ) 12 NH 2
  • gel-01 to gel-06 monoalkyl polyethylene glycol , Etc.
  • amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group a compound having an active hydrogen group and a hydrophobic group may be selected and used from the gelling agents described in JP-A-2013-7039. .
  • the molecular weight of the gelling group (for example, a group represented by formula (G)) described above is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and particularly preferably 1100 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the gelling group is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 400 or more, and particularly preferably 500 or more.
  • the -Preferred embodiment of specific polymer- A preferred embodiment of the specific polymer is an embodiment (hereinafter also referred to as "embodiment A") which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and a compound having an isocyanate group.
  • the compound having an isocyanate group may be a raw material monomer for forming a polymer, or may be a polymer having an isocyanate group.
  • the gelling agent may be incorporated into the structure of a specific polymer in the process of forming the specific polymer, or may be added to the polymer by polymer addition reaction to form a specific polymer It may be incorporated into the structure.
  • Examples of the compound having an isocyanate group in the embodiment A include, as raw material monomers having an isocyanate group, isocyanate compounds having two or more functional groups, (meth) acrylate having at least one isocyanate group, and the like.
  • a compound having an isocyanate group in aspect A as a polymer having an isocyanate group, a urethane polymer having at least one isocyanate group, a urea polymer having at least one isocyanate group, a (meth) acrylic polymer having at least one isocyanate group , Etc.
  • the specific polymer may be a linear polymer having no crosslinked structure (hereinafter also referred to as “specific linear polymer”), or a polymer having a crosslinked structure (for example, a three-dimensional crosslinked structure) (hereinafter, “specific It may also be referred to as "crosslinked polymer”.
  • the specific chain polymer may contain cyclic structures such as aliphatic rings, aromatic rings, and heterocyclic rings in the main chain.
  • a gel having an active hydrogen group and a reaction product A1 of a reaction product of at least one selected from the group consisting of bifunctional isocyanate compounds and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of water and a compound having two active hydrogen groups
  • a diol compound, a diamine compound, and a dithiol compound are mentioned.
  • a urethane group is formed by the reaction of a difunctional isocyanate compound and a diol compound.
  • a urea group is formed by the reaction of a bifunctional isocyanate compound and a diamine compound.
  • a urea group is formed by the reaction of a bifunctional isocyanate compound and water.
  • a compound containing only one active hydrogen group Among the compounds for introducing a polymerizable group described later, a compound containing only one active hydrogen group, Among the isocyanate compounds into which a polymerizable group described later is introduced, a compound containing only one isocyanate group, Among the compounds for introducing a hydrophilic group described later, a compound containing only one active hydrogen group, Among the isocyanate compounds into which a hydrophilic group described later is introduced, a compound containing only one isocyanate group, Etc.
  • the following compounds (1-1) to (1-20) may be mentioned as the bifunctional isocyanate compound for forming the specific chain polymer.
  • Examples of the compound having two active hydrogen groups for forming a specific chain polymer include the following compounds (2-1) to (2-24).
  • transduction mentioned later, for hydrophilic group introduction mentioned later the compound which contains two active hydrogen groups among the compounds for polymeric group introduction
  • compounds containing two active hydrogen groups, and the like can also be mentioned.
  • the specific crosslinked polymer is A reaction product C1 of at least one selected from the group consisting of trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compounds and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a compound having two or more active hydrogen groups, and an active hydrogen group
  • the specific particle when the specific particle contains a specific crosslinked polymer, the specific particle preferably contains a microcapsule (hereinafter, “MC”) including a shell made of the specific crosslinked polymer and a core.
  • MC microcapsule
  • Examples of compounds having two or more active hydrogen groups for forming a specific crosslinked polymer include diol compounds and diamines, as well as compounds having two active hydrogen groups for forming the specific linear polymer described above. Compounds and dithiol compounds are included. Moreover, as a compound which has a 2 or more active hydrogen group for forming a specific crosslinked polymer, the trifunctional or more than trifunctional polyol compound, the trifunctional or more than trifunctional polyamine compound, and the trifunctional or more polythiol compound are also mentioned.
  • the trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compound for forming the specific crosslinked polymer is a compound having at least one selected from the group consisting of bifunctional isocyanate compounds and three or more active hydrogen groups (for example, trifunctional or higher functional compounds) It is preferable that it is a reaction product with at least 1 sort (s) selected from the group which consists of a polyol compound, a trifunctional or more than trifunctional polyamine compound, and a trifunctional or more than trifunctional polythiol compound).
  • the number of moles (number of molecules) of the bifunctional isocyanate compound to be reacted with the compound having three or more active hydrogen groups is the number of moles of active hydrogen groups in the compound having three or more active hydrogen groups (equivalent weight of active hydrogen groups).
  • the number is preferably 0.6 times or more, more preferably 0.6 times to 5 times, still more preferably 0.6 times to 3 times, and still more preferably 0.8 times to 2 times.
  • bifunctional isocyanate compound for forming the trifunctional or more than trifunctional isocyanate compound the thing similar to the bifunctional isocyanate compound for forming the specific chain
  • Examples of the compound having three or more active hydrogen groups for forming a trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compound include compounds having structures represented by the following (H-1) to (H-13). In the following structure, n represents an integer selected from 1 to 100.
  • trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compounds used to form the specific crosslinked polymer include adduct type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, isocyanurate type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, biuret type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, and the like. It can be mentioned.
  • isocyanurate type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds Takenate (registered trademark) D-127N, D-170N, D-170HN, D-172N, D-177N (all, Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), Sumidur N3300, Desmodur (registered trademark) N3600, N3900, Z4470BA (above, Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.), Coronate (registered trademark) HX, HK (above, Nippon Urethane Polymer Co., Ltd.), Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-100, TKA-100, TSA-100, TSS-100, TLA-100, TSE-100 (all, Asahi Kasei Corporation) and the like.
  • the specific particle when the specific particle includes an MC (that is, a microcapsule) containing a shell made of a specific crosslinked polymer and a core, the specific particle is hydrophilic as a dispersant for MC, among the specific linear polymers described above.
  • at least a part of the periphery of the shell of MC can be in a state of being coated with a specific linear polymer as a dispersant.
  • the interaction between the urethane group and / or the urea group possessed by the shell of MC and the urethane group and / or the urea group possessed by the dispersant (specific chain polymer) and the hydrophilic group of the dispersant is combined to further improve the dispersion stability of the specific particles.
  • the ratio of the amount of dispersant to the total solid content of MC (hereinafter also referred to as mass ratio [also referred to as dispersant / MC solid content]) is preferably 0.005 to 1.000, and 0.1. More preferably, it is from 05 to 0.7.
  • the mass ratio [dispersant / MC solid content] is 0.005 or more, the dispersion stability of the specific particles is further improved.
  • the mass ratio [dispersant / MC solid content] is 1.000 or less, the hardness of the image is further improved.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific polymer is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 7,000 or more, and 8000 or more from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability of the ink (that is, the dispersion stability of the specific particles). It is further preferred that There is no particular limitation on the upper limit of Mw of the specific polymer. As an upper limit of Mw of a specific polymer, 150000, 100000, 70000, 50000 are mentioned, for example.
  • the content of the specific polymer is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the specific particles.
  • the content of the specific polymer is 10% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the specific particles, the dispersion stability of the ink (that is, the dispersion stability of the specific particles) is further improved.
  • the content of the specific polymer may be 100% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles, but 80% by mass or less is preferable, 70% by mass or less is more preferable, and 50% by mass or less Being particularly preferred.
  • the specific polymer preferably has at least one kind of polymerizable group.
  • the specific polymer has a polymerizable group, after thickening the ink film by the action of the gelling group, the thickened ink film can be cured by the action of the polymerizable group. This further improves the scratch resistance of the image.
  • a photopolymerizable group or a thermally polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the photopolymerizable group is preferably a radical polymerizable group, more preferably a group containing an ethylenic double bond, and still more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group, an allyl group, a styryl group or a vinyl group.
  • a (meth) acryloyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of radical polymerization reactivity and the hardness of the formed film.
  • an epoxy group an oxetanyl group, an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, a ketone group, an aldehyde group or a blocked isocyanate group is preferable.
  • the specific polymer may contain only one type of polymerizable group, or may contain two or more types.
  • the specific polymer having a polymerizable group can be confirmed, for example, by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR) analysis.
  • FT-IR Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy
  • the introduction of the polymerizable group into the specific polymer can be performed using a compound for introducing a polymerizable group.
  • a compound for introducing a polymerizable group a compound having a polymerizable group and an active hydrogen group can be used.
  • the compound for introducing a polymerizable group it is preferable to use a compound having one or more polymerizable groups and two or more active hydrogen groups.
  • the method for introducing the polymerizable group into the specific polymer is not particularly limited, but when synthesizing the specific polymer, at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional isocyanate compound, water, a diol compound, and a diamine compound And at least one selected from the group consisting of dithiol compounds, at least one compound for introducing a polymerizable group, and (when necessary, at least one compound for introducing a hydrophilic group), the method is particularly preferred. preferable.
  • the polymerizable group-introducing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0089 of WO 2016/052053 can also be used.
  • L 1 represents a m + n valent linking group
  • m and n each independently represent an integer selected from 1 to 100
  • L c represents a monovalent ethylenically unsaturated group
  • Z represents an active hydrogen group.
  • L 1 is a divalent or higher aliphatic group, a divalent or higher aromatic group, a divalent or higher heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N ⁇ , -CO-, -SO It is preferable that-, -SO 2 -or a combination thereof.
  • m and n each independently are preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 2 to 20, still more preferably 3 to 10, and particularly preferably 3 to 5.
  • Examples of the monovalent ethylenically unsaturated group represented by Lc include an allyl group, a vinyl group, an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.
  • the active hydrogen group represented by Z is more preferably a hydroxy group or a primary amino group, and still more preferably a hydroxy group.
  • n in the compounds (a-3) and (a-14) represents, for example, an integer selected from 1 to 90.
  • the introduction of the polymerizable group into the specific polymer can also be carried out using an isocyanate compound having a polymerizable group introduced.
  • Reaction product of at least one of the above-mentioned compounds for introducing a polymerizable group and at least one of a bifunctional isocyanate compound Reaction product of at least one of the above-mentioned compounds for introducing a polymerizable group and at least one of an isocyanate compound having three or more functional groups; From the group consisting of at least one of the above-mentioned compounds for introducing a polymerizable group, at least one of a bifunctional isocyanate compound, a trifunctional or higher polyol compound, a trifunctional or higher polyamine compound, and a trifunctional or higher polythiol compound Reaction products of at least one selected; Etc.
  • the specific polymer may have at least one hydrophilic group.
  • the dispersion stability for example, storage stability, ejection stability, etc.
  • a hydrophilic group an anionic group or a nonionic group is preferable, and an anionic group is preferable from the point which is excellent in the effect of a dispersion stability improvement.
  • the anionic group and the nonionic group of the same molecular weight are compared, the anionic group is more excellent in the effect of improving the dispersion stability. That is, an anionic group (particularly preferably at least one member selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a salt of a carboxy group) can sufficiently exhibit the effect of improving the dispersion stability even when the molecular weight is small. .
  • the nonionic group includes a group having a polyether structure, and is preferably a monovalent group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • the anionic group may be an unneutralized anionic group or a neutralized anionic group.
  • a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a sulfuric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group etc. are mentioned.
  • the neutralized anionic group include salts of carboxy group, salts of sulfo group, salts of sulfuric acid group, salts of phosphonic acid group, salts of phosphoric acid group, and the like.
  • a carboxy group is neutralized indicates that a carboxy group as an anionic group is in the form of a “salt” (eg, "-COONa”).
  • a sulfo group, a sulfate group, a phosphonate group and a phosphate group as an anionic group.
  • Neutralization can be performed, for example, using an alkali metal hydroxide (eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide etc.), an organic amine (eg, triethylamine etc.).
  • the anionic group that the specific polymer may have, a carboxy group, a salt of a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a salt of a sulfo group, a sulfate group, a salt of a sulfate group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group And at least one selected from the group consisting of salts of phosphoric acid groups and salts of phosphoric acid groups, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of carboxy groups and salts of carboxy groups.
  • alkali metal salts or organic amine salts are preferable, and alkali metal salts Is more preferred.
  • alkali metal in the alkali metal salt K or Na is preferable.
  • the degree of neutralization of the anionic group (eg, carboxy group) of the specific polymer is preferably 50% to 100%.
  • the "degree of neutralization of anionic group” means the number of moles of neutralized anionic group and the number of moles of non-neutralized anionic group in the entire anionic group of the specific polymer. Ratio of the number of moles of neutralized anionic groups to the total of [number of moles of neutralized acid groups / (number of moles of neutralized acid groups + number of moles of non-neutralized acid groups)] means.
  • the degree of neutralization of the anionic group is 50% or more, the dispersion stability of the specific particle is further improved.
  • the degree of neutralization of the anionic group is preferably 50% to 95%, more preferably 80% to 95%, and still more preferably 90% to 95%.
  • the neutralized anionic group ie, an anionic group in the form of a salt
  • the degree of neutralization of the anionic group is 95% or less, the hydrolysis of the urethane group and / or the urea group which the specific polymer may have can be further suppressed.
  • the degree of neutralization can be determined by neutralization titration.
  • the specific polymer contains an anionic group (for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a salt of a carboxy group) as a hydrophilic group
  • the number of millimoles of anionic group in 1 g of the specific polymer is 0.10 mmol / g to 2.10 from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability of the specific particles. It is preferably 00 mmol / g, more preferably 0.30 mmol / g to 1.50 mmol / g.
  • the introduction of the hydrophilic group into the specific polymer can be performed using a compound for introducing a hydrophilic group.
  • a compound for hydrophilic group introduction a compound having a hydrophilic group and an active hydrogen group can be used. It is preferable to use a compound having one or more hydrophilic groups and two or more active hydrogen groups as the hydrophilic group-introducing compound.
  • ⁇ -amino acids specifically, lysine, alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, Amino acids such as leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine and valine
  • the compound for introducing an anionic group the following specific examples can be mentioned besides the above-mentioned ⁇ -amino acid.
  • the compound for introducing an anionic group may be used by neutralizing at least a part of the anionic group, using an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide; an organic base such as triethylamine; or the like.
  • an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide
  • an organic base such as triethylamine
  • hydrophilic group-introducing compounds as the nonionic group-introducing compound, compounds having a polyether structure are preferable, and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene group are more preferable.
  • the introduction of the hydrophilic group into the specific polymer can also be performed using an isocyanate compound having a hydrophilic group introduced.
  • isocyanate compound which introduced the hydrophilic group Reaction product of at least one of the hydrophilic group-introducing compounds described above and at least one of the bifunctional isocyanate compounds; Reaction product of at least one of the hydrophilic group-introducing compounds described above and at least one of trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compounds; From the group consisting of at least one of the hydrophilic group-introducing compounds described above, at least one of the bifunctional isocyanate compounds, a trifunctional or higher polyol compound, a trifunctional or higher polyamine compound, and a trifunctional or higher polythiol compound Reaction products of at least one selected; Etc.
  • isocyanate compound having a hydrophilic group introduced examples include adducts of trimethylolpropane (TMP), m-xylylene diisocyanate (XDI) and polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (EO) (for example, Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Takenate (registered trademark) D-116N).
  • TMP trimethylolpropane
  • XDI m-xylylene diisocyanate
  • EO polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the specific particles preferably contain a polymerizable monomer.
  • the specific particles preferably contain a polymerizable monomer, after thickening the ink film by the action of the gelling group, the thickened ink film can be cured by the action of the polymerizable monomer. This further improves the scratch resistance of the image.
  • the specific particle contains a polymerizable monomer, the polymerizable monomer contained in the specific particle may be only one type, or two or more types.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0105 of WO 2016/052053 may be used.
  • a photopolymerizable monomer or a thermally polymerizable monomer is preferable.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer has the property of polymerizing upon irradiation with light (ie, active energy ray).
  • the thermally polymerizable monomer has a property of polymerizing by heating or irradiation of infrared radiation.
  • a radically polymerizable monomer having a radically polymerizable ethylenic double bond is preferable.
  • the ink in which the specific particle contains at least one of the photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer has a photopolymerizable group is referred to as “photocurable ink”.
  • the ink of an aspect satisfying at least one of the specific particles containing a thermally polymerizable monomer and the specific polymer having a thermally polymerizable group may be referred to as a "thermosetting ink”.
  • the ink of the present disclosure is a photocurable ink
  • curing of the ink film formed by the ink of the present disclosure can be performed by applying light to the ink film (curing process described later)
  • the ink of the present disclosure is a thermosetting ink
  • the ink film can be heated or subjected to infrared irradiation (see heating step or curing step B described later).
  • a preferred embodiment of the photocurable ink is an embodiment in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer has a photopolymerizable group.
  • the specific particle when the specific particle contains a photopolymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer, the specific particle preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator described later.
  • the specific particles when the specific particles contain a thermally polymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer, the specific particles may further contain a photothermal conversion agent, a thermal curing accelerator, or a photothermal conversion agent and a thermal curing accelerator described later.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer contained in the specific particles (total amount in the case of containing two or more types) is 10 mass with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles from the viewpoint of improving the curing sensitivity of the film and the hardness of the film. % To 90% by mass is preferable, 20% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 30% by mass to 70% by mass is more preferable.
  • the total solid content of a specific particle means the total amount of the specific particle when the specific particle does not contain a solvent, and when the specific particle contains a solvent, the solvent is removed from the specific particle. It means the total amount.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000, more preferably 100 to 2000, still more preferably 100 to 1000, still more preferably 100 to 900, and still more preferably 100 to 800. And particularly preferably 150 to 750.
  • a polymerizable monomer having a radically polymerizable ethylenic unsaturated bond ie, a radically polymerizable monomer
  • a polymerizable monomer having a cationically polymerizable cationically polymerizable group ie, a cationically polymerizable monomer
  • radically polymerizable monomers examples include acrylate compounds, methacrylate compounds, styrenic compounds, vinyl naphthalene compounds, N-vinyl heterocyclic compounds, unsaturated polyesters, unsaturated polyethers, unsaturated polyamides, and unsaturated urethanes.
  • the radically polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the specific particle may contain only one type of radically polymerizable monomer, or may contain two or more types.
  • acrylate compound 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, butoxyethyl acrylate, carbitol acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, tridecyl acrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate (PEA), bis (4-acryloxypoly) Ethoxyphenyl) propane, oligoester acrylate, epoxy acrylate, isobornyl acrylate (IBOA), dicyclopentenyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyl oxyethyl acrylate, dicyclopentanyl acrylate, cyclic trimethylolpropane formal acrylate, 2- (2 -Ethoxyethoxy) ethyl acrylate, 2- (2-vinyloxyethoxy) ethyl acrylate , Octyl acrylate, decyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl
  • methacrylate compounds methyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, allyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, dimethylaminomethyl methacrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, phenoxyethyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate and the like Monofunctional methacrylate compounds;
  • Examples include difunctional methacrylate compounds such as polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, polypropylene glycol dimethacrylate, 2,2-bis (4-methacryloxypolyethoxyphenyl) propane and tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate.
  • styrene compound examples include styrene, p-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-methyl- ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-methoxy- ⁇ -methylstyrene and the like.
  • vinyl naphthalene compound examples include 1-vinyl naphthalene, methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, ⁇ -methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, 4-methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, 4-methoxy-1-vinyl naphthalene and the like.
  • N-vinyl heterocyclic compounds include N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylethylacetamide, N-vinylpyrrole, N-binyphenothiazine, N-vinylacetanilide, N-vinylethylacetamide, N-vinylsuccinic acid Imide, N-vinyl phthalimide, N-vinyl caprolactam, N-vinyl imidazole and the like can be mentioned.
  • radically polymerizable monomers include N-vinylamides such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, triallyl trimellitate, N-vinylformamide and the like.
  • radically polymerizable monomers as a radically polymerizable monomer having two or less functional groups, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (HDDA), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (NDDA), 1,10-decanediol Diacrylate (DDDA), 3-methylpentadiol diacrylate (3MPDDA), neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol Diacrylate (TPGDA), cyclohexanone dimethanol diacrylate, alkoxylated hexanediol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrelay And at least one is preferably selected from polypropylene glycol diacrylate.
  • HDDA 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate
  • NDDA 1,9-nonanedio
  • trimethylolpropane triacrylate pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, ethoxylated Trimethylolpropane triacrylate, propoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate, caprolactone modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol ethoxy tetraacrylate, glycerin propoxy triacrylate, ethoxylated dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, caprolactam modified dipentaeri Li hexaacrylate, propoxylated glycerol triacrylate,
  • the specific particles may contain a combination of a difunctional or less radically polymerizable monomer and a trifunctional or more radically polymerizable monomer.
  • the difunctional or less radically polymerizable monomer contributes to the adhesion between the image and the substrate
  • the trifunctional or more radically polymerizable monomer contributes to the improvement of the image hardness.
  • a combination of a difunctional or less radically polymerizable monomer and a trifunctional or more radically polymerizable monomer a combination of a difunctional acrylate compound and a trifunctional acrylate compound, a difunctional acrylate compound and a pentafunctional acrylate compound And combinations of monofunctional acrylate compounds and tetrafunctional acrylate compounds.
  • At least one of the radically polymerizable monomers that may be contained in the specific particles is also a radically polymerizable monomer having a cyclic structure (hereinafter, "cyclic radically polymerizable monomer”) Is preferred.
  • cyclohexyl acrylate tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyl oxyethyl acrylate, dicyclopentanyl acrylate, ethoxylated isocyanuric acid triacrylate, ⁇ -Caprolactone modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate and the like.
  • bifunctional or higher cyclic radical polymerizable monomers described below are also included.
  • At least one of the radically polymerizable monomers that may be contained in the specific particles has one or more cyclic structures and two or more (meta It is preferable that it is a polymerizable monomer containing an acryloyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as “a cyclic radical polymerizable monomer having two or more functional groups”).
  • Tricyclodecane dimethanol di (meth) acrylate Bisphenol A ethylene oxide (EO) adduct di (meth) acrylate, Bisphenol A propylene oxide (PO) adduct di (meth) acrylate, Ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, Alkoxylated dimethylol tricyclodecane di (meth) acrylate, Alkoxylated cyclohexanone dimethanol di (meth) acrylate, Examples thereof include cyclohexanone dimethanol di (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • the proportion of the bifunctional or higher cyclic radically polymerizable monomer in the entire polymerizable monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 100% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass. Preferably, 40% by mass to 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of cationically polymerizable monomers include epoxy compounds, vinyl ether compounds, and oxetane compounds.
  • a cationically polymerizable monomer a compound having at least one olefin, thioether, acetal, thioxane, thietane, aziridine, N heterocycle, O heterocycle, S heterocycle, P heterocycle, aldehyde, lactam, or cyclic ester group preferable.
  • JP-A-77-159983, JP-B-7-31399, JP-A-8-224982, JP-A-10-863, JP-A-9-134011, and the like can be used as the photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the photocurable polymerizable monomers used in the photopolymerizable compositions described in the respective publications such as Table 2004-514014 are known, and these may also be applied as polymerizable monomers which can be contained in specific particles. it can.
  • photopolymerizable monomer you may use the commercial item marketed.
  • examples of commercial products of the photopolymerizable monomer include AH-600 (bifunctional), AT-600 (bifunctional), UA-306H (six functional), UA-306T (six functional), UA-306I (six functional) ), UA-510H (10 functional), UF-8001G (bifunctional), DAUA-167 (bifunctional), light acrylate NPA (bifunctional), light acrylate 3EG-A (bifunctional) (all, Kyoeisha Chemical (stock) ), SR339A (PEA, monofunctional), SR506 (IBOA, monofunctional), CD262 (bifunctional), SR238 (HDDA, bifunctional), SR341 (3MPDDA, bifunctional), SR508 (bifunctional), SR306H (2 Functional), CD 560 (bifunctional), SR833S (bifunctional), SR444 (trifunctional), SR454 (tri
  • NPGPODA neopentyl glycol propylene oxide adduct diacrylate
  • SR 531 SR 285, SR 256 (above, Sartomer)
  • A-DHP dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Alonics registered trademark
  • M-156 Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • V-CAP BASF Corporation
  • Viscote # 192 Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • SR506, SR833S, A-9300, or A-9300-CL which is a photopolymerizable monomer having a cyclic structure
  • SR833S is particularly preferable.
  • the thermally polymerizable monomers can be selected from the group of polymerizable monomers that can be polymerized by heating or irradiation with infrared radiation.
  • a thermally polymerizable monomer an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, an aziridine compound, an azetidine compound, a ketone compound, an aldehyde compound, a block isocyanate compound etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 3- (bis (glycidyloxymethyl) methoxy) -1,2-propanediol, limonene oxide, 2-biphenyl glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl -3 ', 4'-Epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, epoxide derived from epichlorohydrin-bisphenol S, epoxidized styrene, epoxide derived from epichlorohydrin-bisphenol F, epoxide derived from epichlorohydrin-bisphenol A, epoxy Difunctional or less epoxy compounds such as fluorinated novolaks and alicyclic diepoxides; Examples include polyglycidyl esters of polybasic acids, polyglycidyl ethers of polyols, polyglycidyl ethers of polyoxyalkylene glycols,
  • oxetane compounds include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyl-1-oxetane, 1,4 bis [3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethoxy) methyl] benzene, 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyl-oxetane, bis ([ 1-ethyl (3-oxetanyl)] methyl) ether, 3-ethyl-3-[(2-ethylhexyloxy) methyl] oxetane, 3-ethyl-[(triethoxysilylpropoxy) methyl] oxetane, 3,3-dimethyl -2- (p-methoxyphenyl) -oxetane and the like.
  • a block isocyanate compound the compound which inactivated the isocyanate compound with the blocking agent (active hydrogen containing compound) is mentioned.
  • an isocyanate compound for example, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, toluyl diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer, trimethylhexylylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate, takenate (registration Commercially available isocyanates such as trademarks; Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), Duranate (registered trademark; Asahi Kasei Corporation), Bayhydur (registered trademark; Bayer AG), etc., or difunctional or higher functional isocyanates combining these are preferred.
  • lactam eg ⁇ -caprolactam, ⁇ -valerolactam, ⁇ -butyrolactam etc.
  • oxime eg acetoxime, methyl ethyl keto oxime (MEK oxime), methyl isobutyl keto oxime (MIBK oxime), cyclohexanone oxime etc]
  • Amines eg aliphatic amines (dimethylamine, diisopropylamine, di-n-propylamine, diisobutylamine etc.), alicyclic amines (methylhexylamine, dicyclohexylamine etc.), aromatic amines (aniline, diphenylamine etc.)]
  • Aliphatic alcohols eg methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, n-butanol etc]
  • phenols and alkylphenols eg phenol, cresol, ethylphenol, n-propylphenol ,
  • blocked isocyanate compound commercially available commercial products may be used.
  • Trixene registered trademark
  • Bayhydur registered trademark; Bayer AG
  • the compound group described in paragraph 0064 of WO 2015/158654 is also suitably used.
  • the specific particle containing the specific polymer described above and the polymerizable monomer described above can be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an oil phase component containing the specific polymer and the polymerizable monomer and an aqueous phase component. .
  • the specific particles may contain at least one photopolymerization initiator.
  • the specific particle contains a photopolymerizable monomer (for example, a radically polymerizable monomer)
  • the specific particle preferably contains at least one kind of a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the specific particles contain a photopolymerization initiator
  • the sensitivity to light i.e., active energy ray
  • the specific particle contains a photopolymerization initiator
  • one specific particle has both a photopolymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the curing sensitivity of the film (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “sensitivity”) as compared with the case of using a conventional photocurable composition. ) Improves. As a result, a film which is more excellent in hardness and more excellent in adhesion to a substrate is formed.
  • a photopolymerization initiator for example, water solubility
  • a photopolymerization initiator for example, water solubility
  • Specific examples of the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiators that have high sensitivity but low dispersibility or solubility in water but are difficult to use include the carbonyl compounds and acyl phosphine oxide compounds described below.
  • the ink of the present disclosure can be contained in the ink of the present disclosure, which is a water-based composition, by including a substance having low water solubility in the specific particles. This is also one of the advantages of the ink of the present disclosure.
  • the ink of the embodiment in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerization initiator is excellent in storage stability as compared with the conventional photocurable composition.
  • the reason is considered to be that aggregation or sedimentation of the photopolymerization initiator is suppressed by containing the photopolymerization initiator in the specific particles.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a compound that absorbs light (that is, active energy rays) to generate a radical which is a polymerization initiation species.
  • photoinitiator As a preferable photoinitiator, (a) Carbonyl compounds, such as aromatic ketones, (b) Acyl phosphine oxide compounds, (c) Aromatic onium salt compounds, (D) organic peroxide, (e) thio compound, (f) hexaarylbiimidazole compound, (g) ketoxime ester compound, (h) borate compound, (i) azinium compound, (j) metallocene compound, k) Active ester compounds, (l) compounds having a carbon halogen bond, (m) alkylamine compounds and the like.
  • carbonyl compounds such as aromatic ketones
  • b) Acyl phosphine oxide compounds As a preferable photoinitiator, (a) Carbonyl compounds, such as aromatic ketones, (b) Acyl phosphine oxide compounds, (c) Aromatic onium salt compounds, (D) organic peroxide, (e) thio compound, (f) hexaary
  • photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more of the compounds (a) to (m).
  • a carbonyl compound As preferable examples of (a) a carbonyl compound, (b) an acyl phosphine oxide compound, and (e) a thio compound, “RADIATION CURE IN POLYMER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY”, J. P. FOUASSIER, J.J. F. RABEK (1993), pp. And compounds having a benzophenone skeleton or a thioxanthone skeleton described in 77 to 117, and the like.
  • More preferable examples include an ⁇ -thiobenzophenone compound described in JP-B-47-6416, a benzoin ether compound described in JP-B-47-3981, an ⁇ -substituted benzoin compound described in JP-B-47-22326, and Benzoin derivatives described in JP-A-47-23664; aroyl phosphonic acid esters disclosed in JP-A-57-30704; dialkoxybenzophenones described in JP-B-60-26483; JP-B-60-26403; Benzoin ethers described in JP-A-62-81345, JP-B1-34242, U.S. Pat. No.
  • Examples of commercial products of the photopolymerization initiator include IRGACURE (registered trademark) 184, 369, 500, 651, 819, 907, 1000, 1300, 1700, 1870, DAROCUR (registered trademark) 1173, 2959, 4265, ITX, LUCIRIN (registered trademark) TPO [above, all made by BASF Corporation], ESACURE (registered trademark) KTO 37, KTO 46, KIP 150, EDB [all, all by Lamberti], H-Nu (registered trademark) 470, 470X [all, all Spectra Group Limited], Omnipol TX, 9210 [all of which are all IGM Resins B. V. And SPEEDCURE 7005, 7010, and 7040 (manufactured by LAMBSON Co., Ltd.).
  • a carbonyl compound or (b) an acylphosphine oxide compound is more preferable, and specifically, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide (eg, BASF) IRGACURE (registered trademark) 819), 2- (dimethylamine) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (for example, IRGACURE (registered trademark) 369 manufactured by BASF Corp.) 2 -Methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, IRGACURE (registered trademark) 907 manufactured by BASF Corp.), 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (for example, BASF Corp.) IRGACURE® 184), 2,4,6-trimethyl Nzoiru - diphenyl - phosphine oxide (e.g., DA
  • an acyl phosphine oxide compound is preferable, and a monoacyl phosphine oxide compound (particularly preferably 2, More preferred is 4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide) or a bisacylphosphine oxide compound (particularly preferably bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide).
  • a wavelength of LED light 355 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm, or 405 nm is preferable.
  • a polymer type photopolymerization initiator is also preferable.
  • a polymeric photoinitiator the above-mentioned Omnipol TX, 9210; SPEEDCURE 7005, 7010, 7040; is mentioned.
  • a specific particle containing a photopolymerization initiator can be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an aqueous phase component and an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a photopolymerizable monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator. it can.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, still more preferably 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the specific particles. It is ⁇ 15% by mass.
  • the specific particles may contain at least one sensitizer.
  • the specific particles preferably contain at least one sensitizer.
  • the decomposition of the photopolymerization initiator by irradiation of light ie, active energy ray
  • a sensitizer is a substance that absorbs a specific activation energy ray to be in an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with the photopolymerization initiator to produce actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation, and the like. This promotes chemical change of the photopolymerization initiator, that is, decomposition, formation of radicals, acid or base, and the like.
  • sensitizer examples include benzophenone, thioxanthone, isopropyl thioxanthone, anthraquinone, 3-acyl coumarin derivative, terphenyl, styryl ketone, 3- (aroyl methylene) thiazoline, camphor quinone, eosin, rhodamine, erythrosine and the like. .
  • the compound represented by General formula (i) of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-24276, and the compound represented by General Formula (I) of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 6-107718 are mentioned. Can also be suitably used.
  • At least one selected from thioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, and benzophenone is preferable as the sensitizer from the viewpoint of compatibility with LED light and reactivity with a photopolymerization initiator, and from thioxanthone and isopropyl thioxanthone At least one selected is more preferable, and isopropylthioxanthone is more preferable.
  • the specific particle contains a sensitizer, it may contain one sensitizer alone, or two or more sensitizers.
  • the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and 0.2% by mass to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles. %, More preferably 0.3% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • Specific particles containing a photopolymerization initiator and a sensitizer include, for example, a mixture of an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a photopolymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, and a sensitizer and an aqueous phase component. It can be produced by emulsifying.
  • the specific particles may contain at least one photothermal conversion agent.
  • the photothermal conversion agent is a compound that absorbs infrared rays and generates heat to polymerize and cure the thermally polymerizable monomer.
  • known compounds can be used as the photothermal conversion agent.
  • an infrared absorber As a photothermal conversion agent, an infrared absorber is preferable.
  • infrared absorbers include polymethylindolium, indocyanine green, polymethine dyes, croconium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, chalcogenopyryloarylidene dyes, metal thiolate complex dyes, bis (chalcogenopirillo) polymethine dyes And oxyindolizine dyes, bisaminoallyl polymethine dyes, indolizine dyes, pyrylium dyes, quinoid dyes, quinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, azo dyes, azomethine dyes, carbon black and the like.
  • Specific particles containing a photothermal conversion agent can be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a thermally polymerizable monomer, and a photothermal conversion agent, and an aqueous phase component.
  • a photothermal conversion agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the photothermal conversion agent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 25% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles. It is more preferable that the content is 15% by mass.
  • the specific particles may contain at least one of a heat curing accelerator.
  • the thermal curing accelerator is a compound that catalytically accelerates the thermal curing reaction of the thermally polymerizable monomer.
  • the heat curing accelerator is preferably an acid or a base, or a compound which generates an acid or a base by heating, for example, a carboxylic acid, a sulfonic acid, a phosphoric acid, an aliphatic alcohol, a phenol, an aliphatic amine, an aromatic amine, an imidazole (For example, phenylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole), pyrazole and the like.
  • a specific particle containing a heat curing accelerator may be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a heat polymerizable monomer, and a heat curing accelerator, and an aqueous phase component. it can.
  • the heat curing accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the thermosetting accelerator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 25% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles. More preferably, it is 1% by mass to 15% by mass.
  • the total solid content of the specific particles is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the ink. Is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and still more preferably 85% by mass or more. Thereby, the dispersion stability is further improved, and the adhesion between the image and the substrate is further improved.
  • the total solid content of the specific particles is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the ink, and 5% by mass. More preferably, it is from 30% by mass.
  • the total solid content of the specific particles is 1% by mass or more with respect to the total amount of the ink, the adhesion between the image and the substrate is further improved.
  • the total solid content of the specific particles is 50% by mass or less based on the total amount of the ink, the dispersion stability of the ink is further improved.
  • the volume average dispersed particle size of the specific particles is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 10.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m. It is further preferably 1 to 1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m to 0.5 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m to 0.3 ⁇ m.
  • the "volume-average dispersed particle size" refers to a value measured by a light scattering method. The measurement of the volume average dispersed particle diameter of the specific particles by the light scattering method is performed using, for example, LA-960 (Horiba, Ltd.).
  • the ink of the present disclosure contains water.
  • Water is a dispersion medium for specific particles (dispersoids).
  • the content of water in the ink of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but the content of water is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 95% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink % By mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the ink of the present disclosure may be an ink containing at least one colorant (so-called “colored ink”) or an ink not containing a colorant (so-called “clear ink”).
  • the coloring material is preferably contained outside the specific particle (that is, the specific particle does not contain the coloring material).
  • the colorant is not particularly limited, and may be selected from known colorants such as pigments, water-soluble dyes and disperse dyes. Among these, from the viewpoint of excellent weather resistance and rich color reproducibility, it is more preferable to include a pigment.
  • the pigment is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • examples thereof include known organic pigments and inorganic pigments, and resin particles dyed with a dye, commercially available pigment dispersions and surfaces Treated pigments (for example, pigments in which the pigment is dispersed in water, a liquid compound, an insoluble resin or the like as a dispersion medium, or pigments having a pigment surface treated with a resin or a pigment derivative or the like) can also be mentioned.
  • organic pigments and inorganic pigments include yellow pigments, red pigments, magenta pigments, blue pigments, cyan pigments, green pigments, orange pigments, purple pigments, brown pigments, black pigments, white pigments, and the like.
  • a pigment dispersant may be used as necessary.
  • a pigment is used as the coloring material, a self-dispersible pigment having a hydrophilic group on the surface of the pigment particle may be used as the pigment.
  • paragraphs 0180 to 0200 of JP-A-2014-040529 and paragraphs 0122 to 0129 of WO 2016/052052 can be referred to as appropriate.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the ink. 5% to 5% by weight is particularly preferred.
  • the ink of the present disclosure may optionally contain other components other than those described above.
  • the other components may be contained in the specific particle or may not be contained in the specific particle.
  • the ink of the present disclosure may contain an organic solvent.
  • the ink of the present disclosure contains an organic solvent, the adhesion between the image and the substrate can be further improved.
  • the content of the organic solvent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink, and 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass It is more preferable that Specific examples of the organic solvent are as follows.
  • Alcohols eg, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, secondary butanol, tertiary butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol etc.
  • Polyhydric alcohols eg, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexanediol, pentanediol, glycerin, hexanetriol, thiodiglycol, 2- Methyl propane diol etc.
  • Polyhydric alcohol ethers eg ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether,
  • the ink of the present disclosure may contain at least one surfactant.
  • a surfactant for example, higher fatty acid salt, alkyl sulfate, alkyl ester sulfate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, sulfosuccinate, naphthalene sulfonate, alkyl phosphate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether Phosphate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol, glycerin ester, sorbitan ester, polyoxyethylene fatty acid amide, amine oxide and the like can be mentioned.
  • the surfactant at least one surfactant selected from alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates and alkyl benzene sulfonates is preferable, and alkyl sulfates are particularly preferable.
  • the surfactant is preferably an alkyl sulfate having an alkyl chain length of 8 to 18 from the viewpoint of dispersibility of specific particles, and sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS, alkyl chain length: 12) and sodium cetyl sulfate (SCS) And at least one selected from alkyl chain length: 16).
  • surfactants other than the above-mentioned surfactants those described in JP-A-62-173463 and JP-A-62-183457 can also be mentioned.
  • nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl allyl ethers, acetylene glycols, polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene block copolymers, siloxanes, etc. It can be mentioned.
  • organic fluoro compounds are also mentioned as surfactant. The organic fluoro compound is preferably hydrophobic.
  • organic fluoro compound examples include fluoro surfactant, oily fluoro compound (for example, fluoro oil), and solid fluoro compound resin (for example, tetrafluoroethylene resin), and JP-B-57-9053 Those described in columns 8 to 17) and JP-A-62-135826 may be mentioned.
  • the ink of the present disclosure can also contain substantially no surfactant (for example, an anionic surfactant).
  • substantially no surfactant for example, an anionic surfactant
  • "does not substantially contain” indicates that the content is less than 1% by mass (preferably less than 0.1% by mass) based on the total amount of the ink.
  • the embodiment in which the ink substantially does not contain an anionic surfactant has an advantage that the foaming of the ink can be suppressed, an advantage that the water resistance of the image can be improved, an advantage that the whitening due to the bleed out after the image formation can be suppressed, etc. Have.
  • the anionic surfactant increases the ion concentration in the system, and the ionization degree of the anionic pigment dispersant decreases. Therefore, it also has the advantage of being able to suppress the decrease in the dispersibility of the pigment.
  • the ink of the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • a polymerization inhibitor examples include p-methoxyphenol, quinones (eg, hydroquinone, benzoquinone, methoxybenzoquinone etc.), phenothiazine, catechols, alkylphenols (eg, dibutyl hydroxytoluene (BHT) etc.), alkyl bisphenols, dimethyldithiocarbamine Acid zinc, dimethyldithiocarbamic acid copper, dibutyldithiocarbamic acid copper, salicylic acid copper, thiodipropionic acid esters, mercaptobenzimidazole, phosphites, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (TEMPO), 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine-1-oxyl (TEMPO), 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine-1-oxyl (TEMPO), 2,2,6,6-Te
  • At least one selected from p-methoxyphenol, catechols, quinones, alkylphenols, TEMPO, TEMPOL, cuperone Al, and tris (N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine) aluminum salt is preferable, and p More preferred is at least one selected from methoxyphenol, hydroquinone, benzoquinone, BHT, TEMPO, TEMPOL, cuperone Al, and tris (N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine) aluminum salt.
  • the ink of the present disclosure may contain a UV absorber.
  • a UV absorber well-known ultraviolet absorbers, for example, a benzotriazole type compound, a benzophenone series compound, a triazine type compound, a benzoxazole type compound, etc. are mentioned.
  • the ink of the present disclosure may be a polymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization agent, or the like outside the specific particle, as needed, from the viewpoint of image hardness, adhesion between the image and the substrate, and control of ink discharge stability. It may contain an initiator, a resin and the like. It is preferable that these components have water solubility or water dispersibility.
  • water-soluble refers to a property in which the amount of dissolution with respect to 100 g of distilled water at 25 ° C. exceeds 1 g when dried at 105 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • water dispersible refers to the property of being water insoluble and dispersed in water.
  • water insoluble refers to the property that the amount of dissolution in 100 g of distilled water at 25 ° C. is 1 g or less when dried at 105 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • the ink contains a polymerizable monomer outside the specific particle means that the ink contains a polymerizable monomer which is not contained in the specific particle. The same applies to the case where the photopolymerization initiator, the water-soluble resin, the water-dispersible resin and the like are contained outside the specific particles.
  • Examples of the polymerizable monomer that can be contained outside the specific particle include the polymerizable monomers described in paragraphs [0148] to [0156] of WO 2016/052053.
  • Examples of the polymerizable monomers that can be contained outside the specific particles compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group, radically polymerizable monomers such as acrylonitrile, styrene, unsaturated polyester, unsaturated polyether, unsaturated polyamide, unsaturated urethane, etc. It can be mentioned.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the polymerizable monomer that can be contained outside the specific particle is selected from the group consisting of an amide structure, a polyethylene glycol structure, a polypropylene glycol structure, a carboxyl group, and a salt of a carboxy group.
  • Compounds having at least one type are preferred.
  • examples of the polymerizable monomer that can be contained outside the specific particle include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, sodium (meth) acrylate, potassium (meth) acrylate, N, N- Dimethyl acrylamide, N, N-diethyl acrylamide, morpholine acrylamide, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) Acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol monomethacrylate, N- [tris (3-acryloylaminopropyloxymethylene) methyl] acrylamide, diethylene glycol bis (3-acryloylaminopropyl) ether Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, compounds
  • a plurality of R 1 's each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, a plurality of R 2' s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group;
  • Each L 1 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a plurality of R 3 's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a plurality of L 2' s each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
  • a plurality of k and p Each independently represents 0 or 1
  • a plurality of m each independently represent an integer of 0 to 8, provided that at least one of k and p is 1.
  • a plurality of R 4 's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a plurality of n's each independently represent an integer of 1 to 8 and 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • Z 1 represents a residue obtained by removing q hydrogen atoms from a hydroxyl group of a polyol
  • q represents an integer of 3 to 6
  • plural R 5 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or methyl
  • a plurality of L 3 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compounds represented by the general formulas (a) to (d) include compounds represented by the following AM-1 to AM-4.
  • the above AM-1 to AM-4 can be synthesized by the method described in Patent No. 5591858.
  • the ink of the present disclosure preferably has a viscosity of 3 mPa ⁇ s to 15 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 3 mPa ⁇ s to 13 mPa ⁇ s, when the ink is 25 ° C. to 50 ° C.
  • the ink of the present disclosure preferably has a viscosity of 50 mPa ⁇ s or less when the ink is at 25 ° C.
  • the viscosity of the ink is a value measured using a viscometer (VISCOMETER TV-22, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
  • the ink of the present disclosure can be used for image formation by a coating method, an immersion method, a gravure method, a flexo method, an inkjet method and the like.
  • the ink of the present disclosure is particularly preferably used for image formation by an inkjet method (i.e., used as an inkjet ink).
  • the ink of the present disclosure is a photocurable ink or a thermosetting ink
  • particularly preferred embodiments include the following Forms 1 to 4.
  • Form 1 is a photocurable ink in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific linear polymer.
  • Mw of a specific chain polymer is 5000 or more.
  • the preferable range of the molecular weight of the specific polymer described above can be referred to.
  • the molecular weight of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000.
  • the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to for the more preferable range of the molecular weight of a photopolymerizable monomer.
  • Form 2 is a photocurable ink in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific crosslinked polymer.
  • the specific particle is a microcapsule including a shell made of a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the molecular weight of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000. The more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to for the more preferable range of the molecular weight of a photopolymerizable monomer.
  • Form 3 is a thermosetting ink in which the specific particle contains a thermally polymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific linear polymer.
  • Mw of a specific chain polymer is 5000 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000.
  • the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to.
  • Form 4 is a thermosetting ink in which the specific particles contain a thermally polymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific crosslinked polymer.
  • the specific particle is a microcapsule including a shell made of a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a thermally polymerizable monomer.
  • the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000. For the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer, the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to.
  • Production method A has a step of forming specific particles by mixing and emulsifying an oil phase component containing an organic solvent and a specific polymer, and an aqueous phase component containing water.
  • specific particles are formed by mixing the above-described oil phase component and aqueous phase component and emulsifying the obtained mixture.
  • the specific particles formed function as dispersoids in the manufactured ink.
  • Water in the water phase component functions as a dispersion medium in the manufactured ink.
  • Examples of the organic solvent contained in the oil phase component include ethyl acetate and methyl ethyl ketone. At least a part of the organic solvent is preferably removed in the process of forming the specific particles and after the formation of the specific particles.
  • the oil phase component may be, for example, a polymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizer, a compound for introducing a polymerizable group (preferably a compound having a polymerizable group and an active hydrogen group), polymerization, in addition to the above components. It may include an isocyanate compound having a functional group introduced, an isocyanate compound having a hydrophilic group introduced, and the like.
  • the water phase component is not particularly limited except that it contains water, and may be water alone.
  • the water phase component may contain components other than water.
  • the aqueous phase component may contain a compound for introducing a hydrophilic group (preferably, a compound having a hydrophilic group and an active hydrogen group).
  • the aqueous phase component may also contain a basic compound as a neutralizing agent for non-neutralized anionic groups (carboxy, sulfo, phosphoric, phosphonic, sulfuric, etc.) .
  • an anionic group neutralized ie, an anionic group in the form of a salt; eg, a salt of a carboxy group, a salt of a sulfo group, a salt of a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group
  • the said basic compound (neutralizing agent) it is preferable to make the said basic compound (neutralizing agent) contain at least an aqueous phase component.
  • the basic compound include inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, and organic bases such as triethylamine.
  • an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is preferable.
  • a salt in the form of a salt in the form of an anionic group alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt; organic amine salts such as triethylamine salt and the like can be mentioned.
  • alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt are preferable.
  • the total amount of the oil phase component and the water phase component excluding the organic solvent and water in the production method A corresponds to the total solid content of the specific particles in the manufactured ink.
  • the above-mentioned “ink” can be referred to.
  • “content” and “total solid content of specific particles” in the section of “ink” described above are respectively “amount used” and “oil phase component and water phase component from organic solvent and water It is read as "the total amount excluding”.
  • the method of mixing the oil phase component and the water phase component is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include mixing by stirring.
  • the method of emulsification is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include emulsification with an emulsification device such as a homogenizer (for example, a dispersing machine or the like).
  • the rotation speed of the disperser in emulsification is, for example, 5000 rpm (round per minute) to 20000 rpm, preferably 10000 rpm to 15000 rpm.
  • the rotation time in emulsification is, for example, 1 minute to 120 minutes, preferably 3 minutes to 60 minutes, more preferably 3 minutes to 30 minutes, and still more preferably 5 minutes to 15 minutes.
  • Emulsification in the step of forming the specific particles may be performed under heating. By carrying out the emulsification under heating, specific particles can be formed more efficiently. In addition, by performing emulsification under heating, at least a portion of the organic solvent in the oil phase component can be easily removed from the mixture.
  • the heating temperature in the case of performing the emulsification under heating is preferably 35 ° C. to 70 ° C., and more preferably 40 ° C. to 60 ° C.
  • the step of forming the specific particles includes an emulsification step of emulsifying the mixture (for example, at a temperature of less than 35 ° C.), and a heating step of heating the emulsion obtained by the emulsification step (for example, at a temperature of 35 ° C. or more) , May be included.
  • a heating step of heating the emulsion obtained by the emulsification step for example, at a temperature of 35 ° C. or more
  • the heating temperature in the heating step is preferably 35 ° C. to 70 ° C., and more preferably 40 ° C. to 60 ° C.
  • the heating time in the heating stage is preferably 6 hours to 50 hours, more preferably 12 hours to 40 hours, and still more preferably 15 hours to 35 hours.
  • the manufacturing method A may have other processes other than the process of forming specific particle
  • grains is mentioned.
  • the other components to be added (such as pigments) are as already described as the other components that may be contained in the ink.
  • Production method B As a method of producing an ink of an embodiment containing specific particles containing a specific crosslinked polymer, Production Method B shown below is also suitable. Production method B mixes an oil phase component containing an organic solvent and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound with an aqueous phase component containing water, and the presence of a specific gelling agent (ie, a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) It has the process of forming specific particle
  • a specific gelling agent ie, a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group
  • a preferred embodiment of Preparation method B is that an oil phase component is not a specific polymer but a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound is used, and a mixture of an oil phase component and an aqueous phase component is emulsified in the presence of a specific gelling agent Except for the same as the preferred embodiment of Preparation A.
  • a more preferred embodiment of Preparation B uses an aqueous phase component containing water and a specific gelling agent as an aqueous phase component, and a mixture of an oil phase component and an aqueous phase component is contained in the aqueous phase component. It is an aspect made to emulsify in presence of an agent.
  • image forming method In the image forming method of the present disclosure, a step of forming an ink film by applying the above-described ink of the present disclosure onto a substrate (hereinafter, also referred to as “application step”) and a step of heating the ink film ( Hereinafter, it is also referred to as “heating step”).
  • application step a step of forming an ink film by applying the above-described ink of the present disclosure onto a substrate
  • heating step it is also referred to as “heating step”.
  • the image forming method of the present disclosure may have other steps as necessary. According to the image forming method of the present disclosure, an image excellent in scratch resistance is formed on a substrate.
  • the application step is a step of forming an ink film by applying the ink of the present disclosure on a substrate.
  • an ink on a base material you may employ
  • the inkjet method is preferable in that a film (for example, an image) can be formed on various substrates (including a recording medium).
  • the substrate is not particularly limited, and, for example, known substrates provided as a support and a recording medium can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the substrate for example, paper, paper laminated with plastic (eg, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene etc.), metal plate (eg, a plate of metal such as aluminum, zinc, copper etc.), plastic film (eg, polychloride) Vinyl (PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride) resin, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose nitrate, polyethylene terephthalate (PET: Polyethylene Terephthalate), polyethylene (PE: Polyethylene), polystyrene (PS) : Polystyrene (polystyrene), polypropylene (PP), polycarbonate (PC: Polycarbonate), polyvinyl acetal, films such as acrylic resin, paper laminated or vapor-deposited with the
  • a textiles base material is also mentioned as a base material.
  • the material of the textile base material include natural fibers such as cotton, silk, hemp and wool; chemical fibers such as viscose rayon and rheocel; synthetic fibers such as polyester, polyamide and acrylic; natural fibers, chemical fibers and synthetic Mixtures of at least two selected from the group consisting of fibers; and the like.
  • the textile substrate the textile substrate described in paragraphs 0039 to 0042 of WO 2015/158592 may be used.
  • plastics such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) substrate, polystyrene (PS) substrate, polycarbonate (PC) substrate, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate, polypropylene (PP) substrate, acrylic resin substrate and the like Substrates are preferred.
  • PVC polyvinyl chloride
  • PS polystyrene
  • PC polycarbonate
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PP polypropylene
  • the application of the ink by the inkjet method can be performed using a known inkjet recording device.
  • the ink jet recording apparatus is not particularly limited, and any known ink jet recording apparatus capable of achieving the target resolution can be selected and used.
  • Examples of the inkjet recording apparatus include an apparatus including an ink supply system, a temperature sensor, and a heating unit.
  • the ink supply system includes, for example, a main tank containing the ink of the present disclosure, a supply pipe, an ink supply tank immediately in front of an inkjet head, a filter, and a piezoelectric inkjet head.
  • the piezo-type inkjet head preferably has 1 pl to 100 pl, more preferably 8 pl to 30 pl multi-size dots, preferably 320 dpi (dot per inch) x 320 dpi to 4000 dpi x 4000 dpi, more preferably 400 dpi x 400 dpi to 1600 dpi x 1600 dpi It can be driven to be able to discharge at a resolution of 720 dpi ⁇ 720 dpi, more preferably.
  • dpi represents the number of dots per 2.54 cm (1 inch).
  • the ink may be applied to a substrate that has been preheated.
  • the following heating step can be performed by the heated substrate (that is, the ink film is formed by the heated substrate) Can be heated).
  • the heating of the substrate before applying the ink can be performed, for example, by the heating means exemplified in the heating step described later.
  • the heating step is a step of heating the ink film formed on the substrate. By heating the ink film in the heating step, as described above, thickening of the ink film occurs, and as a result, an image excellent in scratch resistance can be obtained.
  • the heating step may also serve as the curing step B described later.
  • the aspect which heats the ink provided on the base material by a heating means is mentioned. Further, as described above, when the ink is applied to the preheated substrate in the application step, an embodiment of heating the ink by the heated substrate may be mentioned as an embodiment of the heating in the heating step.
  • the heating means is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heat drum, a warm air, an infrared lamp, an infrared LED, an infrared heater, a thermal oven, a heat plate, an infrared laser, an infrared dryer and the like.
  • a light emitting diode having an emission wavelength in the near infrared to far infrared rays, having a maximum absorption wavelength at a wavelength of 0.8 ⁇ m to 1.5 ⁇ m or 2.0 ⁇ m to 3.5 ⁇ m, from the point that the ink can be efficiently heat-cured An LED), a heater emitting near infrared to far infrared radiation, a laser having an emission wavelength of near infrared to far infrared radiation, or a dryer emitting near infrared to far infrared radiation is preferable.
  • the heating temperature during heating is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 40 ° C. to 200 ° C., still more preferably 45 ° C. to 100 ° C., and further preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. from the viewpoint of more effectively thickening the ink film. More preferably, 55 ° C to 70 ° C is more preferable.
  • the heating temperature refers to the temperature of the ink on the substrate, and can be measured by a thermograph using an infrared thermography device H2640 (manufactured by Nippon Avionics Co., Ltd.).
  • the heating time can be appropriately set in consideration of the heating temperature, the composition of the ink, the printing speed and the like.
  • the heating time is preferably 5 seconds or more, more preferably 5 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 1 minute, and still more preferably 20 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the image forming method of the present disclosure can have a curing step of curing the ink film heated by the heating step.
  • a polymerization reaction that is, a crosslinking reaction
  • the image forming method of the present disclosure has a curing step, the hardness of the image can be further improved, and thus the scratch resistance of the image can be further improved.
  • the ink film is irradiated with light (that is, active energy ray) as the curing step by irradiating the ink film heated in the heating step.
  • a curing step (hereinafter, “curing step A") for curing can be provided.
  • thermosetting ink when used, a curing step of subjecting the ink film heated in the heating step to heating or irradiation of infrared rays as a curing step to thermally cure the ink film (
  • hardening process B" can be provided.
  • thickening and thermal curing of the ink film are performed by the above-described heating step without providing the curing step B (that is, the curing step B different from the above-described heating step).
  • a heating step for thickening the ink film and a curing step B for thermosetting the ink film may be separately provided.
  • a single heating step may be provided to both thicken and thermally cure the ink film.
  • the curing step A is a step of curing the ink film by irradiating the ink film heated in the heating step with an active energy ray.
  • the photocrosslinking reaction that is, the photopolymerization reaction
  • the photopolymerization reaction proceeds by irradiating the ink film heated in the heating step with active energy rays, whereby the ink film is formed.
  • UV light ultraviolet ray
  • visible ray visible ray
  • electron beam etc. an ultraviolet ray
  • the peak wavelength of the active energy ray (light) is preferably 200 nm to 405 nm, more preferably 220 nm to 390 nm, and still more preferably 220 nm to 385 nm.
  • 200 nm to 310 nm is also preferable, and 200 nm to 280 nm is also preferable.
  • Exposure surface illuminance when the active energy ray (light) is irradiated for example, 10mW / cm 2 ⁇ 2000mW / cm 2, preferably 20mW / cm 2 ⁇ 1000mW / cm 2.
  • the exposure energy when the active energy ray (light) is irradiated is, for example, 10 mJ / cm 2 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably 20 mJ / cm 2 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
  • LEDs Light Emitting Diodes
  • LDs Laser Diodes
  • LEDs Light Emitting Diodes
  • LDs Laser Diodes
  • a metal halide lamp an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, an LED or a blue-violet laser is preferable.
  • an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp capable of light irradiation with a wavelength of 365 nm, 405 nm or 436 nm, light irradiation with a wavelength of 365 nm, 405 nm or 436 nm is possible
  • a high pressure mercury lamp or an LED capable of light irradiation with a wavelength of 355 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm or 405 nm is more preferable, and an LED capable of light irradiation with a wavelength of 355 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm or 405 nm is most preferable.
  • the irradiation time of the active energy ray to the ink applied on the substrate is, for example, 0.01 seconds to 120 seconds, preferably 0.1 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the irradiation conditions and the basic irradiation method the irradiation conditions and the irradiation methods disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-132767 can be similarly applied.
  • a light source is provided on both sides of a head unit including an ink discharge device as an active energy ray irradiation method, and the head unit and the light source are scanned by a so-called shuttle method, or by another light source without driving. It is preferable to use an active energy ray irradiation method.
  • the irradiation of the active energy ray is preferably performed after a certain time (for example, 0.01 seconds to 120 seconds, preferably 0.01 seconds to 60 seconds) after the ink is landed and the heating and drying are performed.
  • the curing step B is a step of thermally curing the ink film by applying heat or irradiation of infrared rays to the ink film heated in the heating step.
  • the thermal crosslinking reaction that is, thermal polymerization reaction
  • the thermal crosslinking reaction of specific particles in the ink proceeds by heating or irradiating infrared rays to the ink film heated in the heating step, whereby the ink film
  • the strength of the The preferred embodiment of the curing step B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the heating step.
  • dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate 82.5 g
  • dimethylol propionic acid 16.9 g
  • tricyclodecane dimethanol compound (2-5)
  • bisphenol A epoxy diacrylate compound (a-21)
  • ethyl acetate 102.3 g
  • Neostan U-600 manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd., inorganic bismuth catalyst; hereinafter, also referred to as “U-600”
  • end capping agent is a particular gelling agent (specifically, amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) eicosyl amine as (C 20 H 41 NH 2) (0.3g )
  • eicosyl amine as (C 20 H 41 NH 2) (0.3g )
  • ethyl acetate 190 g
  • the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then adjusted in concentration with ethyl acetate to obtain a 30% by mass solution of polymer 1 (the solvent was ethyl acetate).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer 1 was 8000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
  • the polymer 1 has an acryloyl group as a photopolymerizable group.
  • the polymer 1 is a linear urethane polymer having a gelling group at the end of the main chain.
  • the polymer 1 contains the following group (G-1) which is an example of the group represented by the formula (G) (when n G is 1) at the end of the main chain.
  • the following group (G-1) is a reaction product of eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ), which is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, and an isocyanate group in HMDI.
  • Polymers 2 to 9 (terminal, with photopolymerizable group)
  • Polymers 2 to 9 (terminal, photopolymerizable, all of which are linear polymers, similarly to the synthesis of the polymer 1 except that the type of the specific gelling agent as the end capping agent is changed as shown in Table 1 Group) was synthesized.
  • Each of Polymers 2 to 9 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
  • HG means hydrogelator and AMG means amphiphilic gelling agent.
  • the specific gelling agents in Tables 1 and 2 are as follows.
  • C20 H 41 NH 2 , C 18 H 37 NH 2 , C 16 H 33 NH 2 , and C 8 H 17 NH 2 are eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ), octadecylamine (C 18 H 37 NH 2 ), hexadecylamine (C 16 H 33 NH 2 ), and octylamine, respectively.
  • C 8 H 17 NH 2 is meant.
  • These compounds are all amphiphilic gelling agents having an active hydrogen group.
  • G0402, N0949, and S0946 are all polysaccharides which are aminoethyl glycosides manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and their structures are as follows. These compounds are all hydrogelators having an active hydrogen group.
  • the primary amino group in the polysaccharide that is aminoethyl glycoside and the isocyanate group of HMDI react with each other, and R in formula (G) As U , a urea group is formed.
  • n G in the formula (G) is 1 in all cases
  • L G in the formula (G) is ethylene
  • R G in the formula (G) is a hydrogen atom from the polysaccharide. It becomes an excluded residue.
  • E 707 is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, specifically, Emalgen (registered trademark) E 707 manufactured by Kao Corporation, and more specifically, the carbon number of the linear alkyl group is 11 to 15 Monoalkyl polyethylene glycol (number average molecular weight 508).
  • Emalgen registered trademark
  • E 707 the hydroxy group in E 707 and the isocyanate group of H MDI react to form a urethane group as R U in formula (G).
  • n G in the formula (G) is 1
  • L G in the formula (G) is ethylene group
  • R G in the formula (G) is carbon number as a monovalent hydrophobic group. It becomes 11 to 15 linear alkyl groups.
  • F108 is a hydrogelating agent having an active hydrogen group, specifically, Pluronic (registered trademark) F108 manufactured by BASF, and more specifically, polyethylene glycol / polypropylene glycol / polyethylene glycol triblock copolymer ( The number average molecular weight is 14600).
  • F108 is an example of the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1A).
  • R in Formula (1A) is a hydrogen atom.
  • R U (urethane group) is formed by the reaction of the hydroxy group in the hydroxyethyl group of the terminal portion in F 108 with the isocyanate group, and the ethyl group in the hydroxyethyl group is L It becomes G (ethylene group), and the part except the hydroxyethyl group of the terminal part in F108 becomes RG .
  • R G corresponds to a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) as a hydrogel forming agent.
  • Comparative polymers A and B which are chain polymers, were respectively synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of the polymer 1 except that the specific gelling agent as the end capping agent was changed to the comparison compound shown in Table 1.
  • Each of Comparative Polymers A and B had a weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of 8,000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
  • polymer 10 (having a photopolymerizable group in the main chain) was synthesized as a specific chain polymer.
  • “in the main chain” means that the polymer has a divalent gelling group in the main chain
  • “with a photopolymerizable group” means that the polymer has a photopolymerizable group.
  • dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) (82.5 g), dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA) (16.9 g), tricyclodecane dimethanol (compound (2-5)) (2 .9 g), bisphenol A epoxy diacrylate (compound (a-21)) (77.0 g), 1,12-as a specific gelling agent (specifically, an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group)
  • Dodecyl diamine (H 2 N (CH 2 ) 12 NH 2 ) (0.3 g) and ethyl acetate (102.3 g) were charged and heated to 70 ° C.
  • H2N- (CH2) 12- NH2 is a 1,12-dodecyl diamine (H 2 N (CH 2) 12 NH 2).
  • the polymer 10 contains the following group (G-10) which is an example of a group represented by the formula (G).
  • the following group (G-10) is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group: 1,12-dodecyldiamine (H 2 N (CH 2 ) 12 NH 2 ) and an isocyanate group in HMDI It is a reactant.
  • Each of gel-01 to gel-06 was synthesized as follows. Synthesis of gel-01: 20 g of 3-amino-1-propanol was dissolved in 300 mL of acetonitrile, and stirred at 0 ° C. Thereto, 26.8 g of dodecanedioic acid dichloride was dropped and stirred at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. The resulting reaction solution was poured into 300 mL of water, and hydrochloric acid was added thereto to adjust the pH to 3 or less, and then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with 300 mL water and dried at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. Thus, the desired product gel-01 was obtained.
  • Synthesis of gel-02 gel-02 was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis example of gel-01 except that 3-amino-1-propanol was changed to DL-1-amino-2-propanol.
  • Synthesis of gel-03 In 200 mL of THF, 23 g of hexamethylenediamine and 11.4 g of ⁇ -caprolactone were dissolved, and allowed to react for 2 hours under heating and reflux conditions. The resulting reaction solution was poured into 300 mL of water, and hydrochloric acid was added thereto to adjust the pH to 3 or less, and then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with 100 mL water and dried at 60 ° C. for 6 hours.
  • Polymer 17 As the polymer 17, a methacrylic polymer having a monovalent gelling group in a side chain was synthesized. Details are shown below. In a three-necked flask, 1-methoxy-2-propanol (11.3 g) was charged, and stirred at 75 ° C. for 30 minutes under a nitrogen stream of 10 mL / min.
  • eicosylamine (2.29 g), which is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, was added, and the mixture was further stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • the obtained reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then poured into a mixture of 200 mL of water / 20 mL of acetone.
  • the precipitated powder was collected by filtration and dried in an oven at 60 ° C. for 6 hours.
  • Ethyl acetate was added to the obtained powder to adjust the concentration, whereby a 30% by mass solution of Polymer 17 (the solvent was ethyl acetate) was obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer 17 was 20000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
  • dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) (41.2 g), dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA) (6.4 g), tricyclodecane dimethanol (compound (2-5)) (20 2 g) and ethyl acetate (67.7 g) were charged and heated to 70.degree. Thereto, 0.14 g of U-600 was added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 5 hours.
  • Comparative polymers C and D which are chain polymers, were respectively synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of the polymer 101 except that the specific gelling agent as the end capping agent was changed to the comparison compound shown in Table 2.
  • Each of Comparative Polymers C and D had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
  • dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) (41.2 g), dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA) (6.4 g), tricyclodecane dimethanol (compound (2-5)) (20 .2 g), eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ) (0.2 g) as a specific gelling agent, and ethyl acetate (67.7 g) were charged and heated to 70 ° C. Thereto, 0.14 g of U-600 was added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 5 hours.
  • HMDI dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate
  • DMPA dimethylol propionic acid
  • tricyclodecane dimethanol compound (2-5)
  • eicosylamine C 20 H 41 NH 2
  • ethyl acetate 67.7 g
  • IPA isopropyl alcohol
  • ethyl acetate 32.9 g
  • the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then adjusted in concentration with ethyl acetate to obtain a 30% by mass solution of polymer 105 (the solvent was ethyl acetate).
  • Mw weight average molecular weight of the polymer 105 was 8000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
  • the polymer 105 like the polymer 10, contains a group (G-10).
  • S833 is a bifunctional photopolymerizable monomer having a cyclic structure, and specifically, it is tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (molecular weight 304).
  • S399 is a pentafunctional photopolymerizable monomer having no cyclic structure, and specifically, is dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (molecular weight 525).
  • IRG 819 is an acyl phosphine oxide type photoinitiator, specifically, bis (2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl) -phenyl phosphine oxide.
  • aqueous phase component was prepared by mixing distilled water (45 g) with sodium hydroxide as a neutralizing agent and stirring for 15 minutes.
  • the amount of sodium hydroxide used as the neutralizing agent was adjusted so that the degree of neutralization of the carboxy group in the produced particles was 90%.
  • the specific amount of sodium hydroxide was determined by the following formula.
  • Amount of sodium hydroxide (g) total amount of oil phase component (g) ⁇ (solid content concentration of oil phase component (mass%) / 100) ⁇ (content of polymer 1 relative to total solid content of oil phase component (mass) %) / 100) ⁇ acid number of polymer 1 (mmol / g) ⁇ 0.9 ⁇ molecular weight of sodium hydroxide (g / mol) / 1000
  • the oil phase component and the water phase component were mixed, and the resulting mixture was emulsified at 25 ° C. using a homogenizer at 18,000 rpm for 10 minutes to obtain an emulsion.
  • the resulting emulsion was added to distilled water (25 g) and the resulting liquid was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Next, the liquid was heated to 50 ° C. and stirred at 50 ° C. for 6 hours to distill off ethyl acetate and ethanol from the liquid. The liquid from which ethyl acetate and ethanol had been distilled off was further stirred at 50 ° C. for 24 hours to form specific particles in the liquid. Next, an aqueous dispersion of specific particles was obtained by diluting the liquid containing the specific particles with distilled water so that the solid content is 20% by mass.
  • ⁇ Preparation of Photocurable Ink> Each component of the following composition was mixed to prepare a photocurable ink.
  • UV ultraviolet light
  • an experimental UV mini-conveyor CSOT equipped with an ozone-less metal halide lamp MAN250L as an exposure light source, a conveyor speed of 35 m / min, and an exposure intensity of 1.0 W / cm 2 Yuasa Power Supply) was used.
  • the UV irradiation was performed at an exposure energy of 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the substrate is heated to 60 ° C. by a print heater, and the photocurable ink is discharged from the head of the ink jet printer to the heated substrate, and the character image shown in FIG. 1 is 3 points, 5 points , 7 points, and 10 points in each size.
  • Example 2 to 17 (Photocurable Ink) The same operation as in Example 1 was performed except that Polymer 1 was changed to each polymer shown in Table 1. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • the volume average dispersed particle size of the specific particles was measured.
  • the volume average dispersed particle diameter of the specific particles was in the range of 0.15 ⁇ m to 0.25 ⁇ m.
  • Example 101 Preparation of Thermosetting Ink
  • S833, S399, IRG819, and ITX a 60 °C, 2.67kPa (20torr)
  • Trixene TM BI7982 thermally polymerizable monomer of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was distilled off under reduced pressure under the conditions of; blocked isocyanate; Baxenden Chemicals (Hereinafter referred to as “BI 7982”; the amount is as shown in Table 2; molecular weight 793), and in the same manner as Example 1 except that Polymer 1 is changed to Polymer 101 of the same amount, A thermosetting ink was prepared.
  • Example 102 [Examples 102, 104, 105 and 106] (Thermosetting Ink) The same operation as in Example 101 was performed except that the polymer 101 was changed to the polymer shown in Table 2. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Example 103 (Thermosetting Ink)
  • the BI7982, EPICLON TM 840 is a thermally polymerizable monomer having an epoxy group (DIC Corporation; hereinafter referred to as "EP840"; the amount is as shown in Table 2; molecular weight 340) is a and the thermal curing accelerator 2-methylimidazole
  • the same operation as in Example 102 was performed except that the amount was changed to “2 MI” (hereinafter, the amount is also shown in Table 2). The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Example 101 (Thermosetting ink) The same operation as in Example 101 was performed except that the polymer 101 was changed to a comparative polymer shown in Table 2. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • thermosetting ink As shown in Table 2, the same results as in Examples 1 to 17 for the photocurable ink were obtained in Examples 101 to 106 for the thermosetting ink.
  • the volume average dispersed particle size of the specific particles was measured.
  • the volume average dispersed particle diameter of the specific particles was in the range of 0.15 ⁇ m to 0.25 ⁇ m.
  • Example 201 (Photocurable Ink Containing MC) ⁇ Preparation of Water Dispersion of Microcapsule (MC)>
  • a microcapsule (MC) comprising a shell comprising a urethane polymer which is a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a photopolymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, and a sensitizer as follows: Water dispersion was prepared.
  • microcapsules (MC) correspond to specific particles.
  • D-110N is a 75% by mass ethyl acetate solution of an adduct of trimethylolpropane (TMP) and m-xylylene diisocyanate (XDI) (trifunctional isocyanate compound “D110”).
  • TMP trimethylolpropane
  • XDI m-xylylene diisocyanate
  • the acid value of NCO1 is 1.2 mmol / g.
  • the above solution of NCO1 is a 35% by weight solution of NCO1 in ethyl acetate.
  • NCO 1 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) butyric acid (DMBA), 82 g of isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) and 186 g of ethyl acetate (AcOEt), heated to 50 ° C. It was prepared by adding 0.3 g of U-600 and reacting for 3 hours.
  • DMBA 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) butyric acid
  • IPDI isophorone diisocyanate
  • AcOEt ethyl acetate
  • phase components Distilled water (43.1 g), sodium hydroxide as a neutralizing agent, and eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ) as a specific gelling agent are mixed, and water is stirred for 15 minutes.
  • the phase components were prepared.
  • the amount of eicosyl amine (C 20 H 41 NH 2) was set to 1.5 parts relative to D110 of 43 parts of the foregoing.
  • the amount of sodium hydroxide used as the neutralizing agent was adjusted so that the degree of neutralization of the carboxy group in the manufactured MC was 90%.
  • the specific amount of sodium hydroxide was determined by the following formula.
  • Amount of sodium hydroxide (g) total amount of oil phase component (g) ⁇ (solid content concentration of oil phase component (mass%) / 100) ⁇ (content of NCO 1 with respect to total solid content of oil phase component (mass%) ) / 100) ⁇ NCO 1 acid value (mmol / g) ⁇ 0.9 ⁇ molecular weight of sodium hydroxide (g / mol) / 1000
  • the oil phase component and the water phase component were mixed, and the obtained mixture was emulsified at room temperature for 10 minutes at 12000 rpm using a homogenizer to obtain an emulsion.
  • the obtained emulsion was added to distilled water (15.3 g), and the obtained liquid was heated to 50 ° C. and stirred at 50 ° C. for 5 hours to evaporate ethyl acetate from the liquid.
  • the remaining liquid was diluted with distilled water so as to have a solid content of 20% by mass, to obtain a water dispersion of microcapsules.
  • the polymer which is the shell of this microcapsule is a urethane polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure formed by the reaction of D110 which is a trifunctional isocyanate compound, and NCO1 which is an isocyanate compound having a carboxy group introduced.
  • the terminal of this urethane polymer is sealed by the reaction between eicosylamine, which is a specific gelling agent as an end-capping agent, and an isocyanate group.
  • the polymer that is the shell of this microcapsule is Urethane group originally contained in NCO1, Urethane group originally contained in D110, and It has a urea group formed by the reaction of an isocyanate group in D110 or NCO1, an isocyanate group in D110 or NCO1, and water.
  • ⁇ Preparation of Photocurable Ink> Each component of the following composition was mixed to prepare a photocurable ink.
  • Example 201 related to a photocurable ink containing MC as specific particles has an excellent effect of scratch resistance of an image and definition of an image.
  • Example 201 Table 3
  • Example 1 Example 1 in which the chain polymer (Polymer 1) is contained as the specific polymer
  • the third polymer which is the shell of MC as the specific polymer It is understood that the scratch resistance of the image and the fineness of the image are superior to Example 201 containing the original crosslinked polymer.
  • the volume average dispersed particle size of MC was measured using the aqueous dispersion of MC in Example 201 described above, and the volume average dispersed particle size of MC was in the range of 0.15 ⁇ m to 0.25 ⁇ m.
  • Example 301 (Thermosetting ink containing MC) Preparation of Thermosetting Ink
  • MC microcapsules
  • MC microcapsules
  • a shell composed of a urethane polymer which is a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a thermally polymerizable monomer
  • microcapsules (MC) correspond to specific particles.
  • thermosetting resin was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the photocurable ink in Example 201 except that S833, S399, IRG 819, and ITX were changed to BI7982 (the amounts are as shown in Table 4).
  • An ink was prepared.
  • the structure of the polymer forming the shell of MC is similar to the structure of the polymer forming the shell of MC in Example 201.
  • Example 301 As shown in Table 4, the same results as Example 201 for the MC-containing photocurable ink were obtained also in Example 301 for the MC-containing thermosetting ink.
  • Example 101 including the chain polymer (polymer 101) as the specific polymer, the third order being the shell of MC as the specific polymer It is understood that the scratch resistance of the image and the fineness of the image are superior to those of Example 301 containing the original crosslinked polymer.
  • the volume average dispersed particle size of MC was measured using the aqueous dispersion of MC in Example 301 described above, the volume average dispersed particle size of MC was in the range of 0.15 ⁇ m to 0.25 ⁇ m.

Abstract

An ink composition which contains water and particles comprising a polymer, said polymer being a urethane polymer, a urea polymer or a (meth)acrylic polymer and having a gelled group which is a product of a reaction between an active hydrogen group-containing gelling agent and an isocyanate group; a method for manufacturing the ink composition; and an image formation method.

Description

インク組成物及びその製造方法、並びに画像形成方法Ink composition and method for producing the same, and image forming method
 本開示は、インク組成物及びその製造方法、並びに画像形成方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to an ink composition, a method of producing the same, and an image forming method.
 インク組成物の分野において、液体成分として水を含む、ゲル粒子の水分散物が用いられる場合がある。
 例えば、特許文献1には、硬度と柔軟性とが両立された膜を形成でき、再分散性に優れたゲル粒子の水分散物として、チオエーテル結合及びエチレン性二重結合を含む三次元架橋構造を有し、親水性基を有し、光重合開始剤を内包しているゲル粒子が、水に分散されているゲル粒子の水分散物が開示されている。特許文献1には、ゲル粒子の水分散物が、インクジェット記録に用いられることも開示されている。
In the field of ink compositions, an aqueous dispersion of gel particles may be used, which comprises water as the liquid component.
For example, in Patent Document 1, a three-dimensional crosslinked structure including a thioether bond and an ethylenic double bond can be formed as an aqueous dispersion of gel particles capable of forming a film having both hardness and flexibility and having excellent redispersibility. There is disclosed an aqueous dispersion of gel particles in which gel particles having a hydrophilic group and containing a photopolymerization initiator are dispersed in water. Patent Document 1 also discloses that an aqueous dispersion of gel particles is used for ink jet recording.
 また、特許文献2には、ベタ埋まり性、保存安定性、及び耐擦性のいずれにも優れたインクジェット記録用インク組成物として、塗膜形成材と、ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイルと、水と、を含有し、ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイルは、SP値の下限値8.5以下且つ上限値18.0以上の溶媒に溶解可能である、インクジェット記録用インク組成物が開示されている。 Further, Patent Document 2 describes a film-forming material, a polyether-modified silicone oil, water, and the like as an ink composition for ink jet recording which is excellent in all of solid filling property, storage stability, and abrasion resistance. An ink composition for ink jet recording is disclosed, which contains a polyether-modified silicone oil and is soluble in a solvent having a SP value lower limit of 8.5 or less and an upper limit of 18.0 or more.
 特許文献1:国際公開第2016/136113号
 特許文献2:特開2014-5421号公報
Patent Document 1: International Publication No. 2016/136113 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-5421
 ところで、一般に、液体成分として水を含有するインクを用いて形成されたインク膜では、液体成分として重合性モノマー及び/又は有機溶剤を含有するインクを用いて形成されたインク膜と比較して、インク膜から液体成分を除去しにくい傾向がある。このため、液体成分として水を含有するインクを用いて形成された画像は、引っ掻き耐性に劣る場合がある。
 従って、液体成分として水を含有するインクを用いて形成された画像に対し、引っ掻き耐性を向上させることが求められる場合がある。
By the way, in general, in an ink film formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component, compared to an ink film formed using an ink containing a polymerizable monomer and / or an organic solvent as a liquid component, It tends to be difficult to remove the liquid component from the ink film. For this reason, an image formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component may be inferior in scratch resistance.
Therefore, it may be required to improve scratch resistance to an image formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component.
 本開示の課題は、引っ掻き耐性に優れた画像を形成できるインク組成物及びその製造方法、並びに、このインク組成物を用いた画像形成方法を提供することである。 An object of the present disclosure is to provide an ink composition capable of forming an image excellent in scratch resistance, a method for producing the same, and an image forming method using the ink composition.
 上記課題を解決するための具体的手段は以下の態様を含む。
<1> 水と、
 ウレタンポリマー、ウレアポリマー、又は(メタ)アクリルポリマーであり、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤とイソシアネート基との反応物であるゲル化基を有するポリマーを含む粒子と、
を含有するインク組成物。
The specific means for solving the said subject contains the following aspects.
<1> with water,
Particles comprising a polymer having a gelling group which is a urethane polymer, a urea polymer or a (meth) acrylic polymer and which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group;
An ink composition containing
<2> ゲル化基が、下記式(G)で表される基である<1>に記載のインク組成物。 <2> The ink composition according to <1>, wherein the gelling group is a group represented by the following formula (G).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(G)中、nは、1又は2を表し、Rは、ウレタン基、ウレア基、チオウレタン基、又はチオウレア基を表し、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、*は、結合位置を表す。
 式(G)中、Rは、nが1である場合には、多糖類、タンパク質、アクリル樹脂、ビニル樹脂、若しくは式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物であるヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を1個除いた残基を表すか、又は、1価の疎水性基を表す。
 式(G)中、Rは、nが2である場合には、上記ヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を2個除いた残基を表すか、又は、2価の疎水性基を表す。
 式(1)中、n及びmは、それぞれ独立に、2以上の整数を表し、pは、0以上の整数を表し、Lは、炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
In formula (G), n G represents 1 or 2, R U represents a urethane group, a urea group, a thiourethane group, or a thiourea group, and L G represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. , * Represents a bonding position.
In the formula (G), R G is a polysaccharide, a protein, an acrylic resin, a vinyl resin, or a hydrogelator which is a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) when n G is 1. It represents a residue from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, or a monovalent hydrophobic group.
In formula (G), when n G is 2, R G represents a residue obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the above hydrogelator, or represents a divalent hydrophobic group.
In formula (1), n and m each independently represent an integer of 2 or more, p represents an integer of 0 or more, L represents an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and R is a hydrogen atom , An alkyl group or an aryl group.
<3> ヒドロゲル化剤が、多糖類又は式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物であり、
 1価の疎水性基が、炭素数10以上の直鎖アルキル基であり、
 2価の疎水性基が、炭素数10以上の直鎖アルキレン基である
<2>に記載のインク組成物。
<4> ヒドロゲル化剤が、多糖類であり、
 1価の疎水性基が、炭素数16以上の直鎖アルキル基であり、
 2価の疎水性基が、炭素数16以上の直鎖アルキレン基である
<2>又は<3>に記載のインク組成物。
<5> 式(G)中のRが、ウレア基である<2>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物。
<6> ゲル化基が、1価の基である<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物。
<7> ポリマーが、鎖状ポリマーであり、
 ゲル化基が、鎖状ポリマーの主鎖の末端に配置されている<6>に記載のインク組成物。
<8> 粒子が、重合性モノマーを含む<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物。
<9> ポリマーが、重合性基を有する<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物。
<10> インクジェットインクとして用いられる<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物。
<11> <1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物を製造する方法であって、
 有機溶剤及びポリマーを含む油相成分と、水を含む水相成分と、を混合し、乳化させることにより、粒子を形成する工程を有するインク組成物の製造方法。
<12> 基材上に、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載のインク組成物を付与することによりインク膜を形成する工程と、
 インク膜を加熱する工程と、
を含む画像形成方法。
<3> The hydrogel forming agent is a polysaccharide or a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1),
The monovalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms,
The ink composition as described in <2> whose bivalent hydrophobic group is a C10 or more linear alkylene group.
<4> The hydrogelator is a polysaccharide,
The monovalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkyl group having 16 or more carbon atoms,
The ink composition as described in <2> or <3> whose bivalent hydrophobic group is a C16 or more linear alkylene group.
<5> The ink composition according to any one of <2> to <4>, wherein R U in the formula (G) is a urea group.
<6> The ink composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the gelling group is a monovalent group.
<7> The polymer is a linear polymer,
The ink composition according to <6>, wherein the gelling group is disposed at the end of the main chain of the linear polymer.
<8> The ink composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the particles contain a polymerizable monomer.
<9> The ink composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the polymer has a polymerizable group.
<10> The ink composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, which is used as an inkjet ink.
<11> A method of producing the ink composition according to any one of <1> to <10>,
A method for producing an ink composition comprising the step of forming particles by mixing and emulsifying an oil phase component containing an organic solvent and a polymer, and an aqueous phase component containing water.
<12> forming an ink film by applying the ink composition according to any one of <1> to <10> on a substrate;
Heating the ink film;
An image forming method including:
 本開示によれば、引っ掻き耐性に優れた画像を形成できるインク組成物及びその製造方法、並びに、このインク組成物を用いた画像形成方法が提供される。 According to the present disclosure, an ink composition capable of forming an image excellent in scratch resistance, a method for producing the same, and an image forming method using the ink composition are provided.
実施例における画像の精細さの評価に用いた文字画像を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the character image used for evaluation of the definition of the image in an Example.
 本明細書において、「~」を用いて示された数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ最小値及び最大値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合は、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する当該複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本明細書中に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、ある数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよく、また、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
 本明細書において、「工程」との用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の目的が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、化学式中の「*」は、結合位置を表す。
In the present specification, a numerical range indicated by using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as the minimum value and the maximum value, respectively.
In the present specification, the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition unless a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition. Means
In the numerical range described step by step in the specification, the upper limit or the lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit or the lower limit in the numerical range described in the other stepwise Also, they may be replaced with the values shown in the embodiments.
In the present specification, the term "step" is not limited to an independent step, and may be included in the term if the intended purpose of the step is achieved even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other steps. Be
In the present specification, “*” in the chemical formula represents a bonding position.
 本明細書において、「画像」の概念には、パターン画像(例えば、文字、記号、又は図形)だけでなく、ベタ画像も包含される。
 本明細書において、「光」は、γ線、β線、電子線、紫外線、可視光線等の活性エネルギー線を包含する概念である。
 本明細書では、紫外線を、「UV(Ultra Violet)光」ということがある。
 本明細書では、LED(Light Emitting Diode)光源から生じた光を、「LED光」ということがある。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリルポリマー」は、アクリルポリマー及びメタクリルポリマーの両方を包含する概念であり、「(メタ)アクリル酸」は、アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の両方を包含する概念であり、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの両方を包含する概念であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」は、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基の両方を包含する概念である。
 本明細書において、ポリオキシアルキレン基、アミド基、ウレア基、及びウレタン基は、それぞれ、ポリオキシアルキレン結合、アミド結合、ウレア結合、及びウレタン結合を意味する。
In the present specification, the concept of “image” encompasses not only pattern images (eg, characters, symbols, or figures) but also solid images.
In the present specification, “light” is a concept including active energy rays such as γ rays, β rays, electron beams, ultraviolet rays, visible rays and the like.
In the present specification, ultraviolet light may be referred to as "UV (Ultra Violet) light".
In the present specification, light generated from a light emitting diode (LED) light source may be referred to as “LED light”.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylic polymer” is a concept including both acrylic polymer and methacrylic polymer, and “(meth) acrylic acid” is a concept including both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The term "(meth) acrylate" is a concept including both acrylate and methacrylate, and the term "(meth) acryloyl group" is a concept including both an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.
In the present specification, the polyoxyalkylene group, the amido group, the urea group and the urethane group mean a polyoxyalkylene bond, an amido bond, a urea bond and a urethane bond, respectively.
〔インク組成物〕
 本開示のインク組成物(以下、単に「インク」ともいう)は、水と、ウレタンポリマー、ウレアポリマー、又は(メタ)アクリルポリマーであり、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤とイソシアネート基との反応物であるゲル化基を有するポリマーを含む粒子(以下、「特定粒子」ともいう)と、を含有する。
[Ink composition]
The ink composition of the present disclosure (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ink”) is a reaction of water, a urethane polymer, a urea polymer, or a (meth) acrylic polymer, and a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group. And particles containing a polymer having a gelling group (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific particles").
 前述したとおり、一般に、液体成分として水を含有するインクを用いて形成されたインク膜では、液体成分として重合性モノマー及び/又は有機溶剤を含有するインクを用いて形成されたインク膜と比較して、インク膜から液体成分を除去しにくい傾向がある。このため、液体成分として水を含有するインクを用いて形成された画像は、引っ掻き耐性に劣る場合がある。 As described above, in general, an ink film formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component is compared to an ink film formed using an ink containing a polymerizable monomer and / or an organic solvent as a liquid component. Therefore, it tends to be difficult to remove the liquid component from the ink film. For this reason, an image formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component may be inferior in scratch resistance.
 上述した点に関し、本開示のインクによれば、引っ掻き耐性に優れた画像を形成できる。
 かかる効果が奏される理由については、以下のように推測されるが、本開示のインクは以下の理由によって限定されることはない。
Regarding the points described above, according to the ink of the present disclosure, an image excellent in scratch resistance can be formed.
The reason why such an effect is exerted is presumed as follows, but the ink of the present disclosure is not limited by the following reasons.
 本開示のインクを基材上に付与してインク膜を形成した場合、形成されたインク膜には、インク中の成分である特定粒子が含有される。この特定粒子は、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤とイソシアネート基との反応物であるゲル化基を有するポリマーを含む。
 上記インク膜を加熱することにより、ゲル化基が持つゲル化機能が発揮され、インク膜が増粘(即ち、ゲル化)すると考えられる。
 従って、基材上に本開示のインクを付与してインク膜を形成し、このインク膜を加熱した場合(加熱された基材に本開示のインクを付与してインク膜を形成する場合を含む。以下同じ。)には、上述したインク膜の増粘により、インク膜の強度が効果的に高められると考えられる。その結果、インク膜(即ち、画像)の引っ掻き耐性が向上すると考えられる。
When the ink of the present disclosure is applied onto a substrate to form an ink film, the formed ink film contains specific particles that are components in the ink. The specific particles include a polymer having a gelling group which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group.
By heating the ink film, it is considered that the gelling function of the gelling group is exhibited and the ink film is thickened (i.e., gelation).
Therefore, when the ink of the present disclosure is applied onto a substrate to form an ink film and the ink film is heated (including the case where the ink of the present disclosure is applied to a heated substrate to form an ink film) The same applies hereinafter), it is considered that the strength of the ink film can be effectively enhanced by the thickening of the ink film described above. As a result, it is considered that the scratch resistance of the ink film (i.e., the image) is improved.
 また、一般に、液体成分として水を含有するインクを用いて形成された画像では、液体成分として重合性モノマー及び/又は有機溶剤を含有するインクを用いて形成された画像と比較して、画像の精細さに劣る傾向がある。この理由は、液体成分として水を含有するインクを用いて形成されたインク滴では、インク滴から液体成分を除去しにくいために、基材上において、意図しないインク滴の合一が起こる場合があるためと考えられる。
 この点に関し、本開示のインクによれば、精細さに優れた画像を形成できる。
 かかる効果が奏される理由は、上述したインク膜の増粘(ここではインク滴の増粘)により、基材上における、意図しないインク滴の合一が抑制されるためと考えられる。
 なお、ここでいうインク滴は、インク膜の一態様である。
Also, in general, in an image formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component, compared with an image formed using an ink containing a polymerizable monomer and / or an organic solvent as a liquid component, It tends to be inferior in definition. The reason for this is that in ink droplets formed using an ink containing water as a liquid component, unintended ink droplet coalescence may occur on the substrate because it is difficult to remove the liquid component from the ink droplets. It is thought that there is.
In this regard, according to the ink of the present disclosure, an image with excellent definition can be formed.
The reason why such an effect is exerted is considered to be that unintended ink droplet coalescence on the substrate is suppressed by the above-described thickening of the ink film (here, thickening of the ink droplets).
Here, the ink droplet is an aspect of the ink film.
 本明細書において、活性水素基とは、ヒドロキシ基、1級アミノ基、2級アミノ基、又はチオール基を意味する。 In the present specification, the active hydrogen group means a hydroxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group or a thiol group.
 上述したインク膜の増粘のメカニズムは、ゲル化基を形成するための、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤(以下、「特定ゲル化剤」ともいう)の種類によって異なると考えられる。
 特定ゲル化剤(即ち、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤)として、例えば、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤及び活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤が挙げられる。
The thickening mechanism of the ink film described above is considered to be different depending on the type of gelling agent having an active hydrogen group (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific gelling agent”) for forming a gelling group.
Specific gelling agents (ie, gelling agents having active hydrogen groups) include, for example, hydrogelators having active hydrogen groups and amphiphilic gelling agents having active hydrogen groups.
 本明細書において、ヒドロゲル化剤とは、加熱により、ヒドロゲルを形成する機能を持つ化合物を意味する。
 本明細書において、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤とは、ヒドロゲル化剤であって、活性水素基を有する化合物を意味する。
 ヒドロゲル化剤は、ヒドロゲルを形成する機能を発揮させるために、化合物中に、親水性の度合いが異なる2種以上の部位を持っている。
 従って、化合物中の親水性の度合いがほぼ一律である、ポリエチレングリコール(即ち、エチレングリコールの単独重合体)、ポリプロピレングリコール(即ち、プロピレングリコールの単独重合体)、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PEGME;後述の比較例1)等はヒドロゲル化剤には該当しない。これらは、単なる親水性ポリマーであり、ヒドロゲルを形成する機能を持たない。
 一方で、親水性の度合いが異なる2種以上の部位を持つ、後述の式(1)又は式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物(例えば、エチレングリコール-プロピレングリコール共重合体)は、ヒドロゲル化剤に該当し、かつ、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤にも該当する。
 活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤としては、後述の式(1)又は式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物以外にも、多糖類、タンパク質、活性水素基を有するアクリル樹脂、活性水素基を有するビニル樹脂、等も挙げられる。
As used herein, the hydrogel agent means a compound having a function of forming a hydrogel upon heating.
As used herein, the hydrogel agent having an active hydrogen group means a hydrogel agent, which is a compound having an active hydrogen group.
The hydrogel forming agent has two or more types of sites having different degrees of hydrophilicity in the compound in order to exert the function of forming a hydrogel.
Therefore, the degree of hydrophilicity in the compound is almost uniform, polyethylene glycol (that is, homopolymer of ethylene glycol), polypropylene glycol (that is, homopolymer of propylene glycol), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (PEGME; described later) Comparative Example 1) and the like do not correspond to the hydrogel forming agent. These are merely hydrophilic polymers and do not have the function of forming a hydrogel.
On the other hand, a polyoxyalkylene compound (for example, ethylene glycol-propylene glycol copolymer) represented by the formula (1) or the formula (1A) described later, which has two or more kinds of sites having different degrees of hydrophilicity, It corresponds to a hydrogel forming agent, and also corresponds to a hydrogel forming agent having an active hydrogen group.
As a hydrogel forming agent having an active hydrogen group, in addition to the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) or the formula (1A) described later, polysaccharides, proteins, an acrylic resin having an active hydrogen group, an active hydrogen group And vinyl resins having the same.
 本明細書において、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤とは、活性水素基と、疎水性基と、を有する化合物を意味する。
 本明細書において、疎水性基とは、凝集して疎水的なセグメントを形成可能な基を意味する。この疎水的なセグメントが、ゲルとなる。
 本明細書における疎水性基としては、
1価の疎水性基として、炭素数4以上のアルキル基、炭素数4以上のアルケニル基、炭素数6以上のアリール基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むアルコキシアルキレンオキシ基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むアルコキシポリアルキレンオキシ基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むヒドロキシアルキレンオキシ基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むヒドロキシポリアルキレンオキシ基等が挙げられ、
2価の疎水性基として、炭素数4以上のアルキレン基、炭素数4以上のアルケニレン基、炭素数6以上のアリーレン基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むポリアルキレンオキシ基等が挙げられる。
In the present specification, the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group means a compound having an active hydrogen group and a hydrophobic group.
In the present specification, a hydrophobic group means a group capable of aggregating to form a hydrophobic segment. This hydrophobic segment becomes a gel.
As the hydrophobic group in the present specification,
As a monovalent hydrophobic group, an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkylene oxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure, a structure An alkoxypolyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure, and a hydroxypolyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure Groups, etc.,
Examples of the divalent hydrophobic group include an alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkenylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a polyalkyleneoxy group having an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure. It can be mentioned.
 活性水素基を有するゲル化剤が、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤である場合には、上記インク膜を加熱することにより、インク膜中において、水を取り込んだゲル(即ち、ヒドロゲル)が形成され、インク膜が効果的に増粘する。
 また、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤が、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤である場合には、上記インク膜を加熱してインク膜中から水分の少なくとも一部を蒸発させることにより、複数の両親媒性ゲル化剤の疎水性基同士が接近して凝集する。これにより疎水的なセグメント(即ち、ゲル)が形成可能され、インク膜が効果的に増粘する。
 以上のように、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤が、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤及び活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤のいずれである場合においても、インク膜を加熱することにより、インク膜を効果的に増粘させることができる。
 従って、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤が、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤及び/又は活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤である場合には、本開示のインクによる効果(画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さ)がより効果的に奏される。
In the case where the gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is a hydrogel forming agent having an active hydrogen group, the ink film is heated to form a gel (that is, a hydrogel) incorporating water in the ink film. And the ink film effectively thickens.
When the gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, the ink film is heated to evaporate at least a part of the water from the ink film. And the hydrophobic groups of the amphiphilic gelling agents approach and aggregate. This allows the formation of hydrophobic segments (i.e., gels) and effectively thickens the ink film.
As described above, even when the gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is any of a hydrogelator having an active hydrogen group and an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, the ink film is heated. The ink film can be effectively thickened.
Therefore, when the gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is a hydrogelator having an active hydrogen group and / or an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, the effect of the ink of the present disclosure (image scratching) (Resistance and image definition) are more effective.
 以下、本開示のインクに含まれ得る各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component which may be contained in the ink of the present disclosure will be described.
<特定粒子>
 特定粒子は、ウレタンポリマー、ウレアポリマー、又は(メタ)アクリルポリマーであり、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤とイソシアネート基との反応物であるゲル化基を有するポリマー(以下、「特定ポリマー」ともいう)を少なくとも1種含む。
<Specific particle>
The specific particle is a urethane polymer, a urea polymer, or a (meth) acrylic polymer, and a polymer having a gelling group which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group (hereinafter also referred to as "specific polymer" At least one kind of
(特定ポリマー)
 特定ポリマーは、ウレタンポリマー、ウレアポリマー、又は(メタ)アクリルポリマーである。これらのポリマーは、いずれも強固な構造を有する。これらの強固な構造も、画像の引っ掻き耐性向上及び画像の精細さ向上の効果に寄与する。
(Specific polymer)
The specific polymer is a urethane polymer, a urea polymer or a (meth) acrylic polymer. Each of these polymers has a strong structure. These strong structures also contribute to the effect of improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image.
 本明細書において、ウレタンポリマーとは、ウレタン基を含むポリマー(但し、後述の(メタ)アクリルポリマーに該当するポリマーを除く)を意味する。
 本明細書において、ウレアポリマーとは、ウレア基を含むポリマー(但し、前述のウレタンポリマー又は後述の(メタ)アクリルポリマーに該当するポリマーを除く)を意味する。
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリルポリマーとは、1種の(メタ)アクリレートの単独重合体、2種以上の(メタ)アクリレートの共重合体、又は、1種以上の(メタ)アクリレートと1種以上の他のモノマーとの共重合体を意味する。
 ウレタンポリマーの概念には、ウレタン基とウレア基との両方を含むポリマー(いわゆるウレタンウレアポリマー)も包含される。
 (メタ)アクリルポリマーの概念には、ウレタン基及びウレア基の少なくとも一方を含む(メタ)アクリルポリマーも包含される。
In the present specification, a urethane polymer means a polymer containing a urethane group (except for the polymer corresponding to the (meth) acrylic polymer described later).
In the present specification, a urea polymer means a polymer containing a urea group (except for the above-mentioned urethane polymer or the polymer corresponding to the below-mentioned (meth) acrylic polymer).
In the present specification, a (meth) acrylic polymer is a homopolymer of one (meth) acrylate, a copolymer of two or more (meth) acrylates, or one or more (meth) acrylates By co-polymer with other monomers of species or more is meant.
The concept of urethane polymers also includes polymers containing both urethane groups and urea groups (so-called urethane urea polymers).
The term "(meth) acrylic polymer" also encompasses (meth) acrylic polymers containing at least one of a urethane group and a urea group.
 特定ポリマーは、本開示のインクによる効果(画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さ)がより効果的に奏される観点から、ウレタンポリマー又はウレアポリマーであることが好ましい。
 特定ポリマーがウレタンポリマー又はウレアポリマーであると、特定ポリマー中のウレタン基又はウレア基と、ゲル化基と、の間で、水素結合による擬似架橋構造が形成されやすい。この擬似架橋構造の形成により、インク膜をより効果的に増粘でき、その結果、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さをより向上させることができる。
The specific polymer is preferably a urethane polymer or a urea polymer from the viewpoint of more effectively exhibiting the effects (image scratch resistance and image definition) by the ink of the present disclosure.
When the specific polymer is a urethane polymer or a urea polymer, a pseudo crosslinked structure due to a hydrogen bond is likely to be formed between the urethane group or the urea group in the specific polymer and the gelling group. The formation of the pseudo crosslinked structure can more effectively thicken the ink film, and as a result, the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image can be further improved.
-ゲル化基-
 特定ポリマーは、特定ゲル化剤(即ち、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤)とイソシアネート基との反応物であるゲル化基を少なくとも1種有する。
-Gelling group-
The specific polymer has at least one gelling group which is a reaction product of a specific gelling agent (i.e., a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) and an isocyanate group.
 特定ゲル化剤(即ち、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤)における活性水素基としては、イソシアネート基との反応性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、1級アミノ基、又は2級アミノ基が好ましく、ヒドロキシ基又は1級アミノ基がより好ましく、1級アミノ基が特に好ましい。 The active hydrogen group in the specific gelling agent (ie, the gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) is preferably a hydroxy group, a primary amino group, or a secondary amino group from the viewpoint of the reactivity with the isocyanate group. Groups or primary amino groups are more preferred, and primary amino groups are particularly preferred.
 ゲル化基の価数(即ち、ゲル化基における結合位置の数)には特に制限はない。
 即ち、ゲル化基は、1価の基であっても2価以上の基であってもよい。
 ゲル化基の形成しやすさの観点から、1価の基又は2価の基であることが好ましい。
There is no particular limitation on the valency of the gelling group (ie, the number of bonding sites on the gelling group).
That is, the gelling group may be a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
It is preferable that it is a monovalent group or a bivalent group from the viewpoint of the formation easiness of a gelling group.
 更に、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さをより向上させる観点からみた場合、ゲル化基は、1価の基であることがより好ましい。
 この理由は、以下のように考えられる。
 ゲル化基が1価の基である場合、ゲル化基は、熱反応性が高く且つ運動性が高い部位である、特定ポリマー(例えば、後述する特定鎖状ポリマー又は後述する特定架橋ポリマー)の骨格中ではなく、特定ポリマーの末端部分に配置されやすい。このため、ゲル化基が1価の基である場合には、インク膜をより効果的に増粘させることができ、その結果、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さがより向上すると考えられる。
Furthermore, from the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image, the gelling group is more preferably a monovalent group.
The reason is considered as follows.
When the gelling group is a monovalent group, the gelling group is a site having high thermal reactivity and high mobility, such as a specific polymer (for example, a specific linear polymer described later or a specific crosslinked polymer described later) It is not located in the backbone, but easily located at the end of the specific polymer. Therefore, when the gelling group is a monovalent group, the ink film can be more effectively thickened, and as a result, the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are considered to be further improved.
 画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さを更に向上させる観点からみた場合、特定ポリマーの更に好ましい態様は、ゲル化基が1価の基であり、特定ポリマーが後述する特定鎖状ポリマーであり、1価の基であるゲル化基が、特定鎖状ポリマーの主鎖の末端に配置されている態様である。
 この理由は、特定鎖状ポリマーの主鎖の末端は、後述する特定架橋ポリマーの末端と比較して、熱反応性がより高く且つ運動性がより高い部位であるためと考えられる。
From the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image, a further preferable embodiment of the specific polymer is that the gelling group is a monovalent group, and the specific polymer is a specific linear polymer described later; It is an aspect in which the gelling group which is a valence group is disposed at the end of the main chain of the specific linear polymer.
The reason for this is considered to be that the end of the main chain of the specific chain polymer is a site having higher thermal reactivity and higher mobility as compared to the end of the specific cross-linked polymer described later.
 なお、ゲル化基が2価の基であり、特定ポリマーが後述する特定鎖状ポリマーである場合、ゲル化基は、特定鎖状ポリマーの主鎖中に配置される。 In the case where the gelling group is a divalent group and the specific polymer is a specific chain polymer described later, the gelling group is disposed in the main chain of the specific chain polymer.
 ゲル化基として、好ましくは、下記式(G)で表される基である。
 式(G)で表される基は、特定ゲル化剤(即ち、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤)としての、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤又は活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤と、イソシアネート基と、の反応によって形成される。
The gelling group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (G).
The group represented by the formula (G) is a hydrogelator having an active hydrogen group or an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group as a specific gelling agent (that is, a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) And an isocyanate group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式(G)中、nは、1又は2を表し、Rは、ウレタン基、ウレア基、チオウレタン基、又はチオウレア基を表し、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、*は、結合位置を表す。
 式(G)中、Rは、nが1である場合には、多糖類、タンパク質、アクリル樹脂、ビニル樹脂、若しくは式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物であるヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を1個除いた残基を表すか、又は、1価の疎水性基を表す。
 式(G)中、Rは、nが2である場合には、上記ヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を2個除いた残基を表すか、又は、2価の疎水性基を表す。
 式(1)中、n及びmは、それぞれ独立に、2以上の整数を表し、pは、0以上の整数を表し、Lは、炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
In formula (G), n G represents 1 or 2, R U represents a urethane group, a urea group, a thiourethane group, or a thiourea group, and L G represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. , * Represents a bonding position.
In the formula (G), R G is a polysaccharide, a protein, an acrylic resin, a vinyl resin, or a hydrogelator which is a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) when n G is 1. It represents a residue from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, or a monovalent hydrophobic group.
In formula (G), when n G is 2, R G represents a residue obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the above hydrogelator, or represents a divalent hydrophobic group.
In formula (1), n and m each independently represent an integer of 2 or more, p represents an integer of 0 or more, L represents an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and R is a hydrogen atom , An alkyl group or an aryl group.
 式(G)中、nは、1又は2を表す。
 画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さをより向上させる観点から、nは、1であることが特に好ましい。
 nが1であることは、式(G)で表される基が1価の基であることを意味する。従って、式(G)中のnが1であると、前述した推定理由により、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さがより向上する。
In formula (G), n G represents 1 or 2.
In terms of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image, n G is particularly preferably 1.
When n G is 1, it means that the group represented by the formula (G) is a monovalent group. Therefore, when n G in the formula (G) is 1, the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are further improved due to the above-described presumed reason.
 式(G)中、Rは、ウレタン基、ウレア基、チオウレタン基、又はチオウレア基を表す。このRは、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤中の活性水素基又は活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤中の活性水素基と、イソシアネート基と、の反応によって形成される。 In formula (G), R U represents a urethane group, a urea group, a thiourethane group or a thiourea group. The R U is formed with the active hydrogen groups in the amphiphilic gelling agent having active hydrogen groups or active hydrogen groups in the hydrogel agent having an active hydrogen group, and isocyanate group, by reaction.
 画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さをより向上させる観点から、Rとしては、ウレタン基又はウレア基が好ましく、ウレア基がより好ましい。
 この理由として、以下の理由が考えられる。
 前述のとおり、活性水素基としては、イソシアネート基との反応性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基又は1級アミノ基がより好ましく、1級アミノ基が特に好ましい。
 ウレタン基は、ヒドロキシ基とイソシアネート基との反応によって形成される基であり、ウレア基は、ヒドロキシ基と1級アミノ基との反応によって形成される基である。
 従って、Rが、ウレタン基又はウレア基(特に好ましくはウレア基)であると、式(G)で表される基の安定性が高まるので、式(G)で表される基による効果(即ち、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さの向上)がより効果的に奏される。
From the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image, as R U , a urethane group or a urea group is preferable, and a urea group is more preferable.
The following reasons can be considered as this reason.
As described above, the active hydrogen group is more preferably a hydroxy group or a primary amino group, particularly preferably a primary amino group, from the viewpoint of the reactivity with the isocyanate group.
The urethane group is a group formed by the reaction of a hydroxy group and an isocyanate group, and the urea group is a group formed by the reaction of a hydroxy group and a primary amino group.
Accordingly, when R U is a urethane group or a urea group (particularly preferably a urea group), the stability of the group represented by the formula (G) is enhanced, so the effect by the group represented by the formula (G) ( That is, the scratch resistance of the image and the improvement of the definition of the image are more effectively exhibited.
 式(G)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 2価の連結基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、炭素数2~10のカルボニルイミノアルキレン基、炭素数2~10のイミノカルボニルアルキレン基、数平均分子量が1000以下(好ましくは500以下)であるポリアルキレングリコールの両末端からヒドロキシ基を除いた2価の残基、等が挙げられる。
 ここで、カルボニルイミノアルキレン基とは、カルボニル基とイミノ基とアルキレン基とがこの順序で連結した2価の基を意味し、イミノカルボニルアルキレン基とは、イミノ基とカルボニル基とアルキレン基とがこの順序で連結した2価の基を意味する。
In Formula (G), L G represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
As a divalent linking group, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carbonyliminoalkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an iminocarbonyl alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and a number average molecular weight of 1,000 or less (preferably 500 or less) And the like, and bivalent residues in which a hydroxy group is removed from both ends of the polyalkylene glycol which is
Here, a carbonylimino alkylene group means a divalent group in which a carbonyl group, an imino group and an alkylene group are linked in this order, and an iminocarbonyl alkylene group means an imino group, a carbonyl group and an alkylene group. It means a divalent group linked in this order.
 式(G)中、Rは、nが1である場合には、多糖類、タンパク質、アクリル樹脂、ビニル樹脂、若しくは式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物であるヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を1個除いた残基を表すか、又は、1価の疎水性基を表す。
 式(G)中、Rは、nが2である場合には、上記ヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を2個除いた残基を表すか、又は、2価の疎水性基を表す。
 ここで、ヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を1個除いた残基及びヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を2個除いた残基は、いずれも、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤中の部分構造である。
 1価の疎水性基及び2価の疎水性基は、いずれも、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤(即ち、活性水素基と、疎水性基と、を有する化合物)中の部分構造である。
In the formula (G), R G is a polysaccharide, a protein, an acrylic resin, a vinyl resin, or a hydrogelator which is a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) when n G is 1. It represents a residue from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, or a monovalent hydrophobic group.
In formula (G), when n G is 2, R G represents a residue obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the above hydrogelator, or represents a divalent hydrophobic group.
Here, the residue in which one hydrogen atom is removed from the hydrogelator and the residue in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from the hydrogelator are both partial structures in the hydrogelator having an active hydrogen group.
The monovalent hydrophobic group and the divalent hydrophobic group both have a partial structure in an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group (ie, a compound having an active hydrogen group and a hydrophobic group). It is.
 Rを形成するための上記ヒドロゲル化剤としての多糖類(即ち、水素原子を除いて残基とする前の多糖類)としては、アガロース、アガロペクチン、アミロース、アミロペクチン、アラビアゴム、アルギン酸ナトリウム、アルギン酸プロピレングリコールエステル、メチルセルロース、エチルセルロース、エチルヒドロキシエチルセルロース、カードラン、カラギーナン、カルボキシメチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルデンプン、寒天、キサンタンガム、グアーガム、クインスシード、グルコマンナン、ケラタン硫酸、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ペクチン、メチルデンプン、ローカストビーンガム、デキストリン、シクロデキストリン等が挙げられる。
 一方、式(G)で表される基の形成しやすさの観点からみると、ヒドロゲル化剤としての多糖類としては、二糖類~十糖類が好ましく、三糖類~六糖類がより好ましく、三糖類~五糖類が特に好ましい。
Examples of polysaccharides (i.e., polysaccharides prior to removal of hydrogen atoms as residues) to form RG include agarose, agaropectin, amylose, amylopectin, gum arabic, sodium alginate, alginic acid Propylene glycol ester, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, curdlan, carrageenan, carboxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl starch, agar, xanthan gum, guar gum, quince seed, glucomannan, keratan sulfate, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, pectin, methyl starch Locust bean gum, dextrin, cyclodextrin and the like.
On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the easiness of formation of the group represented by the formula (G), as polysaccharides as the hydrogel forming agent, disaccharides to dodecasaccharides are preferable, trisaccharides to hexasaccharides are more preferable, Sugars to pentasaccharides are particularly preferred.
 多糖類の重量平均分子量(Mw)には特に制限はない。
 多糖類の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、例えば300~1,000,000、好ましくは400~100,000、更に好ましくは400~10,000であり、特に好ましくは400~2000である。
There is no particular limitation on the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polysaccharide.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polysaccharide is, for example, 300 to 1,000,000, preferably 400 to 100,000, more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 400 to 2,000.
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、いずれも、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によって測定された値を意味する。但し、分子量が小さいためにGPCでは正確なMwを測定できない化合物については、化合物の化学構造から求められる分子量を、その化合物のMwとして採用する。Mnについても同様とする。
 本明細書において、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)による測定は、測定装置として、HLC(登録商標)-8020GPC(東ソー(株))を用い、カラムとして、TSKgel(登録商標)Super Multipore HZ-H(4.6mmID×15cm、東ソー(株))を3本用い、溶離液として、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いることができる。また、測定条件としては、試料濃度を0.45質量%、流速を0.35ml/min、サンプル注入量を10μl、及び測定温度を40℃とし、示差屈折率(RI)検出器を用いて行う。
 検量線は、東ソー(株)の「標準試料TSK standard,polystyrene」:「F-40」、「F-20」、「F-4」、「F-1」、「A-5000」、「A-2500」、「A-1000」、及び「n-プロピルベンゼン」の8サンプルから作製する。
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) both mean values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). However, for compounds whose accurate Mw can not be measured by GPC because of their small molecular weight, the molecular weight determined from the chemical structure of the compound is adopted as the Mw of the compound. The same applies to Mn.
In the present specification, gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement is carried out using HLC (registered trademark) -8020 GPC (Tosoh Corporation) as a measurement device, and TSKgel (registered trademark) Super Multipore HZ-H as a column. Three (4.6 mm ID × 15 cm, Tosoh Corp.) can be used, and THF (tetrahydrofuran) can be used as an eluent. In addition, as measurement conditions, the sample concentration is 0.45 mass%, the flow rate is 0.35 ml / min, the sample injection amount is 10 μl, and the measurement temperature is 40 ° C., using a differential refractive index (RI) detector .
The standard curve is the standard sample TSK standard, polystyrene of Tosoh Corp .: “F-40”, “F-20”, “F-4”, “F-1”, “A-5000”, “A. It is made from eight samples of "-2500", "A-1000", and "n-propylbenzene".
 Rが、ヒドロゲル化剤としての多糖類から水素原子を1個又は2個除いた残基である場合、式(G)で表される基は、好ましくは、1級アミノ基を有する多糖類によって形成される。
 1級アミノ基を有する多糖類としては、アミノエチルグリコシドである多糖類(例えば、後述の実施例におけるG0402、N0949及びS0946)又はアミノプロピルグリコシドである多糖類が好ましい。
 アミノエチルグリコシドである多糖類(例えば、後述の実施例におけるG0402、N0949及びS0946)を用いて形成される式(G)で表される基の例としては、式(G)中、nが1であり、Rが、アミノ基とイソシアネート基との反応によって形成されたウレア基であり、Lがエチレン基(-CHCH-基)であり、Rが、多糖類から水素原子を1個除いた残基である例が挙げられる。
 アミノプロピルグリコシドである多糖類を用いて形成された式(G)で表される基の例としては、式(G)中、nが1であり、Rが、アミノ基とイソシアネート基との反応によって形成されたウレア基であり、Lがプロピレン基(-CHCHCH-基)であり、Rが、多糖類から水素原子を1個除いた残基である例が挙げられる。
 式(G)で表される基を形成するための、1級アミノ基を有する多糖類のMwの好ましい範囲は、上述した多糖類(即ち、Rを形成するための多糖類)のMwの好ましい範囲と同様である。
When R G is a residue obtained by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from a polysaccharide as a hydrogelator, the group represented by the formula (G) is preferably a polysaccharide having a primary amino group Formed by
As a polysaccharide having a primary amino group, polysaccharides which are aminoethyl glycosides (for example, G0402, N0949 and S0946 in the following examples) or aminopropyl glycosides are preferable.
As an example of the group represented by the formula (G) formed using polysaccharides that are aminoethyl glycosides (for example, G0402, N0949 and S0946 in the examples described later), in the formula (G), n G is 1 and R U is a urea group formed by the reaction of an amino group and an isocyanate group, L G is an ethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 — group), R G is a polysaccharide to hydrogen Examples include residues in which one atom has been removed.
As an example of the group represented by Formula (G) formed using the polysaccharide which is aminopropyl glycoside, in Formula (G), n G is 1, and R U is an amino group and an isocyanate group. An example in which L G is a propylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 — group) and R G is a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polysaccharide, It can be mentioned.
The preferred range of the Mw of the polysaccharide having a primary amino group for forming a group represented by the formula (G) is the Mw of the polysaccharide described above (ie, the polysaccharide for forming RG ). It is the same as the preferred range.
 Rを形成するためのヒドロゲル化剤としてのタンパク質(即ち、水素原子を除いて残基とする前のタンパク質)には特に制限はない。
 タンパク質としては、ゼラチンが挙げられる。
 タンパク質の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、例えば、1,000~100,000,000、好ましくは5,000~10,000,000、更に好ましくは10,000~100,000である。
There is no particular limitation on the protein as a hydrogel forming agent for forming RG (ie, the protein before being made into a residue except hydrogen atoms).
Proteins include gelatin.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the protein is, for example, 1,000 to 100,000,000, preferably 5,000 to 10,000,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 100,000.
 Rを形成するためのヒドロゲル化剤としてのアクリル樹脂(即ち、水素原子を除いて残基とする前のアクリル樹脂)には特に制限はない。
 アクリル樹脂としては、ポリ(N-イソプロピルアクリルアミド)が挙げられる。
 アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、例えば、1,000~500,000、好ましくは5,000~100,000、更に好ましくは10,000~50,000である。
There is no particular limitation on the acrylic resin as a hydrogel forming agent for forming RG (that is, the acrylic resin before leaving hydrogen atom to be a residue).
The acrylic resin includes poly (N-isopropyl acrylamide).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is, for example, 1,000 to 500,000, preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
 Rを形成するためのヒドロゲル化剤としてのビニル樹脂(即ち、水素原子を除いて残基とする前のビニル樹脂)には特に制限はない。
 ビニル樹脂としては、ポリビニルアルコールが挙げられる。
 ビニル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、例えば、1,000~500,000、好ましくは5,000~100,000、更に好ましくは10,000~50,000である。
There is no particular limitation on the vinyl resin as a hydrogelating agent for forming RG (that is, the vinyl resin prior to leaving hydrogen atom to be a residue).
As a vinyl resin, polyvinyl alcohol is mentioned.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the vinyl resin is, for example, 1,000 to 500,000, preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
 Rを形成するためのヒドロゲル化剤としての式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物(即ち、水素原子を除いて残基とする前の式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物)は、以下のとおりである。 A polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) as a hydrogel forming agent for forming RG (i.e., a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) before being made into a residue excluding hydrogen atoms ) Is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(1)中、n及びmは、それぞれ独立に、2以上の整数を表し、pは、0以上の整数を表し、Lは、炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。 In formula (1), n and m each independently represent an integer of 2 or more, p represents an integer of 0 or more, L represents an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and R is a hydrogen atom , An alkyl group or an aryl group.
 式(1)中、Lで表されるアルキレン基は、直鎖アルキレン基であってもよいし、分岐アルキレン基であってもよい。
 Lで表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は3以上であるが、3~6が好ましく、3~4がより好ましく、3が特に好ましい。
In the formula (1), the alkylene group represented by L may be a linear alkylene group or a branched alkylene group.
The carbon number of the alkylene group represented by L is 3 or more, preferably 3 to 6, more preferably 3 to 4, and particularly preferably 3.
 式(1)中、Rで表されるアルキル基は、直鎖アルキル基であってもよいし、分岐アルキル基であってもよい。
 Rで表されるアルキル基の炭素数は、1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。
In the formula (1), the alkyl group represented by R may be a linear alkyl group or a branched alkyl group.
The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R is preferably 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
 式(1)中、Rで表されるアリール基の炭素数は、6~18が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。 In the formula (1), the carbon number of the aryl group represented by R is preferably 6 to 18, and more preferably 6 to 12.
 式(1)中、Rで表されるアルキル基、及び、Rで表されるアリール基は、それぞれ、置換基によって置換されていてもよい。
 置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、カルボキシ基等が挙げられる。
In the formula (1), the alkyl group represented by R and the aryl group represented by R may each be substituted by a substituent.
Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and a carboxy group.
 式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物として、具体的には、
ポリエチレングリコール-ポリプロピレングリコールブロック共重合体
ポリエチレングリコール-ポリプロピレングリコール-ポリエチレングリコールトリブロック共重合体、
ポリプロピレングリコール-ポリエチレングリコール-ポリプロピレングリコールトリブロック共重合体、
等が挙げられる。
Specifically as the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1),
Polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol block copolymer polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-polyethylene glycol triblock copolymer,
Polypropylene glycol-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol triblock copolymer,
Etc.
 式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物の数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、500~500,000、好ましくは1,000~100,000、更に好ましくは2,000~30,000であり、更に好ましくは2,000~20,000である。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) is, for example, 500 to 500,000, preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 2,000 to 30,000. And more preferably 2,000 to 20,000.
 Rが、ヒドロゲル化剤としての式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物から水素原子を1個除いた残基である場合、式(G)で表される基は、好ましくは、下記式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物によって形成される。 When R G is a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) as a hydrogel forming agent, the group represented by the formula (G) is preferably It is formed by the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(1A)中、n、m、p、L、及びRは、それぞれ、式(1)中、n、m、p、L、及びRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物は、式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物に対し、オキシエチレン単位が1つ多い化合物である(式(1A)中の「n+1」参照)。
In formula (1A), n, m, p, L and R are respectively synonymous with n, m, p, L and R in formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
The polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1A) is a compound having one more oxyethylene unit relative to the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) (see “n + 1” in the formula (1A) ).
 式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物によって式(G)で表される基が形成される場合、例えば、式(1A)中の末端部分のヒドロキシエチル基中のヒドロキシ基と、イソシアネート基と、の反応によって式(G)中のR(ウレタン基)が形成され、上記ヒドロキシエチル基中のエチル基の部分が式(G)中のL(エチレン基)となり、式(1A)から上記ヒドロキシエチル基を除いた部分が式(G)中のRとなる。このRは、式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物から水素原子を1個除いた残基に対応する。この例の場合、式(G)中のnは1となる。 When the group represented by the formula (G) is formed by the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1A), for example, a hydroxy group in the hydroxyethyl group of the terminal portion in the formula (1A) and an isocyanate group R U (urethane group) in the formula (G) is formed by the reaction of and the part of the ethyl group in the hydroxyethyl group becomes L G (ethylene group) in the formula (G), the formula (1A) The part except the said hydroxyethyl group from it becomes RG in Formula (G). This RG corresponds to a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1). In this example, n G in equation (G) is 1.
 式(G)で表される基を形成するための式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物のMnの好ましい範囲は、上述した、Rを形成するための式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物のMnの好ましい範囲と同様である。 The preferable range of Mn of the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1A) for forming a group represented by the formula (G) is represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) for forming R G It is the same as the preferable range of Mn of the polyoxyalkylene compound.
 式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物としては、市販品を用いてもよい。
 市販品としては、BASF社製のプルロニック(登録商標)F108(Mn14600、融点62℃)、同P85(Mn4600、融点40℃)、同F87(Mn7700、融点49℃)、等が挙げられる。
A commercial item may be used as a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by Formula (1A).
Examples of commercially available products include Pluronic (registered trademark) F108 (Mn 14600, melting point 62 ° C.), P85 (Mn 4600, melting point 40 ° C.), and F87 (Mn 7700, melting point 49 ° C.) manufactured by BASF.
 式(G)中のRを形成するためのヒドロゲル化剤は、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さをより向上させる観点から、多糖類又は式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物であることが好ましく、多糖類であることがより好ましい。 The hydrogel forming agent for forming RG in the formula (G) is a polysaccharide or a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) from the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance and the definition of the image of the image. It is preferable that it is a polysaccharide, more preferably it is a polysaccharide.
 式(G)中、Rで表される、1価の疎水性基及び2価の疎水性基は、いずれも、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤(即ち、活性水素基と疎水性基とを有する化合物)中の部分構造である。 In formula (G), the monovalent hydrophobic group and the divalent hydrophobic group represented by RG are both amphiphilic gelling agents having an active hydrogen group (ie, active hydrogen group and hydrophobicity). And a partial structure in a compound having a sex group.
 Rで表される1価の疎水性基としては、前述のとおり、炭素数4以上のアルキル基、炭素数4以上のアルケニル基、炭素数6以上のアリール基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むアルコキシアルキレンオキシ基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むアルコキシポリアルキレンオキシ基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むヒドロキシアルキレンオキシ基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むヒドロキシポリアルキレンオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 Rで表される2価の疎水性基としては、前述のとおり、炭素数4以上のアルキレン基、炭素数4以上のアルケニレン基、炭素数6以上のアリーレン基、構造中に炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を含むポリアルキレンオキシ基等が挙げられる。
As the monovalent hydrophobic group represented by R G , as described above, an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure Alkoxy alkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group, alkoxypolyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure, hydroxyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure, carbon number in the structure Examples include hydroxypolyalkyleneoxy groups containing three or more alkylene groups.
As the divalent hydrophobic group represented by R G , as described above, an alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkenylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and 3 or more carbon atoms in the structure And a polyalkyleneoxy group containing an alkylene group of
 Rで表される1価の疎水性基として、好ましくは炭素数4以上の直鎖アルキル基である。
 炭素数4以上の直鎖アルキル基の炭素数は、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さをより向上させる観点から、7以上であることが好ましく、10以上であることがより好ましく、16以上であることが特に好ましい。
 炭素数4以上の直鎖アルキル基の炭素数の上限には特に制限はないが、上限は、例えば30であり、好ましくは25である。
The monovalent hydrophobic group represented by RG is preferably a linear alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms.
The carbon number of the linear alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and more preferably 16 or more from the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image. Being particularly preferred.
The upper limit of the carbon number of the linear alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is, for example, 30 and preferably 25.
 Rで表される2価の疎水性基として、好ましくは炭素数4以上の直鎖アルキレン基である。
 炭素数4以上の直鎖アルキレン基の炭素数は、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さをより向上させる観点から、7以上であることが好ましく、10以上であることがより好ましく、16以上であることが特に好ましい。
 炭素数4以上の直鎖アルキレン基の炭素数の上限には特に制限はないが、上限は、例えば30であり、好ましくは25である。
The divalent hydrophobic group represented by R G is preferably a linear alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms.
The carbon number of the linear alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and more preferably 16 or more, from the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image. Being particularly preferred.
The upper limit of the carbon number of the linear alkylene group having 4 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is, for example, 30 and preferably 25.
 Rが1価の疎水性基又は2価の疎水性基である態様の式(G)で表される基は、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤と、イソシアネート基と、の反応によって形成される。 The group represented by the formula (G) of the embodiment in which R G is a monovalent hydrophobic group or a divalent hydrophobic group is a reaction of an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group with an isocyanate group Formed by
 活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤は、インク膜中においてゲル化機能がより効果的に発揮される観点から、室温(25℃)で固体であることが好ましい。
 かかる観点から、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤の融点は、好ましくは40℃以上であり、より好ましくは60℃以上であり、更に好ましくは80℃以上であり、特に好ましくは100℃以上である。
 また、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤の融点の上限は、両親媒性ゲル化剤の製造適性の観点から、200℃以下であることが好ましい。
The amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably solid at room temperature (25 ° C.) from the viewpoint that the gelation function is more effectively exhibited in the ink film.
From this point of view, the melting point of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably 40 ° C. or more, more preferably 60 ° C. or more, still more preferably 80 ° C. or more, particularly preferably 100 ° C. It is above.
The upper limit of the melting point of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably 200 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of the production suitability of the amphiphilic gelling agent.
 活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤の分子量には特に制限はない。
 活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤の分子量は、好ましくは2000以下であり、より好ましくは1500以下であり、特に好ましくは1100以下である。
 両親媒性ゲル化剤の分子量は、好ましくは300以上であり、より好ましくは400以上であり、特に好ましくは500以上である。
There is no particular limitation on the molecular weight of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group.
The molecular weight of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and particularly preferably 1100 or less.
The molecular weight of the amphiphilic gelling agent is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 400 or more, and particularly preferably 500 or more.
 活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤として、好ましくは、
炭素数10~30(より好ましくは炭素数12~30、更に好ましくは炭素数15~30、特に好ましくは炭素数15~15)の直鎖アルキルアミン、
炭素数10~30(より好ましくは炭素数12~30、更に好ましくは炭素数15~30、特に好ましくは炭素数15~15)の直鎖アルキレンジアミン、
炭素数10~30(より好ましくは炭素数12~30、更に好ましくは炭素数15~30、特に好ましくは炭素数15~15)の直鎖アルキル基を有するモノアルキルポリエチレングリコール、又は、
炭素数10~30(より好ましくは炭素数12~30、更に好ましくは炭素数15~30、特に好ましくは炭素数15~15)であり、ヒドロキシアルキル基とアミド基とアルキレン基とアミド基とヒドロキシアルキル基とがこの順に結合した化合物であり、
 特に好ましくは、炭素数10~30(より好ましくは炭素数12~30、更に好ましくは炭素数15~30、特に好ましくは炭素数15~15)の直鎖アルキルアミンである。
As an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, preferably
A linear alkylamine having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms),
A linear alkylene diamine having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms),
A monoalkyl polyethylene glycol having a linear alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms), or
It has 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms), and a hydroxyalkyl group, an amido group, an alkylene group, an amido group and a hydroxy group A compound in which an alkyl group is bonded in this order,
Particularly preferable are linear alkylamines having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 12 to 30 carbon atoms, still more preferably 15 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 15 to 15 carbon atoms).
 活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤の具体例については、後述の実施例における、エイコシルアミン(C2041NH)、オクタデシルアミン(C1837NH)、ヘキサデシルアミン(C1633NH)、オクチルアミン(C17NH)、1,12-ドデシルジアミン(HN(CH12NH)、gel-01~gel-06、モノアルキルポリエチレングリコール、等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group are eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ), octadecylamine (C 18 H 37 NH 2 ), hexadecylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ) in Examples described later. C 16 H 33 NH 2 ), octylamine (C 8 H 17 NH 2 ), 1,12-dodecyldiamine (H 2 N (CH 2 ) 12 NH 2 ), gel-01 to gel-06, monoalkyl polyethylene glycol , Etc.
 活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤としては、特開2013-7039号公報に記載のゲル化剤の中から、活性水素基と疎水性基とを有する化合物を選択して用いてもよい。 As the amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, a compound having an active hydrogen group and a hydrophobic group may be selected and used from the gelling agents described in JP-A-2013-7039. .
 以上で説明したゲル化基(例えば、式(G)で表される基)の分子量は、好ましくは2000以下であり、より好ましくは1500以下であり、特に好ましくは1100以下である。
 ゲル化基の分子量は、好ましくは300以上であり、より好ましくは400以上であり、特に好ましくは500以上である。
The molecular weight of the gelling group (for example, a group represented by formula (G)) described above is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and particularly preferably 1100 or less.
The molecular weight of the gelling group is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 400 or more, and particularly preferably 500 or more.
-特定ポリマーの好ましい態様-
 特定ポリマーの好ましい態様は、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤と、イソシアネート基を有する化合物と、の反応物である態様(以下、「態様A」ともいう)である。
 態様Aにおいて、イソシアネート基を有する化合物は、ポリマーを形成するための原料モノマーであってもよいし、イソシアネート基を有するポリマーであってもよい。
 即ち、態様Aにおいて、ゲル化剤は、特定ポリマーを形成する過程で、特定ポリマーの構造中に組み込まれてもよいし、ポリマーに対して高分子付加反応によって付加されることにより、特定ポリマーの構造中に組み込まれてもよい。
-Preferred embodiment of specific polymer-
A preferred embodiment of the specific polymer is an embodiment (hereinafter also referred to as "embodiment A") which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and a compound having an isocyanate group.
In the aspect A, the compound having an isocyanate group may be a raw material monomer for forming a polymer, or may be a polymer having an isocyanate group.
That is, in the embodiment A, the gelling agent may be incorporated into the structure of a specific polymer in the process of forming the specific polymer, or may be added to the polymer by polymer addition reaction to form a specific polymer It may be incorporated into the structure.
 態様Aにおけるイソシアネート基を有する化合物としては、イソシアネート基を有する原料モノマーとして、2官能以上のイソシアネート化合物、イソシアネート基を少なくとも1つ有する(メタ)アクリレート、等が挙げられる。
 態様Aにおけるイソシアネート基を有する化合物としては、イソシアネート基を有するポリマーとして、イソシアネート基を少なくとも1つ有するウレタンポリマー、イソシアネート基を少なくとも1つ有するウレアポリマー、イソシアネート基を少なくとも1つ有する(メタ)アクリルポリマー、等が挙げられる。
Examples of the compound having an isocyanate group in the embodiment A include, as raw material monomers having an isocyanate group, isocyanate compounds having two or more functional groups, (meth) acrylate having at least one isocyanate group, and the like.
As a compound having an isocyanate group in aspect A, as a polymer having an isocyanate group, a urethane polymer having at least one isocyanate group, a urea polymer having at least one isocyanate group, a (meth) acrylic polymer having at least one isocyanate group , Etc.
 特定ポリマーは、架橋構造を有しない鎖状のポリマー(以下、「特定鎖状ポリマー」ともいう)であってもよいし、架橋構造(例えば、三次元架橋構造)を有するポリマー(以下、「特定架橋ポリマー」ともいう)であってもよい。
 特定鎖状ポリマーは、主鎖中に、脂肪族環、芳香族環、複素環等の環状構造を含んでいてもよい。
 特定架橋ポリマーが有し得る三次元架橋構造については、国際公開第2016/052053号に記載の三次元架橋構造を参照してもよい。
The specific polymer may be a linear polymer having no crosslinked structure (hereinafter also referred to as “specific linear polymer”), or a polymer having a crosslinked structure (for example, a three-dimensional crosslinked structure) (hereinafter, “specific It may also be referred to as "crosslinked polymer".
The specific chain polymer may contain cyclic structures such as aliphatic rings, aromatic rings, and heterocyclic rings in the main chain.
For the three-dimensional crosslinked structure that the specific crosslinked polymer may have, reference may be made to the three-dimensional crosslinked structure described in WO 2016/052052.
-特定鎖状ポリマー-
 特定鎖状ポリマーは、
2官能のイソシアネート化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と2つの活性水素基を有する化合物及び水からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種との反応生成物A1と、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤と、の反応生成物A2であるか、又は、
2官能のイソシアネート化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と2つの活性水素基を有する化合物及び水からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種とその他の化合物との反応生成物B1と、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤と、の反応生成物B2であることが好ましい。
-Specific linear polymer-
Specific chain polymers are
A gel having an active hydrogen group, and a reaction product A1 of a reaction product of at least one selected from the group consisting of bifunctional isocyanate compounds and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of water and a compound having two active hydrogen groups A reaction product A2 of an agent, or
Reaction product B1 of a reaction product of at least one compound selected from the group consisting of bifunctional isocyanate compounds with at least one compound selected from the group consisting of water and a compound having two active hydrogen groups, and other compounds It is preferable that it is a reaction product B2 of a gelling agent having a group.
 2つの活性水素基を有する化合物としては、ジオール化合物、ジアミン化合物、及びジチオール化合物が挙げられる。
 例えば、2官能のイソシアネート化合物とジオール化合物との反応により、ウレタン基が形成される。
 また、2官能のイソシアネート化合物とジアミン化合物との反応により、ウレア基が形成される。
 また、2官能のイソシアネート化合物と水との反応により、ウレア基が形成される。
As a compound which has two active hydrogen groups, a diol compound, a diamine compound, and a dithiol compound are mentioned.
For example, a urethane group is formed by the reaction of a difunctional isocyanate compound and a diol compound.
Further, a urea group is formed by the reaction of a bifunctional isocyanate compound and a diamine compound.
Moreover, a urea group is formed by the reaction of a bifunctional isocyanate compound and water.
 また、上記その他の化合物としては、
後述する重合性基導入用化合物のうち、活性水素基を1つのみ含む化合物、
後述する重合性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物のうち、イソシアネート基を1つのみ含む化合物、
後述する親水性基導入用化合物のうち、活性水素基を1つのみ含む化合物、
後述する親水性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物のうち、イソシアネート基を1つのみ含む化合物、
等が挙げられる。
Moreover, as the above other compounds,
Among the compounds for introducing a polymerizable group described later, a compound containing only one active hydrogen group,
Among the isocyanate compounds into which a polymerizable group described later is introduced, a compound containing only one isocyanate group,
Among the compounds for introducing a hydrophilic group described later, a compound containing only one active hydrogen group,
Among the isocyanate compounds into which a hydrophilic group described later is introduced, a compound containing only one isocyanate group,
Etc.
 特定鎖状ポリマーを形成するための2官能のイソシアネート化合物としては、以下の化合物(1-1)~(1-20)が挙げられる。 The following compounds (1-1) to (1-20) may be mentioned as the bifunctional isocyanate compound for forming the specific chain polymer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 特定鎖状ポリマーを形成するための、2つの活性水素基を有する化合物としては、以下の化合物(2-1)~(2-24)が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having two active hydrogen groups for forming a specific chain polymer include the following compounds (2-1) to (2-24).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 また、特定鎖状ポリマーを形成するための、2つの活性水素基を有する化合物としては、後述する重合性基導入用化合物のうち、活性水素基を2つ含む化合物、後述する親水性基導入用化合物のうち、活性水素基を2つ含む化合物、等も挙げられる。 Moreover, as a compound which has two active hydrogen groups for forming a specific chain | strand-shaped polymer, the compound which contains two active hydrogen groups among the compounds for polymeric group introduction | transduction mentioned later, for hydrophilic group introduction mentioned later Among the compounds, compounds containing two active hydrogen groups, and the like can also be mentioned.
-特定架橋ポリマー-
 特定架橋ポリマーは、
3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と2つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物及び水からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種との反応生成物C1と、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤と、の反応生成物C2であるか、又は、
3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と2つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物及び水からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種とその他の化合物との反応生成物D1と、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤と、の反応生成物D2であることが好ましい。
-Specific cross-linked polymer-
The specific crosslinked polymer is
A reaction product C1 of at least one selected from the group consisting of trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compounds and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a compound having two or more active hydrogen groups, and an active hydrogen group A reaction product C2 of a gelling agent having
A reaction product D1 of at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds and a compound having two or more active hydrogen groups and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of water with other compounds It is preferable that it is a reaction product D2 with a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group.
 上記その他の化合物としては、
後述する重合性基導入用化合物のうち、活性水素基を1つのみ含む化合物、
後述する重合性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物のうち、イソシアネート基を1つのみ含む化合物、
後述する親水性基導入用化合物のうち、活性水素基を1つのみ含む化合物、
後述する親水性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物のうち、イソシアネート基を1つのみ含む化合物、
等が挙げられる。
As the above other compounds,
Among the compounds for introducing a polymerizable group described later, a compound containing only one active hydrogen group,
Among the isocyanate compounds into which a polymerizable group described later is introduced, a compound containing only one isocyanate group,
Among the compounds for introducing a hydrophilic group described later, a compound containing only one active hydrogen group,
Among the isocyanate compounds into which a hydrophilic group described later is introduced, a compound containing only one isocyanate group,
Etc.
 特定粒子が特定架橋ポリマーを含む場合、特定粒子は、特定架橋ポリマーからなるシェルと、コアと、を含むマイクロカプセル(以下、「MC」)を含むことが好ましい。 When the specific particle contains a specific crosslinked polymer, the specific particle preferably contains a microcapsule (hereinafter, “MC”) including a shell made of the specific crosslinked polymer and a core.
 特定架橋ポリマーを形成するための、2つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物としては、上述した特定鎖状ポリマーを形成するための、2つの活性水素基を有する化合物と同様に、ジオール化合物、ジアミン化合物、及びジチオール化合物が挙げられる。
 また、特定架橋ポリマーを形成するための、2つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物としては、3官能以上のポリオール化合物、3官能以上のポリアミン化合物、及び3官能以上のポリチオール化合物も挙げられる。
Examples of compounds having two or more active hydrogen groups for forming a specific crosslinked polymer include diol compounds and diamines, as well as compounds having two active hydrogen groups for forming the specific linear polymer described above. Compounds and dithiol compounds are included.
Moreover, as a compound which has a 2 or more active hydrogen group for forming a specific crosslinked polymer, the trifunctional or more than trifunctional polyol compound, the trifunctional or more than trifunctional polyamine compound, and the trifunctional or more polythiol compound are also mentioned.
 特定架橋ポリマーを形成するための3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物は、2官能のイソシアネート化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、3つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物(例えば、3官能以上のポリオール化合物、3官能以上のポリアミン化合物、及び3官能以上のポリチオール化合物)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物であることが好ましい。
 3つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物と反応させる2官能のイソシアネート化合物のモル数(分子数)は、3つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物における活性水素基のモル数(活性水素基の当量数)に対し、0.6倍以上が好ましく、0.6倍~5倍がより好ましく、0.6倍~3倍が更に好ましく、0.8倍~2倍が更に好ましい。
The trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compound for forming the specific crosslinked polymer is a compound having at least one selected from the group consisting of bifunctional isocyanate compounds and three or more active hydrogen groups (for example, trifunctional or higher functional compounds) It is preferable that it is a reaction product with at least 1 sort (s) selected from the group which consists of a polyol compound, a trifunctional or more than trifunctional polyamine compound, and a trifunctional or more than trifunctional polythiol compound).
The number of moles (number of molecules) of the bifunctional isocyanate compound to be reacted with the compound having three or more active hydrogen groups is the number of moles of active hydrogen groups in the compound having three or more active hydrogen groups (equivalent weight of active hydrogen groups The number is preferably 0.6 times or more, more preferably 0.6 times to 5 times, still more preferably 0.6 times to 3 times, and still more preferably 0.8 times to 2 times.
 3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を形成するための2官能のイソシアネート化合物としては、上述した特定鎖状ポリマーを形成するための2官能のイソシアネート化合物と同様のものが挙げられる。 As a bifunctional isocyanate compound for forming the trifunctional or more than trifunctional isocyanate compound, the thing similar to the bifunctional isocyanate compound for forming the specific chain | strand-shaped polymer mentioned above is mentioned.
 3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を形成するための、3つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物としては、下記(H-1)~(H-13)で表される構造の化合物が挙げられる。なお、下記の構造において、nは、1~100から選択される整数を表す。 Examples of the compound having three or more active hydrogen groups for forming a trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compound include compounds having structures represented by the following (H-1) to (H-13). In the following structure, n represents an integer selected from 1 to 100.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 特定架橋ポリマーの形成に用いられる3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物としては、アダクト型の3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物、イソシアヌレート型の3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物、ビウレット型の3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物、等が挙げられる。
 アダクト型の3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物の市販品としては、タケネート(登録商標)D-102、D-103、D-103H、D-103M2、P49-75S、D-110N、D-120N、D-140N、D-160N(以上、三井化学(株))、デスモジュール(登録商標)L75、UL57SP(住化バイエルウレタン(株))、コロネート(登録商標)HL、HX、L(日本ウレタンポリマー(株))、P301-75E(旭化成(株))等が挙げられる。
 イソシアヌレート型の3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物の市販品としては、タケネート(登録商標)D-127N、D-170N、D-170HN、D-172N、D-177N(以上、三井化学(株))、スミジュールN3300、デスモジュール(登録商標)N3600、N3900、Z4470BA(以上、住化バイエルウレタン(株))、コロネート(登録商標)HX、HK(以上、日本ウレタンポリマー(株))、デュラネート(登録商標)TPA-100、TKA-100、TSA-100、TSS-100、TLA-100、TSE-100(以上、旭化成(株))等が挙げられる。
 ビウレット型の3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物の市販品としては、タケネート(登録商標)D-165N、NP1100(以上、三井化学(株))、デスモジュール(登録商標)N3200(住化バイエルウレタン(株))、デュラネート(登録商標)24A-100(旭化成(株))等が挙げられる。
Examples of trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compounds used to form the specific crosslinked polymer include adduct type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, isocyanurate type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, biuret type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, and the like. It can be mentioned.
As commercial products of the adduct type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound, Takenate (registered trademark) D-102, D-103, D-103H, D-103M2, P49-75S, D-110N, D-120N, D- 140N, D-160N (above, Mitsui Chemical Co., Ltd.), Desmodur (registered trademark) L75, UL57SP (Sumikawa Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.), Coronate (registered trademark) HL, HX, L (Nippon Urethane Polymer (Japan Urethane Polymer Co., Ltd. ), P301-75E (Asahi Kasei Corporation) and the like.
As commercial products of isocyanurate type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, Takenate (registered trademark) D-127N, D-170N, D-170HN, D-172N, D-177N (all, Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), Sumidur N3300, Desmodur (registered trademark) N3600, N3900, Z4470BA (above, Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.), Coronate (registered trademark) HX, HK (above, Nippon Urethane Polymer Co., Ltd.), Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-100, TKA-100, TSA-100, TSS-100, TLA-100, TSE-100 (all, Asahi Kasei Corporation) and the like.
As commercial products of biuret type trifunctional or higher isocyanate compounds, Takenate (registered trademark) D-165N, NP1100 (Mitsui Chemical Co., Ltd.), Desmodur (registered trademark) N3200 (Suzuki Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.) And Duranate (registered trademark) 24A-100 (Asahi Kasei Corporation).
 また、特定粒子が、特定架橋ポリマーからなるシェルと、コアと、を含むMC(即ち、マイクロカプセル)を含む場合、特定粒子は、MCに対する分散剤として、前述した特定鎖状ポリマーのうち親水性基を有する態様の特定鎖状ポリマーを含有していてもよい。この態様におけるインクでは、MCのシェルの周囲の少なくとも一部を、分散剤としての特定鎖状ポリマーが被覆している状態となり得る。この態様では、MCのシェルが有するウレタン基及び/又はウレア基と、分散剤(特定鎖状ポリマー)が有するウレタン基及び/又はウレア基と、の相互作用、並びに、分散剤の親水性基による分散作用が相まって、特定粒子の分散安定性がより向上する。
 この態様において、MCの全固形分量に対する分散剤の量の比(以下、質量比〔分散剤/MC固形分〕ともいう)としては、0.005~1.000であることが好ましく、0.05~0.7であることがより好ましい。
 質量比〔分散剤/MC固形分〕が0.005以上であると、特定粒子の分散安定性がより向上する。
 質量比〔分散剤/MC固形分〕が1.000以下であると、画像の硬度がより向上する。
In addition, when the specific particle includes an MC (that is, a microcapsule) containing a shell made of a specific crosslinked polymer and a core, the specific particle is hydrophilic as a dispersant for MC, among the specific linear polymers described above. You may contain the specific linear polymer of the aspect which has group. In the ink in this aspect, at least a part of the periphery of the shell of MC can be in a state of being coated with a specific linear polymer as a dispersant. In this aspect, the interaction between the urethane group and / or the urea group possessed by the shell of MC and the urethane group and / or the urea group possessed by the dispersant (specific chain polymer) and the hydrophilic group of the dispersant The dispersing action is combined to further improve the dispersion stability of the specific particles.
In this embodiment, the ratio of the amount of dispersant to the total solid content of MC (hereinafter also referred to as mass ratio [also referred to as dispersant / MC solid content]) is preferably 0.005 to 1.000, and 0.1. More preferably, it is from 05 to 0.7.
When the mass ratio [dispersant / MC solid content] is 0.005 or more, the dispersion stability of the specific particles is further improved.
When the mass ratio [dispersant / MC solid content] is 1.000 or less, the hardness of the image is further improved.
-特定ポリマーの好ましい重量平均分子量(Mw)-
 特定ポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)としては、インクの分散安定性(即ち、特定粒子の分散安定性)の観点から、5000以上であることが好ましく、7000以上であることがより好ましく、8000以上であることが更に好ましい。
 特定ポリマーのMwの上限には特に制限はない。特定ポリマーのMwの上限としては、例えば、150000、100000、70000、50000が挙げられる。
-Preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of specific polymer-
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific polymer is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 7,000 or more, and 8000 or more from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability of the ink (that is, the dispersion stability of the specific particles). It is further preferred that
There is no particular limitation on the upper limit of Mw of the specific polymer. As an upper limit of Mw of a specific polymer, 150000, 100000, 70000, 50000 are mentioned, for example.
 特定ポリマーの含有量は、特定粒子の全固形分量に対し、10質量%以上であることが好ましく、20質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
 特定ポリマーの含有量が、特定粒子の全固形分量に対して10質量%以上であると、インクの分散安定性(即ち、特定粒子の分散安定性)がより向上する。
 特定ポリマーの含有量は、特定粒子の全固形分量に対し、100質量%となることもあり得るが、80質量%以下が好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。
The content of the specific polymer is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the specific particles.
When the content of the specific polymer is 10% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the specific particles, the dispersion stability of the ink (that is, the dispersion stability of the specific particles) is further improved.
The content of the specific polymer may be 100% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles, but 80% by mass or less is preferable, 70% by mass or less is more preferable, and 50% by mass or less Being particularly preferred.
-重合性基-
 特定ポリマーは、重合性基を少なくとも1種有することが好ましい。
 特定ポリマーが重合性基を有する場合には、ゲル化基の作用によってインク膜を増粘させた後、増粘したインク膜を、重合性基の作用によって硬化させることができる。
 これにより、画像の引っ掻き耐性が更に向上する。
-Polymerizable group-
The specific polymer preferably has at least one kind of polymerizable group.
When the specific polymer has a polymerizable group, after thickening the ink film by the action of the gelling group, the thickened ink film can be cured by the action of the polymerizable group.
This further improves the scratch resistance of the image.
 重合性基としては、光重合性基又は熱重合性基が好ましい。
 光重合性基としては、ラジカル重合性基が好ましく、エチレン性二重結合を含む基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アリル基、スチリル基、又はビニル基が更に好ましい。ラジカル重合性基としては、ラジカル重合反応性及び形成される膜の硬度の観点から、(メタ)アクリロイル基が特に好ましい。
 熱重合性基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アジリジニル基、アゼチジニル基、ケトン基、アルデヒド基、又はブロックイソシアネート基が好ましい。
 特定ポリマーは、重合性基を1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。
 特定ポリマーが重合性基を有することは、例えば、フーリエ変換赤外線分光測定(FT-IR)分析によって確認することができる。
As a polymeric group, a photopolymerizable group or a thermally polymerizable group is preferable.
The photopolymerizable group is preferably a radical polymerizable group, more preferably a group containing an ethylenic double bond, and still more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group, an allyl group, a styryl group or a vinyl group. As the radically polymerizable group, a (meth) acryloyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of radical polymerization reactivity and the hardness of the formed film.
As the thermally polymerizable group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, a ketone group, an aldehyde group or a blocked isocyanate group is preferable.
The specific polymer may contain only one type of polymerizable group, or may contain two or more types.
The specific polymer having a polymerizable group can be confirmed, for example, by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR) analysis.
-重合性基導入用化合物-
 特定ポリマーが重合性基を有する場合、特定ポリマーへの重合性基の導入は、重合性基導入用化合物を用いて行うことができる。
 重合性基導入用化合物としては、重合性基及び活性水素基を有する化合物を用いることができる。
 重合性基導入用化合物としては、1つ以上の重合性基及び2つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物を用いることが好ましい。
-Compound for introducing polymerizable group-
When the specific polymer has a polymerizable group, the introduction of the polymerizable group into the specific polymer can be performed using a compound for introducing a polymerizable group.
As the compound for introducing a polymerizable group, a compound having a polymerizable group and an active hydrogen group can be used.
As the compound for introducing a polymerizable group, it is preferable to use a compound having one or more polymerizable groups and two or more active hydrogen groups.
 特定ポリマーへの重合性基の導入方法には特に制限はないが、特定ポリマーを合成する際に、2官能のイソシアネート化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、水、ジオール化合物、ジアミン化合物及びジチオール化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、重合性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、(必要に応じ親水性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、)を反応させる方法が特に好ましい。
 重合性基導入用モノマーは、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The method for introducing the polymerizable group into the specific polymer is not particularly limited, but when synthesizing the specific polymer, at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional isocyanate compound, water, a diol compound, and a diamine compound And at least one selected from the group consisting of dithiol compounds, at least one compound for introducing a polymerizable group, and (when necessary, at least one compound for introducing a hydrophilic group), the method is particularly preferred. preferable.
The polymerizable group-introducing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 重合性基導入用化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2016/052053号の段落0075~0089に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As the compound for introducing a polymerizable group, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0089 of WO 2016/052053 can also be used.
 重合性基導入用化合物としては、下記式(ma)で表される化合物が好ましい。
  LLc  (ma)
As the compound for introducing a polymerizable group, a compound represented by the following formula (ma) is preferable.
L 1 Lc m Z n (ma)
 式(ma)において、Lは、m+n価の連結基を表し、m及びnは、それぞれ独立に、1~100から選ばれる整数であり、Lcは1価のエチレン性不飽和基を表し、Zは活性水素基を表す。
 Lは、2価以上の脂肪族基、2価以上の芳香族基、2価以上の複素環基、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N<、-CO-、-SO-、-SO-又はそれらの組合せであることが好ましい。
 m及びnは、それぞれ独立に、1~50であることが好ましく、2~20であることがより好ましく、3~10であることがさらに好ましく、3~5であることがとくに好ましい。
 Lcで表される1価のエチレン性不飽和基としては、アリル基、ビニル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等を挙げることができる。
 Zで表される活性水素基は、ヒドロキシ基又は1級アミノ基であることがより好ましく、ヒドロキシ基であることがさらに好ましい。
In formula (ma), L 1 represents a m + n valent linking group, m and n each independently represent an integer selected from 1 to 100, and L c represents a monovalent ethylenically unsaturated group, Z represents an active hydrogen group.
L 1 is a divalent or higher aliphatic group, a divalent or higher aromatic group, a divalent or higher heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N <, -CO-, -SO It is preferable that-, -SO 2 -or a combination thereof.
m and n each independently are preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 2 to 20, still more preferably 3 to 10, and particularly preferably 3 to 5.
Examples of the monovalent ethylenically unsaturated group represented by Lc include an allyl group, a vinyl group, an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.
The active hydrogen group represented by Z is more preferably a hydroxy group or a primary amino group, and still more preferably a hydroxy group.
 以下、重合性基導入用化合物の例を示すが、重合性基導入用化合物は以下の例には限定されない。なお、化合物(a-3)及び(a-14)におけるnは、例えば、1~90から選ばれる整数を表す。 Hereinafter, although the example of a compound for polymeric group introduction is shown, the compound for polymeric group introduction is not limited to the following examples. Here, n in the compounds (a-3) and (a-14) represents, for example, an integer selected from 1 to 90.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
-重合性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物-
 特定ポリマーが重合性基を有する場合、特定ポリマーへの重合性基の導入は、重合性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物を用いて行うこともできる。
 重合性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物としては、
上述した重合性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、2官能のイソシアネート化合物の少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物;
上述した重合性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物の少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物;
上述した重合性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、2官能のイソシアネート化合物の少なくとも1種と、3官能以上のポリオール化合物、3官能以上のポリアミン化合物、及び3官能以上のポリチオール化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物;
等が挙げられる。
-Isocyanate compound introduced with a polymerizable group-
When the specific polymer has a polymerizable group, the introduction of the polymerizable group into the specific polymer can also be carried out using an isocyanate compound having a polymerizable group introduced.
As an isocyanate compound which introduce | transduced the polymeric group,
Reaction product of at least one of the above-mentioned compounds for introducing a polymerizable group and at least one of a bifunctional isocyanate compound;
Reaction product of at least one of the above-mentioned compounds for introducing a polymerizable group and at least one of an isocyanate compound having three or more functional groups;
From the group consisting of at least one of the above-mentioned compounds for introducing a polymerizable group, at least one of a bifunctional isocyanate compound, a trifunctional or higher polyol compound, a trifunctional or higher polyamine compound, and a trifunctional or higher polythiol compound Reaction products of at least one selected;
Etc.
-親水性基-
 特定ポリマーは、親水性基を少なくとも1種有していてもよい。
 特定ポリマーが親水性基を有する場合は、インクの分散安定性(例えば、保存安定性、吐出安定性、等)が向上する。
 親水性基としては、アニオン性基又はノニオン性基が好ましく、分散安定性向上の効果に優れる点から、アニオン性基が好ましい。
 例えば、同じ分子量のアニオン性基とノニオン性基とを比較した場合、アニオン性基の方が、分散安定性向上の効果に優れる。即ち、アニオン性基(特に好ましくは、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシ基の塩からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種)は、その分子量が小さい場合においても、分散安定性向上の効果を十分に発揮し得る。
-Hydrophilic group-
The specific polymer may have at least one hydrophilic group.
When the specific polymer has a hydrophilic group, the dispersion stability (for example, storage stability, ejection stability, etc.) of the ink is improved.
As a hydrophilic group, an anionic group or a nonionic group is preferable, and an anionic group is preferable from the point which is excellent in the effect of a dispersion stability improvement.
For example, when the anionic group and the nonionic group of the same molecular weight are compared, the anionic group is more excellent in the effect of improving the dispersion stability. That is, an anionic group (particularly preferably at least one member selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a salt of a carboxy group) can sufficiently exhibit the effect of improving the dispersion stability even when the molecular weight is small. .
 ノニオン性基としては、ポリエーテル構造を有する基が挙げられ、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を含む1価の基が好ましい。 The nonionic group includes a group having a polyether structure, and is preferably a monovalent group containing a polyalkyleneoxy group.
 アニオン性基としては、中和されていないアニオン性基であってもよいし、中和されたアニオン性基であってもよい。
 中和されていないアニオン性基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、硫酸基、ホスホン酸基、リン酸基、等が挙げられる。
 中和されたアニオン性基としては、カルボキシ基の塩、スルホ基の塩、硫酸基の塩、ホスホン酸基の塩、リン酸基の塩、等が挙げられる。
The anionic group may be an unneutralized anionic group or a neutralized anionic group.
As an anionic group which is not neutralized, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a sulfuric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group etc. are mentioned.
Examples of the neutralized anionic group include salts of carboxy group, salts of sulfo group, salts of sulfuric acid group, salts of phosphonic acid group, salts of phosphoric acid group, and the like.
 本明細書中において、「カルボキシ基が中和されている」とは、アニオン性基としてのカルボキシ基が、「塩」の形態(例えば、「-COONa」)となっていることを指す。アニオン性基としての、スルホ基、硫酸基、ホスホン酸基、及びリン酸基についても同様である。
 中和は、例えば、アルカリ金属水酸化物(例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等)、有機アミン(例えば、トリエチルアミン等)を用いて行うことができる。
In the present specification, "a carboxy group is neutralized" indicates that a carboxy group as an anionic group is in the form of a "salt" (eg, "-COONa"). The same applies to a sulfo group, a sulfate group, a phosphonate group and a phosphate group as an anionic group.
Neutralization can be performed, for example, using an alkali metal hydroxide (eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide etc.), an organic amine (eg, triethylamine etc.).
 特定ポリマーが有し得るアニオン性基としては、分散安定性の観点から、カルボキシ基、カルボキシ基の塩、スルホ基、スルホ基の塩、硫酸基、硫酸基の塩、ホスホン酸基、ホスホン酸基の塩、リン酸基、及びリン酸基の塩からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシ基の塩からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。
 上述した、カルボキシ基の塩、スルホ基の塩、硫酸基の塩、ホスホン酸基の塩、及びリン酸基の塩における「塩」としては、アルカリ金属塩又は有機アミン塩が好ましく、アルカリ金属塩がより好ましい。
 アルカリ金属塩におけるアルカリ金属としては、K又はNaが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, as the anionic group that the specific polymer may have, a carboxy group, a salt of a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a salt of a sulfo group, a sulfate group, a salt of a sulfate group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group And at least one selected from the group consisting of salts of phosphoric acid groups and salts of phosphoric acid groups, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of carboxy groups and salts of carboxy groups.
As the “salt” in the salts of carboxy group, salts of sulfo group, salts of sulfuric acid group, salts of phosphonic acid group and salts of phosphoric acid group described above, alkali metal salts or organic amine salts are preferable, and alkali metal salts Is more preferred.
As the alkali metal in the alkali metal salt, K or Na is preferable.
 特定ポリマーが中和されたアニオン性基を有する場合における、特定ポリマーが有するアニオン性基(例えばカルボキシ基)の中和度は、50%~100%であることが好ましい。
 本明細書において、「アニオン性基の中和度」とは、特定ポリマーが有するアニオン性基全体における、中和されたアニオン性基のモル数と中和されていないアニオン性基のモル数との合計に対する中和されたアニオン性基のモル数の割合〔中和された酸基のモル数/(中和された酸基のモル数+中和されていない酸基のモル数)〕を意味する。
 アニオン性基の中和度が50%以上であると、特定粒子の分散安定性がより向上する。
 アニオン性基の中和度は、50%~95%であることが好ましく、80%~95%であることがより好ましく、90%~95%であることが更に好ましい。
 中和されたアニオン性基(即ち、塩の形態であるアニオン性基)は、塩基性を示す。アニオン性基の中和度が95%以下であると、特定ポリマーが有し得るウレタン基及び/又はウレア基の加水分解をより抑制できる。
 中和度は、中和滴定によって求めることができる。
When the specific polymer has a neutralized anionic group, the degree of neutralization of the anionic group (eg, carboxy group) of the specific polymer is preferably 50% to 100%.
In the present specification, the "degree of neutralization of anionic group" means the number of moles of neutralized anionic group and the number of moles of non-neutralized anionic group in the entire anionic group of the specific polymer. Ratio of the number of moles of neutralized anionic groups to the total of [number of moles of neutralized acid groups / (number of moles of neutralized acid groups + number of moles of non-neutralized acid groups)] means.
When the degree of neutralization of the anionic group is 50% or more, the dispersion stability of the specific particle is further improved.
The degree of neutralization of the anionic group is preferably 50% to 95%, more preferably 80% to 95%, and still more preferably 90% to 95%.
The neutralized anionic group (ie, an anionic group in the form of a salt) exhibits basicity. When the degree of neutralization of the anionic group is 95% or less, the hydrolysis of the urethane group and / or the urea group which the specific polymer may have can be further suppressed.
The degree of neutralization can be determined by neutralization titration.
 また、特定ポリマーが親水性基としてアニオン性基(例えば、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシ基の塩からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種)を含む場合において、特定ポリマー1g中のアニオン性基のミリモル数(例えば、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシ基の塩の合計ミリモル数)を、特定ポリマーの酸価とした場合、特定ポリマーの酸価は、特定粒子の分散安定性の観点から、0.10mmol/g~2.00mmol/gであることが好ましく、0.30mmol/g~1.50mmol/gであることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, in the case where the specific polymer contains an anionic group (for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a salt of a carboxy group) as a hydrophilic group, the number of millimoles of anionic group in 1 g of the specific polymer ( For example, in the case where the total millimole number of the carboxy group and the salt of the carboxy group is the acid value of the specific polymer, the acid value of the specific polymer is 0.10 mmol / g to 2.10 from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability of the specific particles. It is preferably 00 mmol / g, more preferably 0.30 mmol / g to 1.50 mmol / g.
-親水性基導入用化合物-
 特定粒子中の特定ポリマーが親水性基を有する場合、特定ポリマーへの親水性基の導入は、親水性基導入用化合物を用いて行うことができる。
 親水性基導入用化合物としては、親水性基及び活性水素基を有する化合物を用いることができる。
 親水性基導入用化合物としては、1つ以上の親水性基及び2つ以上の活性水素基を有する化合物を用いることが好ましい。
-Compound for introducing hydrophilic group-
When the specific polymer in the specific particle has a hydrophilic group, the introduction of the hydrophilic group into the specific polymer can be performed using a compound for introducing a hydrophilic group.
As a compound for hydrophilic group introduction, a compound having a hydrophilic group and an active hydrogen group can be used.
It is preferable to use a compound having one or more hydrophilic groups and two or more active hydrogen groups as the hydrophilic group-introducing compound.
 親水性基導入用化合物のうち、アニオン性基導入用化合物としては、α-アミノ酸(具体的には、リシン、アラニン、アルギニン、アスパラギン、アスパラギン酸、システイン、グルタミン、グルタミン酸、グリシン、ヒスチジン、イソロイシン、ロイシン、メチオニン、フェニルアラニン、プロリン、セリン、トレオニン、トリプトファン、チロシン、バリン)等のアミノ酸が挙げられる。
 アニオン性基導入用化合物としては、上記のα-アミノ酸以外にも、以下の具体例も挙げられる。
Among the compounds for introducing a hydrophilic group, as compounds for introducing an anionic group, α-amino acids (specifically, lysine, alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, Amino acids such as leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine and valine) can be mentioned.
As the compound for introducing an anionic group, the following specific examples can be mentioned besides the above-mentioned α-amino acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 アニオン性基導入用化合物は、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウムなどの無機塩基;トリエチルアミンなどの有機塩基;等を用い、アニオン性基の少なくとも一部を中和して用いてもよい。 The compound for introducing an anionic group may be used by neutralizing at least a part of the anionic group, using an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide; an organic base such as triethylamine; or the like.
 親水性基導入用化合物のうち、ノニオン性基導入用化合物としては、ポリエーテル構造を有する化合物が好ましく、ポリオキシアルキレン基を有する化合物がより好ましい。 Among the hydrophilic group-introducing compounds, as the nonionic group-introducing compound, compounds having a polyether structure are preferable, and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene group are more preferable.
-親水性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物-
 特定粒子中の特定ポリマーが親水性基を有する場合、特定ポリマーへの親水性基の導入は、親水性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物を用いて行うこともできる。
 親水性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物としては、
上述した親水性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、2官能のイソシアネート化合物の少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物;
上述した親水性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物の少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物;
上述した親水性基導入用化合物の少なくとも1種と、2官能のイソシアネート化合物の少なくとも1種と、3官能以上のポリオール化合物、3官能以上のポリアミン化合物、及び3官能以上のポリチオール化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物;
等が挙げられる。
-Isocyanate compound introduced hydrophilic group-
When the specific polymer in the specific particle has a hydrophilic group, the introduction of the hydrophilic group into the specific polymer can also be performed using an isocyanate compound having a hydrophilic group introduced.
As the isocyanate compound which introduced the hydrophilic group,
Reaction product of at least one of the hydrophilic group-introducing compounds described above and at least one of the bifunctional isocyanate compounds;
Reaction product of at least one of the hydrophilic group-introducing compounds described above and at least one of trifunctional or higher functional isocyanate compounds;
From the group consisting of at least one of the hydrophilic group-introducing compounds described above, at least one of the bifunctional isocyanate compounds, a trifunctional or higher polyol compound, a trifunctional or higher polyamine compound, and a trifunctional or higher polythiol compound Reaction products of at least one selected;
Etc.
 親水性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物の具体例としては、トリメチロールプロパン(TMP)とm-キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)とポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(EO)との付加物(例えば、三井化学株式会社製のタケネート(登録商標)D-116N)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the isocyanate compound having a hydrophilic group introduced include adducts of trimethylolpropane (TMP), m-xylylene diisocyanate (XDI) and polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (EO) (for example, Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Takenate (registered trademark) D-116N).
(重合性モノマー)
 特定粒子は、重合性モノマーを含むことが好ましい。
 特定粒子が重合性モノマーを含む場合には、ゲル化基の作用によってインク膜を増粘させた後、増粘したインク膜を、重合性モノマーの作用によって硬化させることができる。
 これにより、画像の引っ掻き耐性が更に向上する。
 特定粒子が重合性モノマーを含む場合、特定粒子に含まれる重合性モノマーは、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
(Polymerizable monomer)
The specific particles preferably contain a polymerizable monomer.
When the specific particles contain a polymerizable monomer, after thickening the ink film by the action of the gelling group, the thickened ink film can be cured by the action of the polymerizable monomer.
This further improves the scratch resistance of the image.
When the specific particle contains a polymerizable monomer, the polymerizable monomer contained in the specific particle may be only one type, or two or more types.
 特定粒子に含まれる重合性モノマーとしては、国際公開第2016/052053号の段落0097~0105に記載された化合物を用いてもよい。 As the polymerizable monomer contained in the specific particles, the compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0105 of WO 2016/052053 may be used.
 特定粒子に含まれる重合性モノマーとしては、光重合性モノマー又は熱重合性モノマーが好ましい。
 光重合性モノマーは、光(即ち、活性エネルギー線)の照射によって重合する性質を有する。
 熱重合性モノマーは、加熱又は赤外線の照射によって重合する性質を有する。
 光重合性モノマーとしては、ラジカル重合可能なエチレン性二重結合を有するラジカル重合性モノマーが好ましい。
As the polymerizable monomer contained in the specific particles, a photopolymerizable monomer or a thermally polymerizable monomer is preferable.
The photopolymerizable monomer has the property of polymerizing upon irradiation with light (ie, active energy ray).
The thermally polymerizable monomer has a property of polymerizing by heating or irradiation of infrared radiation.
As the photopolymerizable monomer, a radically polymerizable monomer having a radically polymerizable ethylenic double bond is preferable.
 本明細書では、特定粒子が光重合性モノマーを含むこと、及び、特定ポリマーが光重合性基を有することの少なくとも一方を満足する態様のインクを、「光硬化性のインク」と称することがあり、特定粒子が熱重合性モノマーを含むこと、及び、特定ポリマーが熱重合性基を有することの少なくとも一方を満足する態様のインクを、「熱硬化性のインク」と称することがある。
 本開示のインクによって形成されたインク膜の硬化は、本開示のインクが光硬化性のインクである場合には、インク膜に対して光照射を施すことによって行うことができ(後述の硬化工程A参照)、本開示のインクが熱硬化性のインクである場合には、インク膜に対して加熱又は赤外線照射を施すことによって行うことができる(後述の加熱工程又は硬化工程B参照)。
In the present specification, the ink in which the specific particle contains at least one of the photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer has a photopolymerizable group is referred to as “photocurable ink”. The ink of an aspect satisfying at least one of the specific particles containing a thermally polymerizable monomer and the specific polymer having a thermally polymerizable group may be referred to as a "thermosetting ink".
When the ink of the present disclosure is a photocurable ink, curing of the ink film formed by the ink of the present disclosure can be performed by applying light to the ink film (curing process described later) A) When the ink of the present disclosure is a thermosetting ink, the ink film can be heated or subjected to infrared irradiation (see heating step or curing step B described later).
 光硬化性のインクの好ましい態様は、特定粒子が光重合性モノマーを含み、かつ、特定ポリマーが光重合性基を有する態様である。
 これにより、活性エネルギー線の照射による画像の硬化性がより向上するので、画像の引っ掻き耐性がより向上する。
A preferred embodiment of the photocurable ink is an embodiment in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer has a photopolymerizable group.
As a result, the hardenability of the image by irradiation with active energy rays is further improved, and the scratch resistance of the image is further improved.
 特定粒子が、重合性モノマーとして光重合性モノマーを含む場合、特定粒子は、更に、後述の光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 また、特定粒子が、重合性モノマーとして熱重合性モノマーを含む場合、特定粒子は、更に、後述の光熱変換剤、熱硬化促進剤、又は光熱変換剤及び熱硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。
When the specific particle contains a photopolymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer, the specific particle preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator described later.
When the specific particles contain a thermally polymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer, the specific particles may further contain a photothermal conversion agent, a thermal curing accelerator, or a photothermal conversion agent and a thermal curing accelerator described later.
 特定粒子に含まれる重合性モノマーの含有量(2種以上含む場合には合計量)は、膜の硬化感度及び膜の硬度を向上させる観点から、特定粒子の全固形分量に対して、10質量%~90質量%が好ましく、20質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、30質量%~70質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable monomer contained in the specific particles (total amount in the case of containing two or more types) is 10 mass with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles from the viewpoint of improving the curing sensitivity of the film and the hardness of the film. % To 90% by mass is preferable, 20% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 30% by mass to 70% by mass is more preferable.
 本明細書において、特定粒子の全固形分量とは、特定粒子が溶媒を含まない場合には、特定粒子の全量を意味し、特定粒子が溶媒を含む場合には、特定粒子から溶媒を除いた全量を意味する。 In the present specification, the total solid content of a specific particle means the total amount of the specific particle when the specific particle does not contain a solvent, and when the specific particle contains a solvent, the solvent is removed from the specific particle. It means the total amount.
 重合性モノマーの分子量としては、好ましくは100~4000であり、更に好ましくは100~2000であり、更に好ましくは100~1000であり、更に好ましくは100~900であり、更に好ましくは100~800であり、特に好ましくは150~750である。 The molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000, more preferably 100 to 2000, still more preferably 100 to 1000, still more preferably 100 to 900, and still more preferably 100 to 800. And particularly preferably 150 to 750.
-光重合性モノマー-
 光重合性モノマーとしては、ラジカル重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を有する重合性モノマー(即ち、ラジカル重合性モノマー)及びカチオン重合可能なカチオン重合性基を有する重合性モノマー(即ち、カチオン重合性モノマー)から選択できる。
-Photopolymerizable monomer-
As the photopolymerizable monomer, a polymerizable monomer having a radically polymerizable ethylenic unsaturated bond (ie, a radically polymerizable monomer) and a polymerizable monomer having a cationically polymerizable cationically polymerizable group (ie, a cationically polymerizable monomer Can be selected from
 ラジカル重合性モノマーの例としては、アクリレート化合物、メタクリレート化合物、スチレン化合物、ビニルナフタレン化合物、N-ビニル複素環化合物、不飽和ポリエステル、不飽和ポリエーテル、不飽和ポリアミド、及び不飽和ウレタンが挙げられる。
 ラジカル重合性モノマーは、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物が好ましい。
 特定粒子がラジカル重合性モノマーを含む場合、特定粒子は、ラジカル重合性モノマーを1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
Examples of radically polymerizable monomers include acrylate compounds, methacrylate compounds, styrenic compounds, vinyl naphthalene compounds, N-vinyl heterocyclic compounds, unsaturated polyesters, unsaturated polyethers, unsaturated polyamides, and unsaturated urethanes.
The radically polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
When the specific particle contains a radically polymerizable monomer, the specific particle may contain only one type of radically polymerizable monomer, or may contain two or more types.
 アクリレート化合物としては、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、ブトキシエチルアクリレート、カルビトールアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、トリデシルアクリレート、2-フェノキシエチルアクリレート(PEA)、ビス(4-アクリロキシポリエトキシフェニル)プロパン、オリゴエステルアクリレート、エポキシアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート(IBOA)、ジシクロペンテニルアクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルアクリレート、ジシクロペンタニルアクリレート、環状トリメチロールプロパンフォルマルアクリレート、2-(2-エトキシエトキシ)エチルアクリレート、2-(2-ビニロキシエトキシ)エチルアクリレート、オクチルアクリレート、デシルアクリレート、イソデシルアクリレート、ラウリルアクリレート、3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキシルアクリレート、4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソアミルアクリレート、ステアリルアクリレート、イソアミルスチルアクリレート、イソステアリルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルジグリコールアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルヒドロフタル酸、エトキシジエチレングリコールアクリレート、メトキシジエチレングリコールアクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコールアクリレート、メトキシプロピレングリコールアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート、ビニルエーテルアクリレート、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルコハク酸、2-アクリロイルオキシフタル酸、2-アクリロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチルフタル酸、ラクトン変性アクリレート、アクリロイルモルホリン、アクリルアミド、置換アクリルアミド(例えば、N-メチロールアクリルアミド、及びジアセトンアクリルアミド)等の単官能のアクリレート化合物; As an acrylate compound, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, butoxyethyl acrylate, carbitol acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, tridecyl acrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate (PEA), bis (4-acryloxypoly) Ethoxyphenyl) propane, oligoester acrylate, epoxy acrylate, isobornyl acrylate (IBOA), dicyclopentenyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyl oxyethyl acrylate, dicyclopentanyl acrylate, cyclic trimethylolpropane formal acrylate, 2- (2 -Ethoxyethoxy) ethyl acrylate, 2- (2-vinyloxyethoxy) ethyl acrylate , Octyl acrylate, decyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl acrylate, 4-t-butylcyclohexyl acrylate, isoamyl acrylate, stearyl acrylate, isoamyl still acrylate, isostearyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl di- Glycol acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-acryloyloxyethyl hydrophthalic acid, ethoxydiethylene glycol acrylate, methoxy diethylene glycol acrylate, methoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, methoxy propylene glycol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxy propyl acrylate, vinyl ether acrylate, 2 - Cryloyl oxyethyl succinic acid, 2-acryloyl oxy phthalic acid, 2-acryloxy ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl phthalic acid, lactone modified acrylate, acryloyl morpholine, acrylamide, substituted acrylamide (for example, N-methylol acrylamide, and diacetone acrylamide) Monofunctional acrylate compounds such as
 ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(HDDA)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(NDDA)、1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート(DDDA)、3-メチルペンタジオールジアクリレート(3MPDDA)、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAエチレンオキシド(EO)付加物ジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAプロピレンオキシド(PO)付加物ジアクリレート、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジアクリレート、ヒドロキシピネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、プロポキシ化ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、アルコキシ化ジメチロールトリシクロデカンジアクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、アルコキシ化シクロヘキサノンジメタノールジアクリレート、アルコキシ化ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、ジオキサングリコールジアクリレート、シクロヘキサノンジメタノールジアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート(TPGDA)、ネオペンチルグリコールプロピレンオキシド付加物ジアクリレート等の2官能のアクリレート化合物; Polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polypropylene glycol diacrylate, polytetramethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (HDDA), 1, 9 -Nonanediol diacrylate (NDDA), 1,10-decanediol diacrylate (DDDA), 3-methylpentadiol diacrylate (3MPDDA), neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, bisphenol A ethylene oxide ( EO) adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A propylene oxide (PO) adduct diacrylate, ethoxylated bisphenol A diacrylate, hydrogen Roxypine pentyl glycol diacrylate, propoxylated neopentyl glycol diacrylate, alkoxylated dimethylol tricyclodecane diacrylate, polytetramethylene glycol diacrylate, alkoxylated cyclohexanone dimethanol diacrylate, alkoxylated hexanediol diacrylate, dioxane glycol Diacrylate, cyclohexanone dimethanol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate (TPGDA), neopentyl glycol propylene oxide adduct diacrylate, etc. Two-functional Aclay Compound;
 トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、エトキシ化イソシアヌル酸トリアクリレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、エトキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、プロポキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、カプロラクトン変性トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールエトキシテトラアクリレート、グリセリンプロポキシトリアクリレート、エトキシ化ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、カプロラクタム変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、プロポキシ化グリセリントリアクリレート、エトキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、プロポキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート等の3官能以上のアクリレート化合物などが挙げられる。 Trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, ethoxylated isocyanuric acid triacrylate, ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol penta Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, ethoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate, propoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate, caprolactone modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol ethoxytetraacrylate, glycerin propoxy triacrylate, ethoxylated Zipe Data hexaacrylate, caprolactam modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, propoxylated glycerol triacrylate, ethoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate, such as trifunctional or more acrylate compounds such as propoxylated trimethylol propane triacrylate.
 メタクリレート化合物としては、メチルメタクリレート、n-ブチルメタクリレート、アリルメタクリレート、グリシジルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、ジメチルアミノメチルメタクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、フェノキシエチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート等の単官能のメタクリレート化合物; As methacrylate compounds, methyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, allyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, dimethylaminomethyl methacrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, phenoxyethyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate and the like Monofunctional methacrylate compounds;
 ポリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジメタクリレート、2,2-ビス(4-メタクリロキシポリエトキシフェニル)プロパン、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート等の2官能のメタクリレート化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples include difunctional methacrylate compounds such as polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, polypropylene glycol dimethacrylate, 2,2-bis (4-methacryloxypolyethoxyphenyl) propane and tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate.
 スチレン化合物としては、スチレン、p-メチルスチレン、p-メトキシスチレン、β-メチルスチレン、p-メチル-β-メチルスチレン、α-メチルスチレン、p-メトキシ-β-メチルスチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, p-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, β-methylstyrene, p-methyl-β-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene, p-methoxy-β-methylstyrene and the like.
 ビニルナフタレン化合物としては、1-ビニルナフタレン、メチル-1-ビニルナフタレン、β-メチル-1-ビニルナフタレン、4-メチル-1-ビニルナフタレン、4-メトキシ-1-ビニルナフタレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl naphthalene compound include 1-vinyl naphthalene, methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, β-methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, 4-methyl-1-vinyl naphthalene, 4-methoxy-1-vinyl naphthalene and the like.
 N-ビニル複素環化合物としては、N-ビニルカルバゾール、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルエチルアセトアミド、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニフェノチアジン、N-ビニルアセトアニリド、N-ビニルエチルアセトアミド、N-ビニルコハク酸イミド、N-ビニルフタルイミド、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、N-ビニルイミダゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of N-vinyl heterocyclic compounds include N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylethylacetamide, N-vinylpyrrole, N-binyphenothiazine, N-vinylacetanilide, N-vinylethylacetamide, N-vinylsuccinic acid Imide, N-vinyl phthalimide, N-vinyl caprolactam, N-vinyl imidazole and the like can be mentioned.
 その他のラジカル重合性のモノマーとしては、アリルグリシジルエーテル、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート、N-ビニルホルムアミド等のN-ビニルアミドが挙げられる。 Other radically polymerizable monomers include N-vinylamides such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, triallyl trimellitate, N-vinylformamide and the like.
 これらのラジカル重合性モノマーの中でも、2官能以下のラジカル重合性モノマーとしては、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(HDDA)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(NDDA)、1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート(DDDA)、3-メチルペンタジオールジアクリレート(3MPDDA)、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート(TPGDA)、シクロヘキサノンジメタノールジアクリレート、アルコキシ化ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、及びポリプロピレングリコールジアクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 また、3官能以上のラジカル重合性モノマーとしては、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、エトキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、プロポキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、カプロラクトン変性トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールエトキシテトラアクリレート、グリセリンプロポキシトリアクリレート、エトキシ化ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、カプロラクタム変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、プロポキシ化グリセリントリアクリレート、エトキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、及びプロポキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
Among these radically polymerizable monomers, as a radically polymerizable monomer having two or less functional groups, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (HDDA), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (NDDA), 1,10-decanediol Diacrylate (DDDA), 3-methylpentadiol diacrylate (3MPDDA), neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol Diacrylate (TPGDA), cyclohexanone dimethanol diacrylate, alkoxylated hexanediol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrelay And at least one is preferably selected from polypropylene glycol diacrylate.
Moreover, as a radically polymerizable monomer having 3 or more functions, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, ethoxylated Trimethylolpropane triacrylate, propoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate, caprolactone modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol ethoxy tetraacrylate, glycerin propoxy triacrylate, ethoxylated dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, caprolactam modified dipentaeri Li hexaacrylate, propoxylated glycerol triacrylate, ethoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate, and propoxylated at least one selected from trimethylolpropane triacrylate are preferred.
 特定粒子は、2官能以下のラジカル重合性モノマーと3官能以上のラジカル重合性モノマーとの組合せを含んでもよい。この場合、2官能以下のラジカル重合性モノマーが、画像と基材との密着性に寄与し、3官能以上のラジカル重合性モノマーが、画像の硬度向上に寄与する。
 2官能以下のラジカル重合性モノマーと3官能以上のラジカル重合性モノマーとの組合せとしては、2官能のアクリレート化合物と3官能のアクリレート化合物との組合せ、2官能のアクリレート化合物と5官能のアクリレート化合物との組み合わせ、単官能のアクリレート化合物と4官能のアクリレート化合物との組み合わせなどが挙げられる。
The specific particles may contain a combination of a difunctional or less radically polymerizable monomer and a trifunctional or more radically polymerizable monomer. In this case, the difunctional or less radically polymerizable monomer contributes to the adhesion between the image and the substrate, and the trifunctional or more radically polymerizable monomer contributes to the improvement of the image hardness.
As a combination of a difunctional or less radically polymerizable monomer and a trifunctional or more radically polymerizable monomer, a combination of a difunctional acrylate compound and a trifunctional acrylate compound, a difunctional acrylate compound and a pentafunctional acrylate compound And combinations of monofunctional acrylate compounds and tetrafunctional acrylate compounds.
 画像と基材との密着性をより向上させる観点から、特定粒子に含まれ得るラジカル重合性モノマーの少なくとも1種は、環状構造を有するラジカル重合性モノマー(以下、「環状ラジカル重合性モノマー」ともいう)であることが好ましい。
 環状ラジカル重合性モノマーとしては、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルアクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルアクリレート、ジシクロペンタニルアクリレート、エトキシ化イソシアヌル酸トリアクリレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、等が挙げられる。
 また、以下で説明する、2官能以上の環状ラジカル重合性モノマーも挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion between the image and the substrate, at least one of the radically polymerizable monomers that may be contained in the specific particles is also a radically polymerizable monomer having a cyclic structure (hereinafter, "cyclic radically polymerizable monomer") Is preferred.
As a cyclic radically polymerizable monomer, cyclohexyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyl oxyethyl acrylate, dicyclopentanyl acrylate, ethoxylated isocyanuric acid triacrylate, ε -Caprolactone modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate and the like.
In addition, bifunctional or higher cyclic radical polymerizable monomers described below are also included.
 画像と基材との密着性を更に向上させる観点から、特定粒子に含まれ得るラジカル重合性モノマーの少なくとも1種は、一分子中に、1つ以上の環状構造と、2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基と、を含む重合性モノマー(以下、「2官能以上の環状ラジカル重合性モノマー」ともいう)であることが好ましい。
 2官能以上の環状ラジカル重合性モノマーとしては、
トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、
ビスフェノールAエチレンオキシド(EO)付加物ジ(メタ)アクリレート、
ビスフェノールAプロピレンオキシド(PO)付加物ジ(メタ)アクリレート、
エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、
アルコキシ化ジメチロールトリシクロデカンジ(メタ)アクリレート、
アルコキシ化シクロヘキサノンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、
シクロヘキサノンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、等が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion between the image and the substrate, at least one of the radically polymerizable monomers that may be contained in the specific particles has one or more cyclic structures and two or more (meta It is preferable that it is a polymerizable monomer containing an acryloyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as “a cyclic radical polymerizable monomer having two or more functional groups”).
As a bifunctional or higher cyclic radically polymerizable monomer,
Tricyclodecane dimethanol di (meth) acrylate,
Bisphenol A ethylene oxide (EO) adduct di (meth) acrylate,
Bisphenol A propylene oxide (PO) adduct di (meth) acrylate,
Ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate,
Alkoxylated dimethylol tricyclodecane di (meth) acrylate,
Alkoxylated cyclohexanone dimethanol di (meth) acrylate,
Examples thereof include cyclohexanone dimethanol di (meth) acrylate and the like.
 特定粒子がラジカル重合性モノマーを含む場合、この重合性モノマー全体に占める2官能以上の環状ラジカル重合性モノマーの割合は、10質量%~100質量%が好ましく、30質量%~100質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~100質量%が特に好ましい。 When the specific particles contain a radically polymerizable monomer, the proportion of the bifunctional or higher cyclic radically polymerizable monomer in the entire polymerizable monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 100% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass. Preferably, 40% by mass to 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
 上記に挙げたラジカル重合性モノマーの他にも、山下晋三編、「架橋剤ハンドブック」、(1981年大成社);加藤清視編、「UV・EB硬化ハンドブック(原料編)」(1985年、高分子刊行会);ラドテック研究会編、「UV・EB硬化技術の応用と市場」、79頁、(1989年、シーエムシー);滝山栄一郎著、「ポリエステル樹脂ハンドブック」、(1988年、日刊工業新聞社)等に記載の市販品、並びに業界で公知のラジカル重合性及び架橋性のモノマーを用いることができる。 In addition to the above-mentioned radically polymerizable monomers, Y. Yamashita, 3rd. Ed., "Crosslinking Agent Handbook", (1981 Taiseisha); Kato Seikohen, "UV · EB Curing Handbook (raw materials)" (1985) "Polymer publication"; Rad Tech Research Group, "Application and market of UV / EB curing technology", page 79, (1989, CMC); Eiichiro Takiyama, "Polyester resin handbook", (1988, Nikkan Kogyo Co., Ltd.) Commercial products described in Shimbunsha et al., And radically polymerizable and crosslinkable monomers known in the art can be used.
 カチオン重合性モノマーの例としては、エポキシ化合物、ビニルエーテル化合物、及びオキセタン化合物が挙げられる。
 カチオン重合性モノマーとしては、少なくとも1つのオレフィン、チオエーテル、アセタール、チオキサン、チエタン、アジリジン、N複素環、O複素環、S複素環、P複素環、アルデヒド、ラクタム、又は環状エステル基を有する化合物が好ましい。
Examples of cationically polymerizable monomers include epoxy compounds, vinyl ether compounds, and oxetane compounds.
As a cationically polymerizable monomer, a compound having at least one olefin, thioether, acetal, thioxane, thietane, aziridine, N heterocycle, O heterocycle, S heterocycle, P heterocycle, aldehyde, lactam, or cyclic ester group preferable.
 カチオン重合性モノマーとしては、J. V. Crivelloらの「Advances in Polymer Science」, 62, pages 1 to 47 (1984)、Leeらの「Handbook of Epoxy Resins」, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York (1967) 、及びP. F. Bruinsらの「Epoxy Resin Technology」,(1968)に記載の化合物を用いてもよい。 As cationically polymerizable monomers, see "Advances in Polymer Science" by J. V. Crivello et al., 62, pages 1 to 47 (1984), "Handbook of Epoxy Resins" by Lee et al., McGraw Hill Book Company, New York (1967). And P. F. Bruins et al., “Epoxy Resin Technology”, (1968) may be used.
 また、光重合性モノマーとしては、特開平7-159983号公報、特公平7-31399号公報、特開平8-224982号公報、特開平10-863号公報、特開平9-134011号公報、特表2004-514014号公報等の各公報に記載の光重合性組成物に用いられる光硬化性の重合性モノマーが知られており、これらも特定粒子に含まれ得る重合性モノマーとして適用することができる。 Also, as the photopolymerizable monomer, JP-A-77-159983, JP-B-7-31399, JP-A-8-224982, JP-A-10-863, JP-A-9-134011, and the like can be used. The photocurable polymerizable monomers used in the photopolymerizable compositions described in the respective publications such as Table 2004-514014 are known, and these may also be applied as polymerizable monomers which can be contained in specific particles. it can.
 光重合性モノマーとしては、上市されている市販品を用いてもよい。
 光重合性モノマーの市販品の例としては、AH-600(2官能)、AT-600(2官能)、UA-306H(6官能)、UA-306T(6官能)、UA-306I(6官能)、UA-510H(10官能)、UF-8001G(2官能)、DAUA-167(2官能)、ライトアクリレートNPA(2官能)、ライトアクリレート3EG-A(2官能)(以上、共栄社化学(株))、SR339A(PEA、単官能)、SR506(IBOA、単官能)、CD262(2官能)、SR238(HDDA、2官能)、SR341(3MPDDA、2官能)、SR508(2官能)、SR306H(2官能)、CD560(2官能)、SR833S(2官能)、SR444(3官能)、SR454(3官能)、SR492(3官能)、SR499(3官能)、CD501(3官能)、SR502(3官能)、SR9020(3官能)、CD9021(3官能)、SR9035(3官能)、SR494(4官能)、SR399E(5官能)(以上、サートマー社)、A-NOD-N(NDDA、2官能)、A-DOD-N(DDDA、2官能)、A-200(2官能)、APG-400(2官能)、A-BPE-10(2官能)、A-BPE-20(2官能)、A-9300(3官能)、A-9300-1CL(3官能)、A-TMPT(3官能)、A-TMM-3L(3官能)、A-TMMT(4官能)、AD-TMP(4官能)(以上、新中村化学工業(株))、UV-7510B(3官能)(日本合成化学(株))、KAYARAD DPCA-30(6官能)、KAYARAD DPEA-12(6官能)(以上、日本化薬(株))等が挙げられる。
 その他、重合性モノマーとしては、NPGPODA(ネオペンチルグリコールプロピレンオキシド付加物ジアクリレート)、SR531、SR285、SR256(以上、サートマー社)、A-DHP(ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株))、アロニックス(登録商標)M-156(東亞合成(株))、V-CAP(BASF社)、ビスコート#192(大阪有機化学工業(株))等の市販品を好適に用いることができる。
 これらの市販品の中でも、特に環状構造を有する光重合性モノマーである、SR506、SR833S、A-9300、又はA-9300-CLが好ましく、SR833Sが特に好ましい。
As a photopolymerizable monomer, you may use the commercial item marketed.
Examples of commercial products of the photopolymerizable monomer include AH-600 (bifunctional), AT-600 (bifunctional), UA-306H (six functional), UA-306T (six functional), UA-306I (six functional) ), UA-510H (10 functional), UF-8001G (bifunctional), DAUA-167 (bifunctional), light acrylate NPA (bifunctional), light acrylate 3EG-A (bifunctional) (all, Kyoeisha Chemical (stock) ), SR339A (PEA, monofunctional), SR506 (IBOA, monofunctional), CD262 (bifunctional), SR238 (HDDA, bifunctional), SR341 (3MPDDA, bifunctional), SR508 (bifunctional), SR306H (2 Functional), CD 560 (bifunctional), SR833S (bifunctional), SR444 (trifunctional), SR454 (trifunctional), SR492 (trifunctional), SR 99 (trifunctional), CD501 (trifunctional), SR502 (trifunctional), SR9020 (trifunctional), CD9021 (trifunctional), SR9035 (trifunctional), SR494 (tetrafunctional), SR399E (trifunctional) (above, Sartmar, A-NOD-N (NDDA, bifunctional), A-DOD-N (DDDA, bifunctional), A-200 (bifunctional), APG-400 (bifunctional), A-BPE-10 (bifunctional) Bifunctional), A-BPE-20 (bifunctional), A-9300 (trifunctional), A-9300-1CL (trifunctional), A-TMPT (trifunctional), A-TMM-3L (trifunctional), A-TMMT (4 functions), AD-TMP (4 functions) (above, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), UV-7510 B (3 functions) (Japan Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD DPCA-30 (6 functions) ), KAYARA DPEA-12 (6 functional) (Nippon Kayaku Co.) and the like.
In addition, as polymerizable monomers, NPGPODA (neopentyl glycol propylene oxide adduct diacrylate), SR 531, SR 285, SR 256 (above, Sartomer), A-DHP (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Commercial products such as Alonics (registered trademark) M-156 (Toagosei Co., Ltd.), V-CAP (BASF Corporation), and Viscote # 192 (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be suitably used.
Among these commercially available products, SR506, SR833S, A-9300, or A-9300-CL, which is a photopolymerizable monomer having a cyclic structure, is particularly preferable, and SR833S is particularly preferable.
-熱重合性モノマー-
 熱重合性モノマーは、加熱もしくは赤外線の照射によって重合可能な重合性モノマーの群から選択できる。熱重合性モノマーとしては、例えば、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物、アジリジン化合物、アゼチジン化合物、ケトン化合物、アルデヒド化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物、等が挙げられる。
-Thermally polymerizable monomer-
The thermally polymerizable monomers can be selected from the group of polymerizable monomers that can be polymerized by heating or irradiation with infrared radiation. As a thermally polymerizable monomer, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, an aziridine compound, an azetidine compound, a ketone compound, an aldehyde compound, a block isocyanate compound etc. are mentioned, for example.
 エポキシ化合物としては、1,4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、3-(ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)メトキシ)-1,2-プロパンジオール、リモネンオキシド、2-ビフェニルグリシジルエーテル、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3’、4’-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、エピクロロヒドリン-ビスフェノールS由来のエポキシド、エポキシ化スチレン、エピクロロヒドリン-ビスフェノールF由来のエポキシド、エピクロロヒドリン-ビスフェノールA由来のエポキシド、エポキシ化ノボラック、脂環式ジエポキシド等の2官能以下のエポキシ化合物;
 多塩基酸のポリグリシジルエステル、ポリオールのポリグリシジルエーテル、ポリオキシアルキレングリコールのポリグリシジルエーテル、芳香族ポリオールのポリグリシジルエステル、ウレタンポリエポキシ化合物、ポリエポキシポリブタジエン等の3官能以上のエポキシ化合物などが挙げられる。
 エポキシ化合物の市販品としては、EPICLON(登録商標)840(DIC社)が挙げられる。
As an epoxy compound, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 3- (bis (glycidyloxymethyl) methoxy) -1,2-propanediol, limonene oxide, 2-biphenyl glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl -3 ', 4'-Epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, epoxide derived from epichlorohydrin-bisphenol S, epoxidized styrene, epoxide derived from epichlorohydrin-bisphenol F, epoxide derived from epichlorohydrin-bisphenol A, epoxy Difunctional or less epoxy compounds such as fluorinated novolaks and alicyclic diepoxides;
Examples include polyglycidyl esters of polybasic acids, polyglycidyl ethers of polyols, polyglycidyl ethers of polyoxyalkylene glycols, polyglycidyl esters of aromatic polyols, urethane polyepoxy compounds, and epoxy compounds having three or more functional groups such as polyepoxy polybutadiene and the like. Be
Commercial products of epoxy compounds include EPICLON (registered trademark) 840 (DIC Corporation).
 オキセタン化合物としては、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチル-1-オキセタン、1,4ビス[3-エチル-3-オキセタニルメトキシ)メチル]ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-フェノキシメチル-オキセタン、ビス([1-エチル(3-オキセタニル)]メチル)エーテル、3-エチル-3-[(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)メチル]オキセタン、3-エチル-[(トリエトキシシリルプロポキシ)メチル]オキセタン、3,3-ジメチル-2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-オキセタン等が挙げられる。 Examples of oxetane compounds include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyl-1-oxetane, 1,4 bis [3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethoxy) methyl] benzene, 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyl-oxetane, bis ([ 1-ethyl (3-oxetanyl)] methyl) ether, 3-ethyl-3-[(2-ethylhexyloxy) methyl] oxetane, 3-ethyl-[(triethoxysilylpropoxy) methyl] oxetane, 3,3-dimethyl -2- (p-methoxyphenyl) -oxetane and the like.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、イソシアネート化合物をブロック化剤(活性水素含有化合物)で不活性化した化合物が挙げられる。
 イソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、トルイルジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート三量体、トリメチルへキシリレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、水添キシリレンジイソシアネート、タケネート(登録商標;三井化学社)、デュラネート(登録商標;旭化成社)、Bayhydur(登録商標;バイエルAG社)などの市販のイソシアネート、又はこれらを組み合わせた二官能以上のイソシアネートが好ましい。
As a block isocyanate compound, the compound which inactivated the isocyanate compound with the blocking agent (active hydrogen containing compound) is mentioned.
As an isocyanate compound, for example, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, toluyl diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer, trimethylhexylylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate, takenate (registration Commercially available isocyanates such as trademarks; Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), Duranate (registered trademark; Asahi Kasei Corporation), Bayhydur (registered trademark; Bayer AG), etc., or difunctional or higher functional isocyanates combining these are preferred.
 ブロック化剤としては、ラクタム[例えばε-カプロラクタム、δ-バレロラクタム、γ-ブチロラクタム等]、オキシム[例えばアセトオキシム、メチルエチルケトオキシム(MEKオキシム)、メチルイソブチルケトオキシム(MIBKオキシム)、シクロヘキサノンオキシム等]、アミン[例えば脂肪族アミン(ジメチルアミン、ジイソピルアミン、ジ-n-プロピルアミン、ジイソブチルアミン等)、脂環式アミン(メチルヘキシルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルアミン等)、芳香族アミン(アニリン、ジフェニルアミン等)]、脂肪族アルコール[例えばメタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、n-ブタノール等]、フェノール及びアルキルフェノール[例えばフェノール、クレゾール、エチルフェノール、n-プロピルフェノール、イソプロピルフェノール、n-ブチルフェノール、オクチルフェノール、ノニルフェノール、キシレノール、ジイソプロピルフェノール、ジ-t-ブチルフェノール等]、イミダゾール[例えばイミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール等]、ピラゾール[例えばピラゾール、3-メチルピラゾール、3,5-ジメチルピラゾール等]、イミン[例えばエチレンイミン、ポリエチレンイミン等]、活性メチレン[例えばマロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジイソプロピル、アセチルアセトン、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル等]、特開2002-309217号公報及び特開2008-239890号公報に記載のブロック化剤、並びにこれらの2種以上の混合物が挙げられる。中でも、ブロック化剤としては、オキシム、ラクタム、ピラゾール、活性メチレン、又はアミンが好ましい。 As the blocking agent, lactam [eg ε-caprolactam, δ-valerolactam, γ-butyrolactam etc.], oxime [eg acetoxime, methyl ethyl keto oxime (MEK oxime), methyl isobutyl keto oxime (MIBK oxime), cyclohexanone oxime etc] , Amines [eg aliphatic amines (dimethylamine, diisopropylamine, di-n-propylamine, diisobutylamine etc.), alicyclic amines (methylhexylamine, dicyclohexylamine etc.), aromatic amines (aniline, diphenylamine etc.)], Aliphatic alcohols [eg methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, n-butanol etc], phenols and alkylphenols [eg phenol, cresol, ethylphenol, n-propylphenol , Isopropylphenol, n-butylphenol, octylphenol, nonylphenol, xylenol, diisopropylphenol, di-t-butylphenol etc.], imidazole [eg imidazole, 2-methylimidazole etc.], pyrazole [eg pyrazole, 3-methylpyrazole, 3, 5-dimethylpyrazole, etc., imine [eg ethyleneimine, polyethyleneimine etc.], active methylene [eg dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, diisopropyl malonate, acetylacetone, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate etc.], JP-A-2002- Examples thereof include the blocking agents described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 309217 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-239890, and mixtures of two or more of these. Among them, as the blocking agent, oxime, lactam, pyrazole, active methylene or amine is preferable.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、上市されている市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、Trixene(登録商標)BI7982、BI7641,BI7642、BI7950、BI7960、BI7991等(Baxenden Chemicals LTD)、Bayhydur(登録商標;Bayer AG社)が好適に用いられる。また、国際公開第2015/158654号の段落0064に記載の化合物群も好適に用いられる。 As the blocked isocyanate compound, commercially available commercial products may be used. For example, Trixene (registered trademark) BI7982, BI7641, BI7642, BI7950, BI7960, BI7991 and the like (Baxenden Chemicals LTD), Bayhydur (registered trademark; Bayer AG) Company) is preferably used. In addition, the compound group described in paragraph 0064 of WO 2015/158654 is also suitably used.
 上述した特定ポリマー及び上述した重合性モノマーを含む特定粒子は、例えば、特定ポリマー及び重合性モノマーを含む油相成分と、水相成分と、を混合した混合物を乳化させることによって製造することができる。 The specific particle containing the specific polymer described above and the polymerizable monomer described above can be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an oil phase component containing the specific polymer and the polymerizable monomer and an aqueous phase component. .
(光重合開始剤)
 特定粒子は、光重合開始剤の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。
 特定粒子が光重合性モノマー(例えばラジカル重合性モノマー)を含む場合には、特定粒子は、光重合開始剤の少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
The specific particles may contain at least one photopolymerization initiator.
When the specific particle contains a photopolymerizable monomer (for example, a radically polymerizable monomer), the specific particle preferably contains at least one kind of a photopolymerization initiator.
 特定粒子が光重合開始剤を含む場合には、光(即ち、活性エネルギー線)に対する感度が高くなり、硬度により優れ、かつ、基材との密着性にもより優れた画像が得られる。
 詳細には、特定粒子が光重合開始剤を含む場合、1つの特定粒子が、光重合性モノマーと光重合開始剤との両方を有する。このため、光重合性モノマーと光重合開始剤との距離が近くなるので、従来の光硬化性組成物を用いた場合と比較して、膜の硬化感度(以下、単に「感度」ともいう。)が向上する。その結果、硬度により優れ、かつ、基材との密着性にもより優れた膜が形成される。
When the specific particles contain a photopolymerization initiator, the sensitivity to light (i.e., active energy ray) is high, and an image having an excellent hardness and an excellent adhesion to a substrate can be obtained.
In particular, when the specific particle contains a photopolymerization initiator, one specific particle has both a photopolymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator. For this reason, since the distance between the photopolymerizable monomer and the photopolymerization initiator is close, the curing sensitivity of the film (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “sensitivity”) as compared with the case of using a conventional photocurable composition. ) Improves. As a result, a film which is more excellent in hardness and more excellent in adhesion to a substrate is formed.
 また、特定粒子が光重合開始剤を含む場合、従来、高感度ではあるが水への分散性が低い又は溶解性が低いために用いることが難しかった光重合開始剤(例えば、水への溶解度が25℃において1.0質量%以下である光重合開始剤)を用いることができる。これにより、使用する光重合開始剤の選択の幅が広がり、ひいては、用いられる光源の選択の幅も広がる。このため、従来よりも硬化感度が向上し得る。
 上述の、高感度ではあるが水への分散性が低い又は溶解性が低いために用いることが難しかった光重合開始剤として、具体的には、後述のカルボニル化合物及びアシルホスフィンオキシド化合物が挙げられ、アシルホスフィンオキシド化合物が好ましい。
 このように、本開示のインクは、水に対する溶解性が低い物質を特定粒子に含ませることにより、水系の組成物である本開示のインク中に含有させることができる。このことも本開示のインクの利点の一つである。
Furthermore, when specific particles contain a photopolymerization initiator, it has been difficult to use a photopolymerization initiator (for example, water solubility), which has high sensitivity but low dispersibility or low solubility in water. Can be used at 25 ° C. in an amount of 1.0 mass% or less. This broadens the choice of the photoinitiator to be used and thus also broadens the choice of the light source used. For this reason, curing sensitivity can be improved more than before.
Specific examples of the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiators that have high sensitivity but low dispersibility or solubility in water but are difficult to use include the carbonyl compounds and acyl phosphine oxide compounds described below. And acyl phosphine oxide compounds are preferred.
Thus, the ink of the present disclosure can be contained in the ink of the present disclosure, which is a water-based composition, by including a substance having low water solubility in the specific particles. This is also one of the advantages of the ink of the present disclosure.
 また、特定粒子が光重合開始剤を含む態様のインクは、従来の光硬化性組成物と比較して、保存安定性にも優れる。この理由は、光重合開始剤が特定粒子に含まれていることにより、光重合開始剤の凝集又は沈降が抑制されるためと考えられる。 In addition, the ink of the embodiment in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerization initiator is excellent in storage stability as compared with the conventional photocurable composition. The reason is considered to be that aggregation or sedimentation of the photopolymerization initiator is suppressed by containing the photopolymerization initiator in the specific particles.
 特定粒子に含まれ得る光重合開始剤としては、公知の光重合開始剤を適宜選択して使用することができる。
 光重合開始剤は、光(即ち、活性エネルギー線)を吸収して重合開始種であるラジカルを生成する化合物である。
As a photoinitiator which may be contained in specific particle | grains, a well-known photoinitiator can be selected suitably and can be used.
The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that absorbs light (that is, active energy rays) to generate a radical which is a polymerization initiation species.
 光重合開始剤としては公知の化合物を使用できるが、好ましい光重合開始剤として、(a)芳香族ケトン類等のカルボニル化合物、(b)アシルホスフィンオキシド化合物、(c)芳香族オニウム塩化合物、(d)有機過酸化物、(e)チオ化合物、(f)ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、(g)ケトオキシムエステル化合物、(h)ボレート化合物、(i)アジニウム化合物、(j)メタロセン化合物、(k)活性エステル化合物、(l)炭素ハロゲン結合を有する化合物、(m)アルキルアミン化合物等が挙げられる。 Although a well-known compound can be used as a photoinitiator, As a preferable photoinitiator, (a) Carbonyl compounds, such as aromatic ketones, (b) Acyl phosphine oxide compounds, (c) Aromatic onium salt compounds, (D) organic peroxide, (e) thio compound, (f) hexaarylbiimidazole compound, (g) ketoxime ester compound, (h) borate compound, (i) azinium compound, (j) metallocene compound, k) Active ester compounds, (l) compounds having a carbon halogen bond, (m) alkylamine compounds and the like.
 これらの光重合開始剤は、上記(a)~(m)の化合物を1種単独もしくは2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 These photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more of the compounds (a) to (m).
 (a)カルボニル化合物、(b)アシルホスフィンオキシド化合物、及び、(e)チオ化合物の好ましい例としては、”RADIATION CURING IN POLYMER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY”,J.P.FOUASSIER,J.F.RABEK(1993)、pp.77~117に記載のベンゾフェノン骨格又はチオキサントン骨格を有する化合物等が挙げられる。
 より好ましい例としては、特公昭47-6416号公報記載のα-チオベンゾフェノン化合物、特公昭47-3981号公報記載のベンゾインエーテル化合物、特公昭47-22326号公報記載のα-置換ベンゾイン化合物、特公昭47-23664号公報記載のベンゾイン誘導体、特開昭57-30704号公報記載のアロイルホスホン酸エステル、特公昭60-26483号公報記載のジアルコキシベンゾフェノン、特公昭60-26403号公報、特開昭62-81345号公報記載のベンゾインエーテル類、特公平1-34242号公報、米国特許第4,318,791号パンフレット、ヨーロッパ特許0284561A1号公報に記載のα-アミノベンゾフェノン類、特開平2-211452号公報記載のp-ジ(ジメチルアミノベンゾイル)ベンゼン、特開昭61-194062号公報記載のチオ置換芳香族ケトン、特公平2-9597号公報記載のアシルホスフィンスルフィド、特公平2-9596号公報記載のアシルホスフィン、特公昭63-61950号公報記載のチオキサントン類、特公昭59-42864号公報記載のクマリン類等を挙げることができる。
 また、特開2008-105379号公報又は特開2009-114290号公報に記載の重合開始剤も好ましい。
As preferable examples of (a) a carbonyl compound, (b) an acyl phosphine oxide compound, and (e) a thio compound, “RADIATION CURE IN POLYMER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY”, J. P. FOUASSIER, J.J. F. RABEK (1993), pp. And compounds having a benzophenone skeleton or a thioxanthone skeleton described in 77 to 117, and the like.
More preferable examples include an α-thiobenzophenone compound described in JP-B-47-6416, a benzoin ether compound described in JP-B-47-3981, an α-substituted benzoin compound described in JP-B-47-22326, and Benzoin derivatives described in JP-A-47-23664; aroyl phosphonic acid esters disclosed in JP-A-57-30704; dialkoxybenzophenones described in JP-B-60-26483; JP-B-60-26403; Benzoin ethers described in JP-A-62-81345, JP-B1-34242, U.S. Pat. No. 4,318,791 pamphlet, .alpha.-aminobenzophenones described in EP-A-0284561 A1, JP-A-2-211452 P-di (dimethylamino) described in Nzoyl) benzene, thio-substituted aromatic ketone described in JP-A-61-194062, acyl phosphine sulfide described in JP-B-2-9597, acyl phosphine described in JP-B-2-9596, JP-B-63-61950 Thioxanthones described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Hei 5 (1995), coumarins described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-42864, and the like can be mentioned.
In addition, a polymerization initiator described in JP-A 2008-105379 or JP-A 2009-114290 is also preferable.
 光重合開始剤の市販品の例としては、IRGACURE(登録商標)184、369、500、651、819、907、1000、1300、1700、1870、DAROCUR(登録商標)1173、2959、4265、ITX、LUCIRIN(登録商標)TPO〔以上、全てBASF社製〕、ESACURE(登録商標)KTO37、KTO46、KIP150、EDB〔以上、全てLamberti社製〕、H-Nu(登録商標)470、470X〔以上、全てSpectra Group Limited社製〕、Omnipol TX、9210〔以上、全てIGM Resins B.V.社〕、SPEEDCURE7005、7010、7040〔以上、LAMBSON社製〕等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercial products of the photopolymerization initiator include IRGACURE (registered trademark) 184, 369, 500, 651, 819, 907, 1000, 1300, 1700, 1870, DAROCUR (registered trademark) 1173, 2959, 4265, ITX, LUCIRIN (registered trademark) TPO [above, all made by BASF Corporation], ESACURE (registered trademark) KTO 37, KTO 46, KIP 150, EDB [all, all by Lamberti], H-Nu (registered trademark) 470, 470X [all, all Spectra Group Limited], Omnipol TX, 9210 [all of which are all IGM Resins B. V. And SPEEDCURE 7005, 7010, and 7040 (manufactured by LAMBSON Co., Ltd.).
 これらの光重合開始剤の中でも、(a)カルボニル化合物又は(b)アシルホスフィンオキシド化合物がより好ましく、具体的には、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキシド(例えば、BASF社製のIRGACURE(登録商標)819)、2-(ジメチルアミン)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン(例えば、BASF社製のIRGACURE(登録商標)369)、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えば、BASF社製のIRGACURE(登録商標)907)、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン(例えば、BASF社製のIRGACURE(登録商標)184)、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-フォスフィンオキシド(例えば、DAROCUR(登録商標)TPO、LUCIRIN(登録商標)TPO(いずれもBASF社製))などが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、感度向上の観点及びLED光への適合性の観点等から、内包光重合開始剤としては、(b)アシルホスフィンオキシド化合物が好ましく、モノアシルホスフィンオキシド化合物(特に好ましくは、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-フォスフィンオキシド)、又は、ビスアシルホスフィンオキシド化合物(特に好ましくは、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキシド)がより好ましい。
 LED光の波長としては、355nm、365nm、385nm、395nm、又は405nmが好ましい。
Among these photopolymerization initiators, (a) a carbonyl compound or (b) an acylphosphine oxide compound is more preferable, and specifically, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide (eg, BASF) IRGACURE (registered trademark) 819), 2- (dimethylamine) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (for example, IRGACURE (registered trademark) 369 manufactured by BASF Corp.) 2 -Methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, IRGACURE (registered trademark) 907 manufactured by BASF Corp.), 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (for example, BASF Corp.) IRGACURE® 184), 2,4,6-trimethyl Nzoiru - diphenyl - phosphine oxide (e.g., DAROCUR (R) TPO, LUCIRIN (TM) TPO (all manufactured by BASF)), and the like.
Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity improvement and compatibility with LED light, as the encapsulated photopolymerization initiator (b), an acyl phosphine oxide compound is preferable, and a monoacyl phosphine oxide compound (particularly preferably 2, More preferred is 4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide) or a bisacylphosphine oxide compound (particularly preferably bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide).
As a wavelength of LED light, 355 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm, or 405 nm is preferable.
 また、マイグレーション抑制の観点からみると、光重合開始剤としては、高分子型光重合開始剤も好ましい。
 高分子型光重合開始剤としては、前述の、Omnipol TX、9210;SPEEDCURE7005、7010、7040;が挙げられる。
In addition, from the viewpoint of suppressing migration, as the photopolymerization initiator, a polymer type photopolymerization initiator is also preferable.
As a polymeric photoinitiator, the above-mentioned Omnipol TX, 9210; SPEEDCURE 7005, 7010, 7040; is mentioned.
 光重合開始剤を含む特定粒子は、例えば、特定ポリマー、光重合性モノマー、及び光重合開始剤を含む油相成分と、水相成分と、を混合した混合物を乳化させることによって製造することができる。 A specific particle containing a photopolymerization initiator can be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an aqueous phase component and an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a photopolymerizable monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator. it can.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、特定粒子の全固形分量に対して、0.1質量%~25質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5質量%~20質量%、さらに好ましくは1質量%~15質量%である。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, still more preferably 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the specific particles. It is ̃15% by mass.
(増感剤)
 特定粒子は、増感剤の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。
 特定粒子が光重合開始剤の少なくとも1種を含む場合には、特定粒子は、増感剤の少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。
 特定粒子が増感剤を含有すると、光(即ち、活性エネルギー線)の照射による光重合開始剤の分解がより促進され得る。
 増感剤は、特定の活性エネルギー線を吸収して電子励起状態となる物質である。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、光重合開始剤と接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱等の作用を生じる。これにより、光重合開始剤の化学変化、即ち、分解、ラジカル、酸又は塩基の生成等が促進される。
(Sensitizer)
The specific particles may contain at least one sensitizer.
When the specific particles contain at least one photopolymerization initiator, the specific particles preferably contain at least one sensitizer.
When the specific particles contain a sensitizer, the decomposition of the photopolymerization initiator by irradiation of light (ie, active energy ray) can be further promoted.
A sensitizer is a substance that absorbs a specific activation energy ray to be in an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with the photopolymerization initiator to produce actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation, and the like. This promotes chemical change of the photopolymerization initiator, that is, decomposition, formation of radicals, acid or base, and the like.
 増感剤としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン、チオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、アントラキノン、3-アシルクマリン誘導体、ターフェニル、スチリルケトン、3-(アロイルメチレン)チアゾリン、ショウノウキノン、エオシン、ローダミン、エリスロシン等が挙げられる。
 また、増感剤としては、特開2010-24276号公報に記載の一般式(i)で表される化合物や、特開平6-107718号公報に記載の一般式(I)で表される化合物も、好適に使用できる。
 上記の中でも、増感剤としては、LED光への適合性及び光重合開始剤との反応性の観点から、チオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、及びベンゾフェノンから選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましく、チオキサントン及びイソプロピルチオキサントンから選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましく、イソプロピルチオキサントンが更に好ましい。
 特定粒子が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤を1種単独で含んでもよいし、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。
Examples of the sensitizer include benzophenone, thioxanthone, isopropyl thioxanthone, anthraquinone, 3-acyl coumarin derivative, terphenyl, styryl ketone, 3- (aroyl methylene) thiazoline, camphor quinone, eosin, rhodamine, erythrosine and the like. .
Moreover, as a sensitizer, the compound represented by General formula (i) of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-24276, and the compound represented by General Formula (I) of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 6-107718 are mentioned. Can also be suitably used.
Among the above, at least one selected from thioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, and benzophenone is preferable as the sensitizer from the viewpoint of compatibility with LED light and reactivity with a photopolymerization initiator, and from thioxanthone and isopropyl thioxanthone At least one selected is more preferable, and isopropylthioxanthone is more preferable.
When the specific particle contains a sensitizer, it may contain one sensitizer alone, or two or more sensitizers.
 特定粒子が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤の含有量は、特定粒子の全固形分量に対し、0.1質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.2質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.3質量%~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the specific particles contain a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and 0.2% by mass to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles. %, More preferably 0.3% by mass to 10% by mass.
 光重合開始剤及び増感剤を含む特定粒子は、例えば、特定ポリマー、光重合性モノマー、光重合開始剤、及び増感剤を含む油相成分と、水相成分と、を混合した混合物を乳化させることによって製造することができる。 Specific particles containing a photopolymerization initiator and a sensitizer include, for example, a mixture of an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a photopolymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, and a sensitizer and an aqueous phase component. It can be produced by emulsifying.
(光熱変換剤)
 特定粒子が重合性モノマーとして熱重合性モノマーを含む場合、特定粒子は、光熱変換剤の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。
 光熱変換剤は、赤外線等を吸収して発熱し、熱重合性モノマーを重合硬化させる化合物である。光熱変換剤としては、公知の化合物を用いることができる。
(Photothermal conversion agent)
When the specific particles contain a thermally polymerizable monomer as the polymerizable monomer, the specific particles may contain at least one photothermal conversion agent.
The photothermal conversion agent is a compound that absorbs infrared rays and generates heat to polymerize and cure the thermally polymerizable monomer. As the photothermal conversion agent, known compounds can be used.
 光熱変換剤としては、赤外線吸収剤が好ましい。赤外線吸収剤としては、例えば、ポリメチルインドリウム、インドシアニングリーン、ポリメチン色素、クロコニウム色素、シアニン色素、メロシアニン色素、スクワリリウム色素、カルコゲノピリロアリリデン色素、金属チオレート錯体色素、ビス(カルコゲノピリロ)ポリメチン色素、オキシインドリジン色素、ビスアミノアリルポリメチン色素、インドリジン色素、ピリリウム色素、キノイド色素、キノン色素、フタロシアニン色素、ナフタロシアニン色素、アゾ色素、アゾメチン色素、カーボンブラック等が挙げられる。 As a photothermal conversion agent, an infrared absorber is preferable. Examples of infrared absorbers include polymethylindolium, indocyanine green, polymethine dyes, croconium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, chalcogenopyryloarylidene dyes, metal thiolate complex dyes, bis (chalcogenopirillo) polymethine dyes And oxyindolizine dyes, bisaminoallyl polymethine dyes, indolizine dyes, pyrylium dyes, quinoid dyes, quinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, azo dyes, azomethine dyes, carbon black and the like.
 光熱変換剤を含む特定粒子は、例えば、特定ポリマー、熱重合性モノマー、及び光熱変換剤を含む油相成分と、水相成分と、を混合した混合物を乳化させることによって製造することができる。 Specific particles containing a photothermal conversion agent can be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a thermally polymerizable monomer, and a photothermal conversion agent, and an aqueous phase component.
 光熱変換剤は、一種単独で用いてもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。
 光熱変換剤の含有量は、特定粒子の全固形分量に対して、0.1質量%~25質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~20質量%であることがより好ましく、1質量%~15質量%であることが更に好ましい。
A photothermal conversion agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the photothermal conversion agent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 25% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles. It is more preferable that the content is 15% by mass.
(熱硬化促進剤)
 特定粒子が重合性モノマーとして熱重合性モノマーを含む場合、特定粒子は、熱硬化促進剤の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。
 熱硬化促進剤は、熱重合性モノマーの熱硬化反応を触媒的に促進する化合物である。
(Thermosetting accelerator)
When the specific particles contain a thermally polymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer, the specific particles may contain at least one of a heat curing accelerator.
The thermal curing accelerator is a compound that catalytically accelerates the thermal curing reaction of the thermally polymerizable monomer.
 熱硬化促進剤としては、公知の化合物を使用することができる。熱硬化促進剤としては、酸もしくは塩基、又は加熱により酸もしくは塩基を発生させる化合物が好ましく、例えば、カルボン酸、スルホン酸、リン酸、脂肪族アルコール、フェノール、脂肪族アミン、芳香族アミン、イミダゾール(例えば、フェニルイミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール)、ピラゾール等が挙げられる。 Known compounds can be used as the heat curing accelerator. The heat curing accelerator is preferably an acid or a base, or a compound which generates an acid or a base by heating, for example, a carboxylic acid, a sulfonic acid, a phosphoric acid, an aliphatic alcohol, a phenol, an aliphatic amine, an aromatic amine, an imidazole (For example, phenylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole), pyrazole and the like.
 熱硬化促進剤を含む特定粒子は、例えば、特定ポリマー、熱重合性モノマー、及び熱硬化促進剤を含む油相成分と、水相成分と、を混合した混合物を乳化させることによって製造することができる。 A specific particle containing a heat curing accelerator may be produced, for example, by emulsifying a mixture of an oil phase component containing a specific polymer, a heat polymerizable monomer, and a heat curing accelerator, and an aqueous phase component. it can.
 熱硬化促進剤は、一種単独で用いてもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。
 熱硬化促進剤の含有量は、特定粒子の全固形分量に対して、0.1質量%~25質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~20質量%であることがより好ましく、1質量%~15質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The heat curing accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the thermosetting accelerator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 25% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the specific particles. More preferably, it is 1% by mass to 15% by mass.
 本開示のインクにおいて、特定粒子の全固形分量は、インクの全固形分量に対して50質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましく、70質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、85質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
 これにより、分散安定性がより向上し、かつ、画像と基材との密着性がより向上する。
In the ink of the present disclosure, the total solid content of the specific particles is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the ink. Is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and still more preferably 85% by mass or more.
Thereby, the dispersion stability is further improved, and the adhesion between the image and the substrate is further improved.
 本開示のインクにおいて、特定粒子の全固形分量は、インクの全量に対して、1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、3質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましく、5質量%~30質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 特定粒子の全固形分量がインクの全量に対して1質量%以上であると、画像と基材との密着性がより向上する。
 また、特定粒子の全固形分量がインクの全量に対して50質量%以下であると、インクの分散安定性がより向上する。
In the ink of the present disclosure, the total solid content of the specific particles is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the ink, and 5% by mass. More preferably, it is from 30% by mass.
When the total solid content of the specific particles is 1% by mass or more with respect to the total amount of the ink, the adhesion between the image and the substrate is further improved.
In addition, when the total solid content of the specific particles is 50% by mass or less based on the total amount of the ink, the dispersion stability of the ink is further improved.
 特定粒子の体積平均分散粒子径は特に制限はないが、分散安定性の観点から、0.01μm~10.0μmであることが好ましく、0.01μm~5μmであることがより好ましく、0.05μm~1μmであることが更に好ましく、0.05μm~0.5μmが更に好ましく、0.05μm~0.3μmが更に好ましい。
 本明細書中において、「体積平均分散粒子径」は、光散乱法によって測定された値を指す。光散乱法による特定粒子の体積平均分散粒子径の測定は、例えば、LA-960((株)堀場製作所)を用いて行う。
The volume average dispersed particle size of the specific particles is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 μm to 10.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm to 5 μm, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, more preferably 0.05 μm. It is further preferably 1 to 1 μm, more preferably 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm, and still more preferably 0.05 μm to 0.3 μm.
In the present specification, the "volume-average dispersed particle size" refers to a value measured by a light scattering method. The measurement of the volume average dispersed particle diameter of the specific particles by the light scattering method is performed using, for example, LA-960 (Horiba, Ltd.).
<水>
 本開示のインクは、水を含有する。
 水は、特定粒子(分散質)に対する分散媒である。
 本開示のインク中の水の含有量には特に制限はないが、水の含有量は、インクの全量に対し、好ましくは10質量%~99質量%であり、より好ましくは20質量%~95質量%であり、さらに好ましくは30質量%~90質量%であり、特に好ましくは50質量%~90質量%である。
<Water>
The ink of the present disclosure contains water.
Water is a dispersion medium for specific particles (dispersoids).
The content of water in the ink of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but the content of water is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 95% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink % By mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass.
<色材>
 本開示のインクは、色材を少なくとも1種含有するインク(いわゆる「着色インク」)であってもよいし、色材を含有しないインク(いわゆる「クリアインク」)であってもよい。
 インクが色材を含有する場合、色材は、特定粒子の外部に含有されること(即ち、特定粒子が色材を含まないこと)が好ましい。
 色材としては、特に制限はなく、顔料、水溶性染料、分散染料等の公知の色材から任意に選択して使用することができる。この中でも、耐候性に優れ、色再現性に富む点から、顔料を含むことがより好ましい。
<Colorant>
The ink of the present disclosure may be an ink containing at least one colorant (so-called "colored ink") or an ink not containing a colorant (so-called "clear ink").
When the ink contains a coloring material, the coloring material is preferably contained outside the specific particle (that is, the specific particle does not contain the coloring material).
The colorant is not particularly limited, and may be selected from known colorants such as pigments, water-soluble dyes and disperse dyes. Among these, from the viewpoint of excellent weather resistance and rich color reproducibility, it is more preferable to include a pigment.
 顔料としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、公知の有機顔料及び無機顔料などが挙げられ、また、染料で染色した樹脂粒子、市販の顔料分散体や表面処理された顔料(例えば、顔料を分散媒として水、液状化合物や不溶性の樹脂等に分散させたもの、及び、樹脂や顔料誘導体等で顔料表面を処理したもの等)も挙げられる。
 有機顔料及び無機顔料としては、例えば、黄色顔料、赤色顔料、マゼンタ顔料、青色顔料、シアン顔料、緑色顔料、橙色顔料、紫色顔料、褐色顔料、黒色顔料、白色顔料等が挙げられる。
The pigment is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples thereof include known organic pigments and inorganic pigments, and resin particles dyed with a dye, commercially available pigment dispersions and surfaces Treated pigments (for example, pigments in which the pigment is dispersed in water, a liquid compound, an insoluble resin or the like as a dispersion medium, or pigments having a pigment surface treated with a resin or a pigment derivative or the like) can also be mentioned.
Examples of organic pigments and inorganic pigments include yellow pigments, red pigments, magenta pigments, blue pigments, cyan pigments, green pigments, orange pigments, purple pigments, brown pigments, black pigments, white pigments, and the like.
 色材として顔料を用いる場合には、必要に応じて顔料分散剤を用いてもよい。
 また、色材として顔料を用いる場合には、顔料として、顔料粒子表面に親水性基を有する自己分散顔料を用いてもよい。
 色材及び顔料分散剤については、特開2014-040529号公報の段落0180~0200、国際公開第2016/052053号の段落0122~0129を適宜参照することができる。
When a pigment is used as the colorant, a pigment dispersant may be used as necessary.
When a pigment is used as the coloring material, a self-dispersible pigment having a hydrophilic group on the surface of the pigment particle may be used as the pigment.
With regard to the colorant and the pigment dispersant, paragraphs 0180 to 0200 of JP-A-2014-040529 and paragraphs 0122 to 0129 of WO 2016/052052 can be referred to as appropriate.
 本開示のインクが色材を含有する場合、色材の含有量は、インク全量に対し、0.1質量%~20質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~10質量%がより好ましく、0.5質量%~5質量%が特に好ましい。 When the ink of the present disclosure contains a colorant, the content of the colorant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the ink. 5% to 5% by weight is particularly preferred.
<その他の成分>
 本開示のインクは、必要に応じて、上記で説明した以外のその他の成分を含有していてもよい。
 その他の成分は、特定粒子に含まれていてもよいし、特定粒子に含まれていなくてもよい。
<Other ingredients>
The ink of the present disclosure may optionally contain other components other than those described above.
The other components may be contained in the specific particle or may not be contained in the specific particle.
(有機溶剤)
 本開示のインクは、有機溶剤を含有していてもよい。
 本開示のインクが有機溶剤を含有すると、画像と基材との密着性がより向上し得る。
 本開示のインクが有機溶剤を含有する場合、有機溶剤の含有量は、インクの全量に対して、0.1質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。
 有機溶剤の具体例は、以下のとおりである。
・アルコール類(例えば、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、セカンダリーブタノール、ターシャリーブタノール、ペンタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、ベンジルアルコール等)
・多価アルコール類(例えば、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ヘキサンジオール、ペンタンジオール、グリセリン、ヘキサントリオール、チオジグリコール、2-メチルプロパンジオール等)
・多価アルコールエーテル類(例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル等)
・アミン類(例えば、エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、N-メチルジエタノールアミン、N-エチルジエタノールアミン、モルホリン、N-エチルモルホリン、エチレンジアミン、ジエチレンジアミン、トリエチレンテトラミン、テトラエチレンペンタミン、ポリエチレンイミン、ペンタメチルジエチレントリアミン、テトラメチルプロピレンジアミン等)
・アミド類(例えば、ホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等)
・複素環類(例えば、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、シクロヘキシルピロリドン、2-オキサゾリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、γ-ブチロラクトン等)
・スルホキシド類(例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド等)
・スルホン類(例えば、スルホラン等)
・その他(尿素、アセトニトリル、アセトン等)
(Organic solvent)
The ink of the present disclosure may contain an organic solvent.
When the ink of the present disclosure contains an organic solvent, the adhesion between the image and the substrate can be further improved.
When the ink of the present disclosure contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink, and 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass It is more preferable that
Specific examples of the organic solvent are as follows.
・ Alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, secondary butanol, tertiary butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol etc.)
Polyhydric alcohols (eg, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexanediol, pentanediol, glycerin, hexanetriol, thiodiglycol, 2- Methyl propane diol etc.)
· Polyhydric alcohol ethers (eg ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene Glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol Monophenyl ether, propylene glycol monophenyl ether)
· Amines (eg, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, N-ethyldiethanolamine, morpholine, N-ethylmorpholine, ethylenediamine, diethylenediamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, polyethyleneimine, penta) Methyl diethylene triamine, tetramethyl propylene diamine etc.)
· Amides (eg formamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide etc.)
・ Heterocycles (eg, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, cyclohexyl pyrrolidone, 2-oxazolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, γ-butyrolactone etc.)
・ Sulphoxides (eg, dimethyl sulfoxide etc.)
· Sulfones (eg, sulfolane etc.)
・ Others (urea, acetonitrile, acetone etc.)
(界面活性剤)
 本開示のインクは、界面活性剤を少なくとも1種含有していてもよい。
 本開示のインクが界面活性剤を含有すると、インクの基材への濡れ性が向上する。
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、高級脂肪酸塩、アルキル硫酸塩、アルキルエステル硫酸塩、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、スルホコハク酸塩、ナフタレンスルホン酸塩、アルキルリン酸塩、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルリン酸塩、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレングリコール、グリセリンエステル、ソルビタンエステル、ポリオキシエチレン脂肪酸アミド、アミンオキシド等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、界面活性剤としては、アルキル硫酸塩、アルキルスルホン酸塩、及びアルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩から選ばれる少なくとも1種の界面活性剤が好ましく、アルキル硫酸塩が特に好ましい。
 界面活性剤としては、特定粒子の分散性の観点から、アルキル鎖長が8~18のアルキル硫酸塩であることが好ましく、ドデシル硫酸ナトリウム(SDS、アルキル鎖長:12)及びセチル硫酸ナトリウム(SCS、アルキル鎖長:16)から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。
(Surfactant)
The ink of the present disclosure may contain at least one surfactant.
When the ink of the present disclosure contains a surfactant, the wettability of the ink to the substrate is improved.
As the surfactant, for example, higher fatty acid salt, alkyl sulfate, alkyl ester sulfate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, sulfosuccinate, naphthalene sulfonate, alkyl phosphate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether Phosphate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol, glycerin ester, sorbitan ester, polyoxyethylene fatty acid amide, amine oxide and the like can be mentioned.
Among these, as the surfactant, at least one surfactant selected from alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates and alkyl benzene sulfonates is preferable, and alkyl sulfates are particularly preferable.
The surfactant is preferably an alkyl sulfate having an alkyl chain length of 8 to 18 from the viewpoint of dispersibility of specific particles, and sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS, alkyl chain length: 12) and sodium cetyl sulfate (SCS) And at least one selected from alkyl chain length: 16).
 また、上述の界面活性剤以外のその他の界面活性剤として、特開昭62-173463号及び同62-183457号の各公報に記載されたものも挙げられる。例えば、その他の界面活性剤としては、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアリルエーテル類、アセチレングリコール類、ポリオキシエチレン/ポリオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー類、シロキサン類等のノニオン性界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 また、界面活性剤として、有機フルオロ化合物も挙げられる。
 有機フルオロ化合物は、疎水性であることが好ましい。有機フルオロ化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、オイル状フッ素系化合物(例えば、フッ素油)、及び固体状フッ素化合物樹脂(例えば、四フッ化エチレン樹脂)が含まれ、特公昭57-9053号(第8欄~第17欄)、及び特開昭62-135826号の各公報に記載されたものが挙げられる。
In addition, as surfactants other than the above-mentioned surfactants, those described in JP-A-62-173463 and JP-A-62-183457 can also be mentioned. For example, as other surfactants, nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl allyl ethers, acetylene glycols, polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene block copolymers, siloxanes, etc. It can be mentioned.
Moreover, organic fluoro compounds are also mentioned as surfactant.
The organic fluoro compound is preferably hydrophobic. Examples of the organic fluoro compound include fluoro surfactant, oily fluoro compound (for example, fluoro oil), and solid fluoro compound resin (for example, tetrafluoroethylene resin), and JP-B-57-9053 Those described in columns 8 to 17) and JP-A-62-135826 may be mentioned.
 なお、本開示のインクは、界面活性剤(例えばアニオン性界面活性剤)を実質的に含有しないこともできる。
 ここで、「実質的に含有しない」とは、インクの全量に対し、含有量が1質量%未満(好ましくは0.1質量%未満)であることを指す。
 インクがアニオン性界面活性剤を実質的に含有しない態様は、インクの起泡を抑制できるという利点、画像の耐水性を向上できるという利点、画像形成後にブリードアウトによる白化を抑制できるという利点、等を有する。また、特に、インクの調製に、アニオン性分散性基を有する顔料分散物を用いる場合には、アニオン性界面活性剤により系中のイオン濃度が上昇し、アニオン性顔料分散剤の電離度が低下して、顔料の分散性が低下することを抑制できるという利点も有する。
In addition, the ink of the present disclosure can also contain substantially no surfactant (for example, an anionic surfactant).
Here, "does not substantially contain" indicates that the content is less than 1% by mass (preferably less than 0.1% by mass) based on the total amount of the ink.
The embodiment in which the ink substantially does not contain an anionic surfactant has an advantage that the foaming of the ink can be suppressed, an advantage that the water resistance of the image can be improved, an advantage that the whitening due to the bleed out after the image formation can be suppressed, etc. Have. Further, in particular, when using a pigment dispersion having an anionic dispersing group for the preparation of the ink, the anionic surfactant increases the ion concentration in the system, and the ionization degree of the anionic pigment dispersant decreases. Therefore, it also has the advantage of being able to suppress the decrease in the dispersibility of the pigment.
(重合禁止剤)
 本開示のインクは、重合禁止剤を含有していてもよい。
 本開示のインクが重合禁止剤を含有すると、インクの保存安定性がより向上し得る。
 重合禁止剤としては、p-メトキシフェノール、キノン類(例えば、ハイドロキノン、ベンゾキノン、メトキシベンゾキノン等)、フェノチアジン、カテコール類、アルキルフェノール類(例えば、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン(BHT)等)、アルキルビスフェノール類、ジメチルジチオカルバミン酸亜鉛、ジメチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、ジブチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、サリチル酸銅、チオジプロピオン酸エステル類、メルカプトベンズイミダゾール、ホスファイト類、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル(TEMPO)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ヒドロキシピペリジン-1-オキシル(TEMPOL)、クペロンAl、トリス(N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミン)アルミニウム塩などが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、p-メトキシフェノール、カテコール類、キノン類、アルキルフェノール類、TEMPO、TEMPOL、クペロンAl、及びトリス(N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミン)アルミニウム塩から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましく、p-メトキシフェノール、ハイドロキノン、ベンゾキノン、BHT、TEMPO、TEMPOL、クペロンAl、及びトリス(N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミン)アルミニウム塩から選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましい。
(Polymerization inhibitor)
The ink of the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
When the ink of the present disclosure contains a polymerization inhibitor, the storage stability of the ink may be further improved.
Examples of polymerization inhibitors include p-methoxyphenol, quinones (eg, hydroquinone, benzoquinone, methoxybenzoquinone etc.), phenothiazine, catechols, alkylphenols (eg, dibutyl hydroxytoluene (BHT) etc.), alkyl bisphenols, dimethyldithiocarbamine Acid zinc, dimethyldithiocarbamic acid copper, dibutyldithiocarbamic acid copper, salicylic acid copper, thiodipropionic acid esters, mercaptobenzimidazole, phosphites, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (TEMPO), 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine-1-oxyl (TEMPOL), cuperone Al, tris (N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine) aluminum salt And the like.
Among these, at least one selected from p-methoxyphenol, catechols, quinones, alkylphenols, TEMPO, TEMPOL, cuperone Al, and tris (N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine) aluminum salt is preferable, and p More preferred is at least one selected from methoxyphenol, hydroquinone, benzoquinone, BHT, TEMPO, TEMPOL, cuperone Al, and tris (N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine) aluminum salt.
(紫外線吸収剤)
 本開示のインクは、紫外線吸収剤を含有していてもよい。
 本開示のインクが紫外線吸収剤を含有すると、画像の耐候性等がより向上し得る。
 紫外線吸収剤としては、公知の紫外線吸収剤、例えば、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ベンズオキサゾール系化合物等が挙げられる。
(UV absorber)
The ink of the present disclosure may contain a UV absorber.
When the ink of the present disclosure contains a UV absorber, the weather resistance and the like of the image can be further improved.
As a ultraviolet absorber, well-known ultraviolet absorbers, for example, a benzotriazole type compound, a benzophenone series compound, a triazine type compound, a benzoxazole type compound, etc. are mentioned.
 また、本開示のインクは、画像の硬度、画像と基材との密着性、及びインクの吐出安定性制の御の観点から、必要に応じ、特定粒子の外部に、重合性モノマー、光重合開始剤、樹脂等を含有していてもよい。
 これらの成分は、水溶性又は水分散性を有することが好ましい。
 ここで、「水溶性」とは、105℃で2時間乾燥させた場合に、25℃の蒸留水100g対する溶解量が1gを超える性質を指す。
 また、「水分散性」とは、水不溶性であって、かつ、水中に分散される性質を指す。ここで、「水不溶性」とは、105℃で2時間乾燥させた場合に、25℃の蒸留水100gに対する溶解量が1g以下である性質を指す。
 また、「インクが特定粒子の外部に重合性モノマーを含有している」とは、インクが、特定粒子に含まれない重合性モノマーを含有していることを意味する。光重合開始剤、水溶性樹脂、水分散性樹脂等を特定粒子の外部に含有している場合も同様である。
In addition, the ink of the present disclosure may be a polymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization agent, or the like outside the specific particle, as needed, from the viewpoint of image hardness, adhesion between the image and the substrate, and control of ink discharge stability. It may contain an initiator, a resin and the like.
It is preferable that these components have water solubility or water dispersibility.
Here, "water-soluble" refers to a property in which the amount of dissolution with respect to 100 g of distilled water at 25 ° C. exceeds 1 g when dried at 105 ° C. for 2 hours.
Also, "water dispersible" refers to the property of being water insoluble and dispersed in water. Here, "water insoluble" refers to the property that the amount of dissolution in 100 g of distilled water at 25 ° C. is 1 g or less when dried at 105 ° C. for 2 hours.
Further, "the ink contains a polymerizable monomer outside the specific particle" means that the ink contains a polymerizable monomer which is not contained in the specific particle. The same applies to the case where the photopolymerization initiator, the water-soluble resin, the water-dispersible resin and the like are contained outside the specific particles.
 特定粒子の外部に含有され得る重合性モノマーとしては、国際公開第2016/052053号の段落0148~0156に記載された重合性モノマーが挙げられる。
 特定粒子の外部に含有され得る重合性モノマーとしては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物、アクリロニトリル、スチレン、不飽和ポリエステル、不飽和ポリエーテル、不飽和ポリアミド、不飽和ウレタン等のラジカル重合性モノマーが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、特定粒子の外部に含有され得る重合性モノマーとしては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物が特に好ましい。
Examples of the polymerizable monomer that can be contained outside the specific particle include the polymerizable monomers described in paragraphs [0148] to [0156] of WO 2016/052053.
As polymerizable monomers that can be contained outside the specific particles, compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group, radically polymerizable monomers such as acrylonitrile, styrene, unsaturated polyester, unsaturated polyether, unsaturated polyamide, unsaturated urethane, etc. It can be mentioned.
Among these, as a polymerizable monomer that can be contained outside the specific particle, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is particularly preferable.
 水溶性又は水分散性の観点から、特定粒子の外部に含有され得る重合性モノマーとしては、アミド構造、ポリエチレングリコール構造、ポリプロピレングリコール構造、カルボキシル基、及びカルボキシ基の塩からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of water solubility or water dispersibility, the polymerizable monomer that can be contained outside the specific particle is selected from the group consisting of an amide structure, a polyethylene glycol structure, a polypropylene glycol structure, a carboxyl group, and a salt of a carboxy group. Compounds having at least one type are preferred.
 水溶性又は水分散性の観点から、特定粒子の外部に含有され得る重合性モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸ナトリウム、(メタ)アクリル酸カリウム、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチルアクリルアミド、モルホリンアクリルアミド、N-2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンモノメタクリレート、N-[トリス(3-アクリロイルアミノプロピルオキシメチレン)メチル]アクリルアミド、ジエチレングリコールビス(3-アクリロイルアミノプロイル)エーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、下記一般式(a)~一般式(d)で表される化合物、及びエトキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(例えば、サートマー社製のSR9035)から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド、N-2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンモノメタクリレート、N-[トリス(3-アクリロイルアミノプロピルオキシメチレン)メチル]アクリルアミド、ジエチレングリコールビス(3-アクリロイルアミノプロイル)エーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及びポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、下記一般式(a)~一般式(d)で表される化合物、及びエトキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(例えば、サートマー社製のSR9035)から選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of water solubility or water dispersibility, examples of the polymerizable monomer that can be contained outside the specific particle include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, sodium (meth) acrylate, potassium (meth) acrylate, N, N- Dimethyl acrylamide, N, N-diethyl acrylamide, morpholine acrylamide, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) Acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol monomethacrylate, N- [tris (3-acryloylaminopropyloxymethylene) methyl] acrylamide, diethylene glycol bis (3-acryloylaminopropyl) ether Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, compounds represented by the following general formula (a) to general formula (d), and ethoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate (for example, SR 9035 manufactured by Sartomer Corporation) (Meth) acrylic acid, N, N-dimethyl acrylamide, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, glycerin monomethacrylate, N- [] Tris (3-acryloylaminopropyloxymethylene) methyl] acrylamide, diethylene glycol bis (3-acryloylaminopropyl) ether, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol Of at least one selected from an aryldi (meth) acrylate, a compound represented by the following general formula (a) to a general formula (d), and an ethoxylated trimethylolpropane triacrylate (for example, SR9035 manufactured by Sartomer Corporation) .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(a)中、複数のRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表し、複数のRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 一般式(b)中、複数のRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のLはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基を表し、複数のk及びpはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、複数のmはそれぞれ独立に、0~8の整数を表し、但し、k及びpの少なくとも1つは1である。
 一般式(c)中、複数のRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のnはそれぞれ独立に、1~8の整数を表し、lは0又は1の整数を表す。
 一般式(d)中、Zはポリオールのヒドロキシル基から水素原子をq個除いた残基を表し、qは3~6の整数を表し、複数のRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、複数のLはそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基を表す。
In general formula (a), a plurality of R 1 's each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, a plurality of R 2' s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; Each L 1 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
In the general formula (b), a plurality of R 3 's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, a plurality of L 2' s each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a plurality of k and p Each independently represents 0 or 1, and a plurality of m each independently represent an integer of 0 to 8, provided that at least one of k and p is 1.
In general formula (c), a plurality of R 4 's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, a plurality of n's each independently represent an integer of 1 to 8 and 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
In formula (d), Z 1 represents a residue obtained by removing q hydrogen atoms from a hydroxyl group of a polyol, q represents an integer of 3 to 6, and plural R 5 s each independently represent a hydrogen atom or methyl And a plurality of L 3 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 一般式(a)~一般式(d)で表される化合物の具体例としては、下記AM-1~AM-4で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compounds represented by the general formulas (a) to (d) include compounds represented by the following AM-1 to AM-4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記のAM-1~AM-4は、特許第5591858号に記載の方法により合成することができる。 The above AM-1 to AM-4 can be synthesized by the method described in Patent No. 5591858.
 特定粒子の外部に含有され得る、光重合開始剤及び樹脂については、国際公開第2016/052053号の段落0139~0147及び0157を適宜参照することができる。 With regard to the photopolymerization initiator and the resin that can be contained outside the specific particle, reference can be made to paragraphs 0139 to 0147 and 0157 of WO 2016/052053 as appropriate.
<インクの好ましい物性>
 本開示のインクは、インクを25℃~50℃とした場合に、粘度が、3mPa・s~15mPa・sであることが好ましく、3mPa・s~13mPa・sであることがより好ましい。特に、本開示のインクは、インクを25℃とした場合における粘度が、50mPa・s以下であることが好ましい。インクの粘度が上記の範囲であると、より高い吐出安定性を実現できる。
 なお、インクの粘度は、粘度計(VISCOMETER TV-22、東機産業(株))を用いて測定される値である。
<Preferred physical properties of ink>
The ink of the present disclosure preferably has a viscosity of 3 mPa · s to 15 mPa · s, more preferably 3 mPa · s to 13 mPa · s, when the ink is 25 ° C. to 50 ° C. In particular, the ink of the present disclosure preferably has a viscosity of 50 mPa · s or less when the ink is at 25 ° C. When the viscosity of the ink is in the above range, higher ejection stability can be realized.
The viscosity of the ink is a value measured using a viscometer (VISCOMETER TV-22, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
 本開示のインクは、塗布法、浸漬法、グラビア法、フレキソ法、インクジェット法等による画像形成に用いることができる。
 本開示のインクは、特に、インクジェット法による画像形成に用いられる(即ち、インクジェットインクとして用いられる)ことが好ましい。
The ink of the present disclosure can be used for image formation by a coating method, an immersion method, a gravure method, a flexo method, an inkjet method and the like.
The ink of the present disclosure is particularly preferably used for image formation by an inkjet method (i.e., used as an inkjet ink).
 本開示のインクが光硬化性のインク又は熱硬化性のインクである場合の特に好ましい形態として、以下の形態1~4が挙げられる。 In the case where the ink of the present disclosure is a photocurable ink or a thermosetting ink, particularly preferred embodiments include the following Forms 1 to 4.
<形態1>
 形態1は、光硬化性のインクであって、特定粒子が光重合性モノマーを含み、特定ポリマーが特定鎖状ポリマーである形態である。
 形態1において、特定鎖状ポリマーのMwは5000以上であることが好ましい。特定鎖状ポリマーのMwのより好ましい範囲については、前述の特定ポリマーの分子量の好ましい範囲を参照できる。
 形態1において、光重合性モノマーの分子量は、100~4000であることが好ましい。光重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲については、前述の重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲を参照できる。
<Form 1>
Form 1 is a photocurable ink in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific linear polymer.
In the form 1, it is preferable that Mw of a specific chain polymer is 5000 or more. For the more preferable range of Mw of the specific chain polymer, the preferable range of the molecular weight of the specific polymer described above can be referred to.
In Form 1, the molecular weight of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000. The more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to for the more preferable range of the molecular weight of a photopolymerizable monomer.
<形態2>
 形態2は、光硬化性のインクであって、特定粒子が光重合性モノマーを含み、特定ポリマーが特定架橋ポリマーである形態である。
 形態2としては、特定粒子が、三次元架橋構造を有する特定架橋ポリマーからなるシェルと、光重合性モノマーを含むコアと、を含むマイクロカプセルであることが好ましい。
 形態2において、光重合性モノマーの分子量は、100~4000であることが好ましい。光重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲については、前述の重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲を参照できる。
<Form 2>
Form 2 is a photocurable ink in which the specific particles contain a photopolymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific crosslinked polymer.
As Form 2, it is preferable that the specific particle is a microcapsule including a shell made of a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a photopolymerizable monomer.
In Form 2, the molecular weight of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000. The more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to for the more preferable range of the molecular weight of a photopolymerizable monomer.
<形態3>
 形態3は、熱硬化性のインクであって、特定粒子が熱重合性モノマーを含み、特定ポリマーが特定鎖状ポリマーである形態である。
 形態3において、特定鎖状ポリマーのMwは5000以上であることが好ましい。特定鎖状ポリマーのMwのより好ましい範囲については、前述の特定ポリマーの分子量の好ましい範囲を参照できる。
 形態3において、熱重合性モノマーの分子量は、100~4000であることが好ましい。熱重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲については、前述の重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲を参照できる。
<Form 3>
Form 3 is a thermosetting ink in which the specific particle contains a thermally polymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific linear polymer.
In the form 3, it is preferable that Mw of a specific chain polymer is 5000 or more. For the more preferable range of Mw of the specific chain polymer, the preferable range of the molecular weight of the specific polymer described above can be referred to.
In Form 3, the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000. For the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer, the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to.
<形態4>
 形態4は、熱硬化性のインクであって、特定粒子が熱重合性モノマーを含み、特定ポリマーが特定架橋ポリマーである形態である。
 形態4としては、特定粒子が、三次元架橋構造を有する特定架橋ポリマーからなるシェルと、熱重合性モノマーを含むコアと、を含むマイクロカプセルであることが好ましい。
 形態4において、熱重合性モノマーの分子量は、100~4000であることが好ましい。熱重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲については、前述の重合性モノマーの分子量のより好ましい範囲を参照できる。
<Form 4>
Form 4 is a thermosetting ink in which the specific particles contain a thermally polymerizable monomer and the specific polymer is a specific crosslinked polymer.
As Form 4, it is preferable that the specific particle is a microcapsule including a shell made of a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a thermally polymerizable monomer.
In Form 4, the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 4000. For the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the thermally polymerizable monomer, the more preferable range of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer can be referred to.
〔インクの製造方法の一例(製法A)〕
 本開示のインクを製造する方法には特に制限はないが、以下の一例(製法A)が挙げられる。
 製法Aは、有機溶剤及び特定ポリマーを含む油相成分と、水を含む水相成分と、を混合し、乳化させることにより、特定粒子を形成する工程を有する。
[One Example of Method of Producing Ink (Procedure A)]
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the method to manufacture the ink of this indication, An example (the manufacturing method A) of the following is mentioned.
Production method A has a step of forming specific particles by mixing and emulsifying an oil phase component containing an organic solvent and a specific polymer, and an aqueous phase component containing water.
 特定粒子を形成する工程では、上述した油相成分と水相成分とを混合し、得られた混合物を乳化させることにより、特定粒子が形成される。形成された特定粒子は、製造されるインクにおいて分散質として機能する。
 水相成分中の水は、製造されるインクにおける分散媒として機能する。
In the step of forming specific particles, specific particles are formed by mixing the above-described oil phase component and aqueous phase component and emulsifying the obtained mixture. The specific particles formed function as dispersoids in the manufactured ink.
Water in the water phase component functions as a dispersion medium in the manufactured ink.
 油相成分に含まれる有機溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸エチル、メチルエチルケトン等が挙げられる。
 有機溶剤は、特定粒子の形成過程において、また、特定粒子の形成後において、その少なくとも一部が除去されることが好ましい。
Examples of the organic solvent contained in the oil phase component include ethyl acetate and methyl ethyl ketone.
At least a part of the organic solvent is preferably removed in the process of forming the specific particles and after the formation of the specific particles.
 油相成分は、上記各成分以外にも、例えば、重合性モノマー、光重合開始剤、増感剤、重合性基導入用化合物(好ましくは、重合性基及び活性水素基を有する化合物)、重合性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物、親水性基を導入したイソシアネート化合物、等を含むことができる。 The oil phase component may be, for example, a polymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizer, a compound for introducing a polymerizable group (preferably a compound having a polymerizable group and an active hydrogen group), polymerization, in addition to the above components. It may include an isocyanate compound having a functional group introduced, an isocyanate compound having a hydrophilic group introduced, and the like.
 水相成分は、水を含むこと以外には特に制限はなく、水のみであってもよい。
 水相成分は、水以外の成分を含んでもよい。
 例えば、水相成分は、親水性基導入用化合物(好ましくは、親水性基及び活性水素基を有する化合物)を含んでもよい。
 また、水相成分は、中和されていないアニオン性基(カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、硫酸基、等)に対する中和剤として、塩基性化合物を含有してもよい。これにより、特定粒子の形成過程において、中和されたアニオン性基(即ち、塩の形態であるアニオン性基;例えば、カルボキシ基の塩、スルホ基の塩、リン酸基の塩、ホスホン酸基の塩、硫酸基の塩、等)を形成できる。
 上記塩基性化合物(中和剤)を用いる場合、上記塩基性化合物(中和剤)は、少なくとも水相成分に含有させることが好ましい。
 塩基性化合物としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等の無機塩基、トリエチルアミン等の有機塩基などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、塩基性化合物としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等の無機塩基が好ましい。
 また、塩の形態であるアニオン性基における塩としては、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩;トリエチルアミン塩等の有機アミン塩;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、塩の形態であるアニオン性基における塩としては、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩が好ましい。
The water phase component is not particularly limited except that it contains water, and may be water alone.
The water phase component may contain components other than water.
For example, the aqueous phase component may contain a compound for introducing a hydrophilic group (preferably, a compound having a hydrophilic group and an active hydrogen group).
The aqueous phase component may also contain a basic compound as a neutralizing agent for non-neutralized anionic groups (carboxy, sulfo, phosphoric, phosphonic, sulfuric, etc.) . Thereby, in the process of forming a specific particle, an anionic group neutralized (ie, an anionic group in the form of a salt; eg, a salt of a carboxy group, a salt of a sulfo group, a salt of a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group) Salts of sulfuric acid groups, etc.).
When using the said basic compound (neutralizing agent), it is preferable to make the said basic compound (neutralizing agent) contain at least an aqueous phase component.
Examples of the basic compound include inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, and organic bases such as triethylamine. Among these, as the basic compound, an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is preferable.
Further, as a salt in the form of a salt in the form of an anionic group, alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt; organic amine salts such as triethylamine salt and the like can be mentioned. Among these, as the salt in the form of a salt in the form of a salt, alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt are preferable.
 製法Aにおける、油相成分及び水相成分から有機溶剤及び水を除いた全量が、製造されるインクにおける、特定粒子の全固形分量に対応する。
 製法Aに用いられ得る各成分の使用量の好ましい範囲については、既述の「インク」の項を参照できる。この参照の際、既述の「インク」の項における、「含有量」及び「特定粒子の全固形分量」は、それぞれ、「使用量」及び「油相成分及び水相成分から有機溶剤及び水を除いた全量」と読み替える。
The total amount of the oil phase component and the water phase component excluding the organic solvent and water in the production method A corresponds to the total solid content of the specific particles in the manufactured ink.
For the preferable range of the amount of each component that can be used in the production method A, the above-mentioned "ink" can be referred to. In this reference, "content" and "total solid content of specific particles" in the section of "ink" described above are respectively "amount used" and "oil phase component and water phase component from organic solvent and water It is read as "the total amount excluding".
 特定粒子を形成する工程において、油相成分と水相成分との混合の方法には特に限定はないが、例えば、撹拌による混合が挙げられる。 In the step of forming the specific particles, the method of mixing the oil phase component and the water phase component is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include mixing by stirring.
 特定粒子を形成する工程において、乳化の方法には特に限定はないが、例えば、ホモジナイザー等の乳化装置(例えば、分散機等)による乳化が挙げられる。
 乳化における分散機の回転数は、例えば、5000rpm(round per minute)~20000rpmであり、好ましくは10000rpm~15000rpmである。
 乳化における回転時間は、例えば、1分間~120分間であり、好ましくは3分間~60分間であり、より好ましくは3分間~30分間であり、更に好ましくは5分間~15分間である。
In the step of forming the specific particles, the method of emulsification is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include emulsification with an emulsification device such as a homogenizer (for example, a dispersing machine or the like).
The rotation speed of the disperser in emulsification is, for example, 5000 rpm (round per minute) to 20000 rpm, preferably 10000 rpm to 15000 rpm.
The rotation time in emulsification is, for example, 1 minute to 120 minutes, preferably 3 minutes to 60 minutes, more preferably 3 minutes to 30 minutes, and still more preferably 5 minutes to 15 minutes.
 特定粒子を形成する工程における乳化は、加熱下で行ってもよい。
 乳化を加熱下で行うことにより、特定粒子をより効率よく形成できる。
 また、乳化を加熱下で行うことにより、油相成分中の有機溶剤の少なくとも一部を、混合物中から除去し易い。
 乳化を加熱下で行う場合の加熱温度としては、35℃~70℃が好ましく、40℃~60℃がより好ましい。
Emulsification in the step of forming the specific particles may be performed under heating.
By carrying out the emulsification under heating, specific particles can be formed more efficiently.
In addition, by performing emulsification under heating, at least a portion of the organic solvent in the oil phase component can be easily removed from the mixture.
The heating temperature in the case of performing the emulsification under heating is preferably 35 ° C. to 70 ° C., and more preferably 40 ° C. to 60 ° C.
 また、特定粒子を形成する工程は、混合物を(例えば35℃未満の温度で)乳化させる乳化段階と、乳化段階によって得られた乳化物を(例えば35℃以上の温度で)加熱する加熱段階と、を含んでいてもよい。
 乳化段階と加熱段階とを含む態様では、特に加熱段階において、特定粒子をより効率よく形成できる。
 また、乳化段階と加熱段階とを含む態様では、特に加熱段階において、油相成分中の有機溶剤の少なくとも一部を、混合物中から除去し易い。
 加熱段階における加熱温度としては、35℃~70℃が好ましく、40℃~60℃がより好ましい。
 加熱段階における加熱時間は、6時間~50時間が好ましく、12時間~40時間がより好ましく、15時間~35時間が更に好ましい。
Also, the step of forming the specific particles includes an emulsification step of emulsifying the mixture (for example, at a temperature of less than 35 ° C.), and a heating step of heating the emulsion obtained by the emulsification step (for example, at a temperature of 35 ° C. or more) , May be included.
In the aspect including the emulsification step and the heating step, it is possible to form the specific particles more efficiently particularly in the heating step.
In the embodiment including the emulsification step and the heating step, particularly at the heating step, it is easy to remove at least a part of the organic solvent in the oil phase component from the mixture.
The heating temperature in the heating step is preferably 35 ° C. to 70 ° C., and more preferably 40 ° C. to 60 ° C.
The heating time in the heating stage is preferably 6 hours to 50 hours, more preferably 12 hours to 40 hours, and still more preferably 15 hours to 35 hours.
 また、製法Aは、必要に応じて、特定粒子を形成する工程以外のその他の工程を有していてもよい。
 その他の工程としては、特定粒子を形成する工程後において、その他の成分(顔料等)を添加する工程が挙げられる。
 添加されるその他の成分(顔料等)については、インクに含有され得るその他の成分として既に説明したとおりである。
Moreover, the manufacturing method A may have other processes other than the process of forming specific particle | grains as needed.
As another process, the process of adding other components (a pigment etc.) after the process of forming specific particle | grains is mentioned.
The other components to be added (such as pigments) are as already described as the other components that may be contained in the ink.
〔インクの製造方法の別の一例(製法B)〕
 特定架橋ポリマーを含む特定粒子を含有する態様のインクを製造する方法としては、以下に示す、製法Bも好適である。
 製法Bは、有機溶剤及び3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を含む油相成分と、水を含む水相成分と、を混合し、特定ゲル化剤(即ち、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤)の存在下で乳化させることにより、特定粒子を形成する工程を有する。
 製法Bの好ましい態様は、油相成分に特定ポリマーではなく3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を用いる点、及び、油相成分と水相成分との混合物を、特定ゲル化剤の存在下で乳化させる点を除けば、製法Aの好ましい態様と同様である。
 製法Bのより好ましい態様は、水相成分として、水及び特定ゲル化剤を含む水相成分を用い、油相成分と水相成分との混合物を、水相成分に含まれていた特定ゲル化剤の存在下で乳化させる態様である。
[Another example of the method for producing the ink (production method B)]
As a method of producing an ink of an embodiment containing specific particles containing a specific crosslinked polymer, Production Method B shown below is also suitable.
Production method B mixes an oil phase component containing an organic solvent and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound with an aqueous phase component containing water, and the presence of a specific gelling agent (ie, a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) It has the process of forming specific particle | grains by emulsifying below.
A preferred embodiment of Preparation method B is that an oil phase component is not a specific polymer but a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound is used, and a mixture of an oil phase component and an aqueous phase component is emulsified in the presence of a specific gelling agent Except for the same as the preferred embodiment of Preparation A.
A more preferred embodiment of Preparation B uses an aqueous phase component containing water and a specific gelling agent as an aqueous phase component, and a mixture of an oil phase component and an aqueous phase component is contained in the aqueous phase component. It is an aspect made to emulsify in presence of an agent.
〔画像形成方法〕
 本開示の画像形成方法は、基材上に、上述した本開示のインクを付与することによりインク膜を形成する工程(以下、「付与工程」ともいう)と、上記インク膜を加熱する工程(以下、「加熱工程」ともいう)と、を有する。
 本開示の画像形成方法は、必要に応じその他の工程を有していてもよい。
 本開示の画像形成方法によれば、基材上に、引っ掻き耐性に優れた画像が形成される。
[Image forming method]
In the image forming method of the present disclosure, a step of forming an ink film by applying the above-described ink of the present disclosure onto a substrate (hereinafter, also referred to as “application step”) and a step of heating the ink film ( Hereinafter, it is also referred to as “heating step”).
The image forming method of the present disclosure may have other steps as necessary.
According to the image forming method of the present disclosure, an image excellent in scratch resistance is formed on a substrate.
(付与工程)
 付与工程は、基材上に、本開示のインクを付与することによりインク膜を形成する工程である。
 基材上にインクを付与する態様としては、塗布法、浸漬法、インクジェット法などの公知の方法を利用した態様のいずれを採用してもよい。中でも、種々の基材(記録媒体を含む)に対して膜(例えば画像)の形成が行える点で、インクジェット法が好適である。
(Applying process)
The application step is a step of forming an ink film by applying the ink of the present disclosure on a substrate.
As an aspect which applies an ink on a base material, you may employ | adopt any of the aspect using well-known methods, such as a coating method, an immersion method, and an inkjet method. Among them, the inkjet method is preferable in that a film (for example, an image) can be formed on various substrates (including a recording medium).
 基材としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、支持体及び記録媒体として提供されている公知の基材を適宜選択して使用することができる。
 基材としては、例えば、紙、プラスチック(例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン等)がラミネートされた紙、金属板(例えば、アルミニウム、亜鉛、銅等の金属の板)、プラスチックフィルム(例えば、ポリ塩化ビニル(PVC:Polyvinyl Chloride)樹脂、二酢酸セルロース、三酢酸セルロース、プロピオン酸セルロース、酪酸セルロース、酢酸酪酸セルロース、硝酸セルロース、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET:Polyethylene Terephthalate)、ポリエチレン(PE:Polyethylene)、ポリスチレン(PS:Polystyrene)、ポリプロピレン(PP:Polypropylene)、ポリカーボネート(PC:Polycarbonate)、ポリビニルアセタール、アクリル樹脂等のフィルム)、上述した金属がラミネートされ又は蒸着された紙、上述した金属がラミネートされ又は蒸着されたプラスチックフィルムなどが挙げられる。
The substrate is not particularly limited, and, for example, known substrates provided as a support and a recording medium can be appropriately selected and used.
As the substrate, for example, paper, paper laminated with plastic (eg, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene etc.), metal plate (eg, a plate of metal such as aluminum, zinc, copper etc.), plastic film (eg, polychloride) Vinyl (PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride) resin, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose nitrate, polyethylene terephthalate (PET: Polyethylene Terephthalate), polyethylene (PE: Polyethylene), polystyrene (PS) : Polystyrene (polystyrene), polypropylene (PP), polycarbonate (PC: Polycarbonate), polyvinyl acetal, films such as acrylic resin, paper laminated or vapor-deposited with the metal mentioned above, metal mentioned above is laminated A plastic film which is to or deposited, and the like.
 また、基材としては、テキスタイル基材も挙げられる。
 テキスタイル基材の素材としては、例えば、綿、絹、麻、羊毛等の天然繊維;ビスコースレーヨン、レオセル等の化学繊維;ポリエステル、ポリアミド、アクリル等の合成繊維;天然繊維、化学繊維、及び合成繊維からなる群から選択される少なくとも2種である混合物;等が挙げられる。テキスタイル基材としては、国際公開第2015/158592号の段落0039~0042に記載されたテキスタイル基材を用いてもよい。
Moreover, a textiles base material is also mentioned as a base material.
Examples of the material of the textile base material include natural fibers such as cotton, silk, hemp and wool; chemical fibers such as viscose rayon and rheocel; synthetic fibers such as polyester, polyamide and acrylic; natural fibers, chemical fibers and synthetic Mixtures of at least two selected from the group consisting of fibers; and the like. As the textile substrate, the textile substrate described in paragraphs 0039 to 0042 of WO 2015/158592 may be used.
 基材としては、ポリ塩化ビニル(PVC)基材、ポリスチレン(PS)基材、ポリカーボネート(PC)基材、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)基材、ポリプロピレン(PP)基材、アクリル樹脂基材等のプラスチック基材が好ましい。 As a substrate, plastics such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) substrate, polystyrene (PS) substrate, polycarbonate (PC) substrate, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate, polypropylene (PP) substrate, acrylic resin substrate and the like Substrates are preferred.
 インクジェット法によるインクの付与は、公知のインクジェット記録装置を用いて行うことができる。
 インクジェット記録装置としては特に制限はなく、目的とする解像度を達成し得る公知のインクジェット記録装置を任意に選択して使用することができる。
 インクジェット記録装置としては、例えば、インク供給系、温度センサー、加熱手段を含む装置が挙げられる。
 インク供給系は、例えば、本開示のインクを含む元タンク、供給配管、インクジェットヘッド直前のインク供給タンク、フィルター、ピエゾ型のインクジェットヘッドからなる。ピエゾ型のインクジェットヘッドは、好ましくは1pl~100pl、より好ましくは8pl~30plのマルチサイズドットを、好ましくは320dpi(dot per inch)×320dpi~4000dpi×4000dpi、より好ましくは400dpi×400dpi~1600dpi×1600dpi、さらに好ましくは720dpi×720dpiの解像度で吐出できるよう駆動することができる。なお、dpiとは、2.54cm(1inch)当たりのドット数を表す。
The application of the ink by the inkjet method can be performed using a known inkjet recording device.
The ink jet recording apparatus is not particularly limited, and any known ink jet recording apparatus capable of achieving the target resolution can be selected and used.
Examples of the inkjet recording apparatus include an apparatus including an ink supply system, a temperature sensor, and a heating unit.
The ink supply system includes, for example, a main tank containing the ink of the present disclosure, a supply pipe, an ink supply tank immediately in front of an inkjet head, a filter, and a piezoelectric inkjet head. The piezo-type inkjet head preferably has 1 pl to 100 pl, more preferably 8 pl to 30 pl multi-size dots, preferably 320 dpi (dot per inch) x 320 dpi to 4000 dpi x 4000 dpi, more preferably 400 dpi x 400 dpi to 1600 dpi x 1600 dpi It can be driven to be able to discharge at a resolution of 720 dpi × 720 dpi, more preferably. In addition, dpi represents the number of dots per 2.54 cm (1 inch).
 また、付与工程では、予め加熱された基材に対してインクを付与してもよい。
 付与工程において、予め加熱された基材に対してインクを付与した場合には、加熱された基材によって、以下の加熱工程を実施することができる(即ち、加熱された基材によってインク膜を加熱することができる)。
 インクを付与する前の基材の加熱は、例えば、後述する加熱工程において例示する加熱手段によって行うことができる。
In addition, in the application step, the ink may be applied to a substrate that has been preheated.
In the application step, when the ink is applied to the preheated substrate, the following heating step can be performed by the heated substrate (that is, the ink film is formed by the heated substrate) Can be heated).
The heating of the substrate before applying the ink can be performed, for example, by the heating means exemplified in the heating step described later.
(加熱工程)
 加熱工程は、基材上に形成されたインク膜を加熱する工程である。
 加熱工程においてインク膜を加熱することにより、前述したとおり、インク膜の増粘が起こり、その結果、引っ掻き耐性に優れた画像が得られる。
 本開示の画像形成方法において、本開示のインクとして、前述の熱硬化性のインクを用いる場合には、加熱工程における加熱により、インク膜の硬化(即ち、熱重合性モノマーによる熱重合)を行ってもよい。言い換えれば、本開示のインクとして、前述の熱硬化性のインクを用いる場合には、加熱工程が、後述の硬化工程Bを兼ねていてもよい。
(Heating process)
The heating step is a step of heating the ink film formed on the substrate.
By heating the ink film in the heating step, as described above, thickening of the ink film occurs, and as a result, an image excellent in scratch resistance can be obtained.
In the image forming method of the present disclosure, when the above-described thermosetting ink is used as the ink of the present disclosure, curing of the ink film (that is, thermal polymerization by a thermally polymerizable monomer) is performed by heating in the heating step. May be In other words, when the above-described thermosetting ink is used as the ink of the present disclosure, the heating step may also serve as the curing step B described later.
 加熱工程における加熱の態様としては、基材上に付与されたインクを加熱手段によって加熱する態様が挙げられる。
 また、上述のとおり、付与工程において、予め加熱された基材に対してインクを付与した場合、加熱工程における加熱の態様としては、加熱された基材によってインクを加熱する態様も挙げられる。
As an aspect of the heating in a heating process, the aspect which heats the ink provided on the base material by a heating means is mentioned.
Further, as described above, when the ink is applied to the preheated substrate in the application step, an embodiment of heating the ink by the heated substrate may be mentioned as an embodiment of the heating in the heating step.
 加熱手段としては、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、ヒートドラム、温風、赤外線ランプ、赤外線LED、赤外線ヒーター、熱オーブン、ヒート板、赤外線レーザー、赤外線ドライヤー等が挙げられる。中でも、インクを効率的に加熱硬化可能な点で、波長0.8μm~1.5μm又は2.0μm~3.5μmに極大吸収波長を有する、近赤外線~遠赤外線に発光波長を有する発光ダイオード(LED)、近赤外線~遠赤外線を放射するヒーター、近赤外線~遠赤外線に発振波長を有するレーザー、又は近赤外線~遠赤外線を放射するドライヤーが好ましい。 The heating means is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heat drum, a warm air, an infrared lamp, an infrared LED, an infrared heater, a thermal oven, a heat plate, an infrared laser, an infrared dryer and the like. Among them, a light emitting diode having an emission wavelength in the near infrared to far infrared rays, having a maximum absorption wavelength at a wavelength of 0.8 μm to 1.5 μm or 2.0 μm to 3.5 μm, from the point that the ink can be efficiently heat-cured An LED), a heater emitting near infrared to far infrared radiation, a laser having an emission wavelength of near infrared to far infrared radiation, or a dryer emitting near infrared to far infrared radiation is preferable.
 加熱時における加熱温度は、インク膜をより効果的に増粘させる観点から、40℃以上が好ましく、40℃~200℃がより好ましく、45℃~100℃が更に好ましく、50℃~80℃が更に好ましく、55℃~70℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱温度は、基材上のインクの温度を指し、赤外線サーモグラフィ装置H2640(日本アビオニクス株式会社製)を用いたサーモグラフで測定することができる。
 加熱時間は、加熱温度、インクの組成、印刷速度等を加味し、適宜設定することができる。加熱時間は、5秒以上が好ましく、5秒~5分がより好ましく、10秒~1分がより好ましく、20秒~1分が更に好ましい。
The heating temperature during heating is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 40 ° C. to 200 ° C., still more preferably 45 ° C. to 100 ° C., and further preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. from the viewpoint of more effectively thickening the ink film. More preferably, 55 ° C to 70 ° C is more preferable.
The heating temperature refers to the temperature of the ink on the substrate, and can be measured by a thermograph using an infrared thermography device H2640 (manufactured by Nippon Avionics Co., Ltd.).
The heating time can be appropriately set in consideration of the heating temperature, the composition of the ink, the printing speed and the like. The heating time is preferably 5 seconds or more, more preferably 5 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 1 minute, and still more preferably 20 seconds to 1 minute.
(硬化工程)
 本開示の画像形成方法は、加熱工程によって加熱されたインク膜を硬化させる硬化工程を有することができる。
 この硬化工程により、インク膜中において、重合性モノマーによる重合反応(即ち、架橋反応)が進行する。従って、本開示の画像形成方法が硬化工程を有する場合には、画像の硬度をより向上させることができ、ひいては画像の引っ掻き耐性をより向上させることができる。
(Curing process)
The image forming method of the present disclosure can have a curing step of curing the ink film heated by the heating step.
By the curing step, a polymerization reaction (that is, a crosslinking reaction) by the polymerizable monomer proceeds in the ink film. Therefore, when the image forming method of the present disclosure has a curing step, the hardness of the image can be further improved, and thus the scratch resistance of the image can be further improved.
 本開示の画像形成方法において、光硬化性のインクを用いる場合、硬化工程として、加熱工程によって加熱されたインク膜に対して光(即ち、活性エネルギー線)を照射することにより、インク膜を光硬化させる硬化工程(以下、「硬化工程A」)を設けることができる。 In the image forming method of the present disclosure, when a photocurable ink is used, the ink film is irradiated with light (that is, active energy ray) as the curing step by irradiating the ink film heated in the heating step. A curing step (hereinafter, "curing step A") for curing can be provided.
 本開示の画像形成方法において、熱硬化性のインクを用いる場合、硬化工程として、加熱工程によって加熱されたインク膜に対し、加熱又は赤外線の照射を施すことによりインク膜を熱硬化させる硬化工程(以下、「硬化工程B」)を設けることができる。
 但し、熱硬化性のインクを用いる場合、この硬化工程B(即ち、前述の加熱工程とは別の硬化工程B)を設けず、前述の加熱工程により、インク膜の増粘及び熱硬化を行ってもよい。
 即ち、本開示の画像形成方法において、熱硬化性のインクを用いる場合は、インク膜の増粘を行う加熱工程と、インク膜の熱硬化を行う硬化工程Bと、を別個に設けてもよいし、インク膜の増粘及び熱硬化を両方行う1回の加熱工程を設けてもよい。
In the image forming method of the present disclosure, when a thermosetting ink is used, a curing step of subjecting the ink film heated in the heating step to heating or irradiation of infrared rays as a curing step to thermally cure the ink film ( Hereinafter, "hardening process B" can be provided.
However, when using a thermosetting ink, thickening and thermal curing of the ink film are performed by the above-described heating step without providing the curing step B (that is, the curing step B different from the above-described heating step). May be
That is, in the case of using a thermosetting ink in the image forming method of the present disclosure, a heating step for thickening the ink film and a curing step B for thermosetting the ink film may be separately provided. Alternatively, a single heating step may be provided to both thicken and thermally cure the ink film.
-硬化工程A-
 硬化工程Aは、加熱工程によって加熱されたインク膜に対して活性エネルギー線を照射することによりインク膜を硬化させる工程である。
 硬化工程Aでは、加熱工程によって加熱されたインク膜に対して活性エネルギー線を照射することにより、インク膜中の特定粒子の光架橋反応(即ち、光重合反応)が進行し、これによりインク膜の強度が高められる。
-Curing process A-
The curing step A is a step of curing the ink film by irradiating the ink film heated in the heating step with an active energy ray.
In the curing step A, the photocrosslinking reaction (that is, the photopolymerization reaction) of specific particles in the ink film proceeds by irradiating the ink film heated in the heating step with active energy rays, whereby the ink film is formed. The strength of the
 硬化工程Aで用いることができる活性エネルギー線としては、紫外線(UV光)、可視光線、電子線等を挙げられ、これらの中でも、UV光が好ましい。 As an active energy ray which can be used by hardening process A, an ultraviolet ray (UV light), a visible ray, an electron beam etc. are mentioned, Among these, UV light is preferred.
 活性エネルギー線(光)のピーク波長は、200nm~405nmであることが好ましく、220nm~390nmであることがより好ましく、220nm~385nmであることが更に好ましい。
 また、200nm~310nmであることも好ましく、200nm~280nmであることも好ましい。
The peak wavelength of the active energy ray (light) is preferably 200 nm to 405 nm, more preferably 220 nm to 390 nm, and still more preferably 220 nm to 385 nm.
In addition, 200 nm to 310 nm is also preferable, and 200 nm to 280 nm is also preferable.
 活性エネルギー線(光)が照射される際の露光面照度は、例えば10mW/cm~2000mW/cm、好ましくは20mW/cm~1000mW/cmである。
 活性エネルギー線(光)が照射される際の露光エネルギーは、例えば10mJ/cm~2000mJ/cm、好ましくは20mJ/cm~1000mJ/cmである。
Exposure surface illuminance when the active energy ray (light) is irradiated, for example, 10mW / cm 2 ~ 2000mW / cm 2, preferably 20mW / cm 2 ~ 1000mW / cm 2.
The exposure energy when the active energy ray (light) is irradiated is, for example, 10 mJ / cm 2 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably 20 mJ / cm 2 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
 活性エネルギー線(光)を発生させるための源としては、水銀ランプ、メタルハライドランプ、UV蛍光灯、ガスレーザー、固体レーザー等が広く知られている。
 また、上記で例示された光源の、半導体紫外発光デバイスへの置き換えは、産業的にも環境的にも非常に有用である。
 半導体紫外発光デバイスの中でも、LED(Light Emitting Diode)及びLD(Laser Diode)は、小型、高寿命、高効率、及び低コストであり、光源として期待されている。
 光源としては、メタルハライドランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、中圧水銀ランプ、低圧水銀ランプ、LED、又は青紫レーザーが好ましい。
 これらの中でも、増感剤と光重合開始剤とを併用する場合は、波長365nm、405nm、若しくは436nmの光照射が可能な超高圧水銀ランプ、波長365nm、405nm、若しくは436nmの光照射が可能な高圧水銀ランプ、又は、波長355nm、365nm、385nm、395nm、若しくは405nmの光照射が可能なLEDがより好ましく、波長355nm、365nm、385nm、395nm、若しくは405nmの光照射が可能なLEDが最も好ましい。
As sources for generating active energy rays (light), mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, UV fluorescent lamps, gas lasers, solid lasers and the like are widely known.
Also, the replacement of the light source exemplified above with a semiconductor ultraviolet light emitting device is very useful both industrially and environmentally.
Among semiconductor ultraviolet light emitting devices, LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) and LDs (Laser Diodes) are small in size, high in life, high in efficiency, and low in cost, and are expected as light sources.
As a light source, a metal halide lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, an LED or a blue-violet laser is preferable.
Among these, when using a sensitizer and a photopolymerization initiator in combination, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp capable of light irradiation with a wavelength of 365 nm, 405 nm or 436 nm, light irradiation with a wavelength of 365 nm, 405 nm or 436 nm is possible A high pressure mercury lamp or an LED capable of light irradiation with a wavelength of 355 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm or 405 nm is more preferable, and an LED capable of light irradiation with a wavelength of 355 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm or 405 nm is most preferable.
 硬化工程Aおいて、基材上に付与されたインクに対する活性エネルギー線の照射時間は、例えば0.01秒間~120秒間であり、好ましくは0.1秒間~90秒間である。
 照射条件並びに基本的な照射方法は、特開昭60-132767号公報に開示されている照射条件及び照射方法を同様に適用することができる。
 活性エネルギー線の照射方式として、具体的には、インクの吐出装置を含むヘッドユニットの両側に光源を設け、いわゆるシャトル方式でヘッドユニット及び光源を走査する方式、又は、駆動を伴わない別光源によって活性エネルギー線の照射を行う方式が好ましい。
 活性エネルギー線の照射は、インクを着弾して加熱乾燥を行った後、一定時間(例えば0.01秒間~120秒間、好ましくは0.01秒間~60秒間)をおいて行うことが好ましい。
In the curing step A, the irradiation time of the active energy ray to the ink applied on the substrate is, for example, 0.01 seconds to 120 seconds, preferably 0.1 seconds to 90 seconds.
As the irradiation conditions and the basic irradiation method, the irradiation conditions and the irradiation methods disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-132767 can be similarly applied.
Specifically, a light source is provided on both sides of a head unit including an ink discharge device as an active energy ray irradiation method, and the head unit and the light source are scanned by a so-called shuttle method, or by another light source without driving. It is preferable to use an active energy ray irradiation method.
The irradiation of the active energy ray is preferably performed after a certain time (for example, 0.01 seconds to 120 seconds, preferably 0.01 seconds to 60 seconds) after the ink is landed and the heating and drying are performed.
-硬化工程B-
 硬化工程Bは、加熱工程によって加熱されたインク膜に対し、加熱又は赤外線の照射を施すことによりインク膜を熱硬化させる工程である。
 硬化工程Bでは、加熱工程によって加熱されたインク膜に対し、加熱又は赤外線の照射を施すことにより、インク中の特定粒子の熱架橋反応(即ち、熱重合反応)が進行し、これによりインク膜の強度が高められる。
 硬化工程Bの好ましい態様は、加熱工程の好ましい態様と同様である。
-Curing process B-
The curing step B is a step of thermally curing the ink film by applying heat or irradiation of infrared rays to the ink film heated in the heating step.
In the curing step B, the thermal crosslinking reaction (that is, thermal polymerization reaction) of specific particles in the ink proceeds by heating or irradiating infrared rays to the ink film heated in the heating step, whereby the ink film The strength of the
The preferred embodiment of the curing step B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the heating step.
 以下、本発明を実施例により具体的に説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。
 以下において、「部」は、特に断りが無い限り、質量部を表す。
 また、化学式中の「*」は、結合位置を表す。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
In the following, “parts” represents parts by mass unless otherwise specified.
Moreover, "*" in chemical formula represents a bonding position.
<特定鎖状ポリマーの合成>
(ポリマー1(末端、光重合性基有り)の合成)
 下記反応スキームに従い、特定鎖状ポリマーとして、下記ポリマー1(末端、光重合性基有り)を合成した。
 ここで、「末端」とは、ポリマーが、主鎖の末端に1価のゲル化基を有することを意味し、「光重合性基有り」とは、ポリマーが光重合性基を有することを意味する(以下、同様とする)。
<Synthesis of Specific Chain Polymer>
(Synthesis of Polymer 1 (terminal, with photopolymerizable group))
According to the following reaction scheme, the following polymer 1 (terminal, with photopolymerizable group) was synthesized as a specific chain polymer.
Here, "terminal" means that the polymer has a monovalent gelling group at the end of the main chain, and "having a photopolymerizable group" means that the polymer has a photopolymerizable group. It means (it makes the same hereafter).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 三口フラスコに、ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’―ジイソシアネート(HMDI)(82.5g)、ジメチロールプロピオン酸(DMPA)(16.9g)、トリシクロデカンジメタノール(化合物(2-5))(2.9g)、ビスフェノールAエポキシジアクリレート(化合物(a-21))(77.0g)、及び酢酸エチル(102.3g)を仕込み、70℃に加熱した。そこに、ネオスタンU-600(日東化成(株)製、無機ビスマス触媒;以下、「U-600」ともいう)を0.2g添加し、70℃で5時間撹拌した。
 次に、そこに、末端封止剤である特定ゲル化剤(詳細には、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤)としてのエイコシルアミン(C2041NH)(0.3g)と、酢酸エチル(190g)と、を添加し、70℃で3時間撹拌した。3時間の撹拌後、反応液を室温まで放冷し、次いで酢酸エチルで濃度調整を行うことにより、ポリマー1の30質量%溶液(溶媒は、酢酸エチル)を得た。
 ポリマー1の重量平均分子量(Mw)は8000であり、酸価は0.70mmol/gであった。
In a three-necked flask, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) (82.5 g), dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA) (16.9 g), tricyclodecane dimethanol (compound (2-5)) (2 9 g), bisphenol A epoxy diacrylate (compound (a-21)) (77.0 g), and ethyl acetate (102.3 g) were charged and heated to 70 ° C. Thereto, 0.2 g of Neostan U-600 (manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd., inorganic bismuth catalyst; hereinafter, also referred to as “U-600”) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 5 hours.
Next, there, end capping agent is a particular gelling agent (specifically, amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) eicosyl amine as (C 20 H 41 NH 2) (0.3g ) And ethyl acetate (190 g) were added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 3 hours. After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then adjusted in concentration with ethyl acetate to obtain a 30% by mass solution of polymer 1 (the solvent was ethyl acetate).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer 1 was 8000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
 ポリマー1は、光重合性基としてアクリロイル基を有している。
 ポリマー1は、主鎖の末端に、ゲル化基を有する鎖状のウレタンポリマーである。
 詳細には、ポリマー1は、主鎖の末端に、式(G)で表される基(nが1の場合)の例である、下記基(G-1)を含んでいる。
 下記基(G-1)は、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤であるエイコシルアミン(C2041NH)と、HMDI中のイソシアネート基と、の反応物である。
The polymer 1 has an acryloyl group as a photopolymerizable group.
The polymer 1 is a linear urethane polymer having a gelling group at the end of the main chain.
In detail, the polymer 1 contains the following group (G-1) which is an example of the group represented by the formula (G) (when n G is 1) at the end of the main chain.
The following group (G-1) is a reaction product of eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ), which is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, and an isocyanate group in HMDI.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(ポリマー2~9(末端、光重合性基有り)の合成)
 末端封止剤である特定ゲル化剤の種類を表1に示すように変更したこと以外はポリマー1の合成と同様にして、いずれも鎖状ポリマーであるポリマー2~9(末端、光重合性基有り)を合成した。
 ポリマー2~9は、いずれも、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8000であり、かつ、酸価が0.70mmol/gであった。
(Synthesis of Polymers 2 to 9 (terminal, with photopolymerizable group))
Polymers 2 to 9 (terminal, photopolymerizable, all of which are linear polymers, similarly to the synthesis of the polymer 1 except that the type of the specific gelling agent as the end capping agent is changed as shown in Table 1 Group) was synthesized.
Each of Polymers 2 to 9 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
 表1及び表2中の原料の分類において、HGは、ヒドロゲル化剤を意味し、AMGは、両親媒性ゲル化剤を意味する。
 表1及び表2中の特定ゲル化剤は以下のとおりである。
 C20H41NH2、C18H37NH2、C16H33NH2、及びC8H17NH2は、それぞれ、エイコシルアミン(C2041NH)、オクタデシルアミン(C1837NH)、ヘキサデシルアミン(C1633NH)、及びオクチルアミン(C17NH)を意味する。これらの化合物は、いずれも活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤である。
In the classification of raw materials in Tables 1 and 2, HG means hydrogelator and AMG means amphiphilic gelling agent.
The specific gelling agents in Tables 1 and 2 are as follows.
C20 H 41 NH 2 , C 18 H 37 NH 2 , C 16 H 33 NH 2 , and C 8 H 17 NH 2 are eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ), octadecylamine (C 18 H 37 NH 2 ), hexadecylamine (C 16 H 33 NH 2 ), and octylamine, respectively. (C 8 H 17 NH 2 ) is meant. These compounds are all amphiphilic gelling agents having an active hydrogen group.
 G0402、N0949、及びS0946は、いずれも東京化成工業社製の、アミノエチルグリコシドである多糖類であり、これらの構造は以下のとおりである。これらの化合物は、いずれも活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤である。
 アミノエチルグリコシドである多糖類を用いたこれらの例では、いずれも、アミノエチルグリコシドである多糖類中の1級アミノ基と、HMDIのイソシアネート基と、が反応し、式(G)中のRとして、ウレア基が形成される。これらの例では、いずれも、式(G)中のnは1となり、式(G)中のLはエチレン基となり、式(G)中のRは、多糖類から水素原子を1個除いた残基となる。
G0402, N0949, and S0946 are all polysaccharides which are aminoethyl glycosides manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and their structures are as follows. These compounds are all hydrogelators having an active hydrogen group.
In these examples using polysaccharides that are aminoethyl glycosides, the primary amino group in the polysaccharide that is aminoethyl glycoside and the isocyanate group of HMDI react with each other, and R in formula (G) As U , a urea group is formed. In these examples, n G in the formula (G) is 1 in all cases, L G in the formula (G) is ethylene, and R G in the formula (G) is a hydrogen atom from the polysaccharide. It becomes an excluded residue.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 E707は、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤であり、詳細には、花王社製のエマルゲン(登録商標)E707であり、より詳細には、直鎖アルキル基の炭素数が11~15であるモノアルキルポリエチレングリコール(数平均分子量508)である。
 このE707を用いた例では、E707中のヒドロキシ基と、HMDIのイソシアネート基と、が反応し、式(G)中のRとして、ウレタン基が形成される。この例では、式(G)中のnは1となり、式(G)中のLはエチレン基となり、式(G)中のRは、1価の疎水性基としての、炭素数11~15の直鎖アルキル基となる。
E 707 is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, specifically, Emalgen (registered trademark) E 707 manufactured by Kao Corporation, and more specifically, the carbon number of the linear alkyl group is 11 to 15 Monoalkyl polyethylene glycol (number average molecular weight 508).
In this example using E 707, the hydroxy group in E 707 and the isocyanate group of H MDI react to form a urethane group as R U in formula (G). In this example, n G in the formula (G) is 1, L G in the formula (G) is ethylene group, R G in the formula (G) is carbon number as a monovalent hydrophobic group. It becomes 11 to 15 linear alkyl groups.
 F108は、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤であり、詳細には、BASF社製のプルロニック(登録商標)F108であり、より詳細には、ポリエチレングリコール/ポリプロピレングリコール/ポリエチレングリコールトリブロック共重合体(数平均分子量14600)である。F108は、前述の式(1A)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物の一例である。F108において、式(1A)中のRは、水素原子である。
 このF108を用いた例では、F108中の末端部分のヒドロキシエチル基中のヒドロキシ基とイソシアネート基との反応によってR(ウレタン基)が形成され、上記ヒドロキシエチル基中のエチル基の部分がL(エチレン基)となり、F108中の末端部分のヒドロキシエチル基を除いた部分がRとなる。Rは、ヒドロゲル化剤としての式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物から水素原子を1個除いた残基に対応する。
F108 is a hydrogelating agent having an active hydrogen group, specifically, Pluronic (registered trademark) F108 manufactured by BASF, and more specifically, polyethylene glycol / polypropylene glycol / polyethylene glycol triblock copolymer ( The number average molecular weight is 14600). F108 is an example of the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (1A). In F108, R in Formula (1A) is a hydrogen atom.
In this example using F108, R U (urethane group) is formed by the reaction of the hydroxy group in the hydroxyethyl group of the terminal portion in F 108 with the isocyanate group, and the ethyl group in the hydroxyethyl group is L It becomes G (ethylene group), and the part except the hydroxyethyl group of the terminal part in F108 becomes RG . R G corresponds to a residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) as a hydrogel forming agent.
(比較ポリマーA及びBの合成)
 末端封止剤である特定ゲル化剤を、表1に示す比較化合物に変更したこと以外はポリマー1の合成と同様にして、いずれも鎖状ポリマーである比較ポリマーA及びBをそれぞれ合成した。
 比較ポリマーA及びBは、いずれも、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8000であり、かつ、酸価が0.70mmol/gであった。
(Synthesis of Comparative Polymers A and B)
Comparative polymers A and B, which are chain polymers, were respectively synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of the polymer 1 except that the specific gelling agent as the end capping agent was changed to the comparison compound shown in Table 1.
Each of Comparative Polymers A and B had a weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of 8,000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
 表1及び表2において、PEGMEは、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(数平均分子量(Mn)=4000)であり、IPAは、イソプロピルアルコールである In Tables 1 and 2, PEGME is polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (number average molecular weight (Mn) = 4000), and IPA is isopropyl alcohol
(ポリマー10(主鎖中、光重合性基有り)の合成)
 下記反応スキームに従い、特定鎖状ポリマーとして、ポリマー10(主鎖中、光重合性基有り)を合成した。
 ここで、「主鎖中」とは、ポリマーが、主鎖中に2価のゲル化基を有することを意味し、「光重合性基有り」とは、ポリマーが光重合性基を有することを意味する。
(Synthesis of Polymer 10 (in the main chain, with a photopolymerizable group))
According to the following reaction scheme, polymer 10 (having a photopolymerizable group in the main chain) was synthesized as a specific chain polymer.
Here, "in the main chain" means that the polymer has a divalent gelling group in the main chain, and "with a photopolymerizable group" means that the polymer has a photopolymerizable group. Means
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 三口フラスコに、ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’―ジイソシアネート(HMDI)(82.5g)、ジメチロールプロピオン酸(DMPA)(16.9g)、トリシクロデカンジメタノール(化合物(2-5))(2.9g)、ビスフェノールAエポキシジアクリレート(化合物(a-21))(77.0g)、特定ゲル化剤(詳細には、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤)としての1,12-ドデシルジアミン(HN(CH12NH)(0.3g)、及び酢酸エチル(102.3g)を仕込み、70℃に加熱した。そこに、U-600を0.2g添加し、70℃で5時間撹拌した。
 次に、そこに、末端封止剤としてのイソプロピルアルコール(IPA)(80g)と、酢酸エチル(110g)と、を添加し、70℃で3時間撹拌した。3時間の撹拌後、反応液を室温まで放冷し、次いで酢酸エチルで濃度調整を行うことにより、ポリマー9の30質量%溶液(溶媒は、酢酸エチル)を得た。
 ポリマー9の重量平均分子量(Mw)は8000であり、酸価は0.70mmol/gであった。
In a three-necked flask, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) (82.5 g), dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA) (16.9 g), tricyclodecane dimethanol (compound (2-5)) (2 .9 g), bisphenol A epoxy diacrylate (compound (a-21)) (77.0 g), 1,12-as a specific gelling agent (specifically, an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group) Dodecyl diamine (H 2 N (CH 2 ) 12 NH 2 ) (0.3 g) and ethyl acetate (102.3 g) were charged and heated to 70 ° C. Thereto, 0.2 g of U-600 was added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 5 hours.
Then, thereto was added isopropyl alcohol (IPA) (80 g) as an end capping agent and ethyl acetate (110 g), and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 3 hours. After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then adjusted in concentration with ethyl acetate to obtain a 30% by mass solution of polymer 9 (the solvent was ethyl acetate).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer 9 was 8000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
 表1及び表2において、H2N-(CH2)12-NH2は、1,12-ドデシルジアミン(HN(CH12NH)である。 In Table 1 and Table 2, H2N- (CH2) 12- NH2 is a 1,12-dodecyl diamine (H 2 N (CH 2) 12 NH 2).
 ポリマー10は、式(G)で表される基の例である、下記基(G-10)を含んでいる。
 下記基(G-10)は、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤である1,12-ドデシルジアミン(HN(CH12NH)と、HMDI中のイソシアネート基と、の反応物である。
The polymer 10 contains the following group (G-10) which is an example of a group represented by the formula (G).
The following group (G-10) is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group: 1,12-dodecyldiamine (H 2 N (CH 2 ) 12 NH 2 ) and an isocyanate group in HMDI It is a reactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(ポリマー11~16(主鎖中、光重合性基有り)の合成)
 特定ゲル化剤の種類を表1に示すように変更したこと以外はポリマー10の合成と同様にして、いずれも鎖状ポリマーであるポリマー11~16を合成した。
 ポリマー11~16は、いずれも、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8000であり、かつ、酸価が0.70mmol/gであった。
(Synthesis of Polymers 11 to 16 (in the main chain, with a photopolymerizable group))
In the same manner as in the synthesis of the polymer 10 except that the type of the specific gelling agent was changed as shown in Table 1, polymers 11 to 16 which were all linear polymers were synthesized.
All of the polymers 11 to 16 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8,000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
 表1中、gel-01~gel-06の構造は以下のとおりであり、融点及び分子量は表1に示すとおりである。 In Table 1, the structures of gel-01 to gel-06 are as follows, and the melting point and the molecular weight are as shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 gel-01~gel-06は、それぞれ、以下のようにして合成した。
・gel-01の合成: アセトニトリル300mL中に3-アミノ-1-プロパノール20gを溶解し、0℃で撹拌した。そこに、ドデカン二酸ジクロリド26.8gを滴下し、0℃で1時間撹拌した。得られた反応液を水300mLに注ぎ、ここに塩酸を添加してpHを3以下に調整した後、析出した固体をろ取した。水300mLで固体を洗浄し、60℃で6時間乾燥した。以上により、目的物であるgel-01を得た。
・gel-02の合成: gel-01の合成例において3-アミノ-1-プロパノールをDL-1-アミノ-2-プロパノールに変更した以外は同様にして、gel-02を得た。
・gel-03の合成: THF200mL中にヘキサメチレンジアミン23gと、ε-カプロラクトン11.4gを溶解し、加熱還流条件下、2時間反応させた。得られた反応液を水300mLに注ぎ、ここに塩酸を添加してpHを3以下に調整した後、析出した固体をろ取した。水100mLで固体を洗浄し、60℃で6時間乾燥した。以上により、目的物であるgel-03を得た。
・gel-04の合成: gel-03の合成例において、ヘキサメチレンジアミンを1,12-ドデカンジアミン40gに変更した以外は同様にして、gel-04を得た。
・gel-05の合成: gel-03の合成例においてヘキサメチレンジアミンを1,12-ドデカンジアミン40gに、ε-カプロラクトンをγ-ブチロラクトン8.4gに置換した以外は同様にして、gel-05を得た。
・gel-06の合成: gel-03の合成例において、ヘキサメチレンジアミンを1,12-ドデカンジアミン40gに、ε-カプロラクトンをβ-ブチロラクトン8.4gに、それぞれ変更した以外は同様にして、gel-06を得た。
Each of gel-01 to gel-06 was synthesized as follows.
Synthesis of gel-01: 20 g of 3-amino-1-propanol was dissolved in 300 mL of acetonitrile, and stirred at 0 ° C. Thereto, 26.8 g of dodecanedioic acid dichloride was dropped and stirred at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. The resulting reaction solution was poured into 300 mL of water, and hydrochloric acid was added thereto to adjust the pH to 3 or less, and then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with 300 mL water and dried at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. Thus, the desired product gel-01 was obtained.
Synthesis of gel-02: gel-02 was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis example of gel-01 except that 3-amino-1-propanol was changed to DL-1-amino-2-propanol.
Synthesis of gel-03: In 200 mL of THF, 23 g of hexamethylenediamine and 11.4 g of ε-caprolactone were dissolved, and allowed to react for 2 hours under heating and reflux conditions. The resulting reaction solution was poured into 300 mL of water, and hydrochloric acid was added thereto to adjust the pH to 3 or less, and then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with 100 mL water and dried at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. From the above, gel-03, which is the desired product, was obtained.
Synthesis of gel-04: gel-04 was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis example of gel-03, except that hexamethylenediamine was changed to 40 g of 1,12-dodecanediamine.
Synthesis of gel-05: gel-05 was prepared in the same manner as gel-03 except that 40 g of hexamethylenediamine and 40 g of ε-caprolactone were substituted for hexamethylenediamine and 1,12-dodecanediamine, respectively. Obtained.
-Synthesis of gel-06: In the synthesis example of gel-03, gel was similarly changed except that hexamethylene diamine was changed to 40 g of 1,12-dodecane diamine and ε-caprolactone to 8.4 g of β-butyrolactone, respectively. I got -06.
(ポリマー17)
 ポリマー17として、側鎖に1価のゲル化基を有するメタクリルポリマーを合成した。以下、詳細を示す。
 三口フラスコに、1―メトキシ-2-プロパノール(11.3g)を仕込み、10mL/minの窒素気流下、75℃で30分撹拌した。ここに、カレンズ(登録商標)MOI(昭和電工製、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート)(1.13g)、メタクリル酸メチル(10.67g)、メタクリル酸(0.90g)、V-601(和光純薬工業製、ジメチル 2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオン酸))(0.14g)及び1―メトキシ-2-プロパノール(11.3g)の混合液を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤であるエイコシルアミン(2.29g)を添加し、75℃でさらに2時間撹拌した。得られた反応液を室温まで放冷した後、水200mL/アセトン20mLの混合液に注いだ。析出した粉体をろ取し、オーブンにて60℃で6時間乾燥した。得られた粉体に酢酸エチルを加えて濃度調整を行うことにより、ポリマー17の30質量%溶液(溶媒は、酢酸エチル)を得た。
 ポリマー17の重量平均分子量(Mw)は20000であり、酸価は0.70mmol/gであった。
(Polymer 17)
As the polymer 17, a methacrylic polymer having a monovalent gelling group in a side chain was synthesized. Details are shown below.
In a three-necked flask, 1-methoxy-2-propanol (11.3 g) was charged, and stirred at 75 ° C. for 30 minutes under a nitrogen stream of 10 mL / min. Here, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI (manufactured by Showa Denko, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate) (1.13 g), methyl methacrylate (10.67 g), methacrylic acid (0.90 g), V-601 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) A mixed solution of dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionic acid) (0.14 g) and 1-methoxy-2-propanol (11.3 g) manufactured by Yakuhin Kogyo Co., Ltd. was added dropwise over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, eicosylamine (2.29 g), which is an amphiphilic gelling agent having an active hydrogen group, was added, and the mixture was further stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours. The obtained reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then poured into a mixture of 200 mL of water / 20 mL of acetone. The precipitated powder was collected by filtration and dried in an oven at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. Ethyl acetate was added to the obtained powder to adjust the concentration, whereby a 30% by mass solution of Polymer 17 (the solvent was ethyl acetate) was obtained.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer 17 was 20000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
(ポリマー101(末端、光重合性基無し)の合成)
 下記反応スキームに従い、特定鎖状ポリマーとして、下記ポリマー101(末端、光重合性基無し)を合成した。
 ここで、「末端」とは、ポリマーが、主鎖の末端に1価のゲル化基を有することを意味し、「光重合性基無し」とは、ポリマーが光重合性基を有しないことを意味する。
(Synthesis of Polymer 101 (terminal, no photopolymerizable group))
The following polymer 101 (terminal, no photopolymerizable group) was synthesized as a specific chain polymer according to the following reaction scheme.
Here, "end" means that the polymer has a monovalent gelling group at the end of the main chain, and "no photopolymerizable group" means that the polymer does not have a photopolymerizable group. Means
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 三口フラスコに、ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’―ジイソシアネート(HMDI)(41.2g)、ジメチロールプロピオン酸(DMPA)(6.4g)、トリシクロデカンジメタノール(化合物(2-5))(20.2g)、及び酢酸エチル(67.7g)を仕込み、70℃に加熱した。そこに、U-600を0.14g添加し、70℃で5時間撹拌した。
 次に、そこに、末端封止剤である特定ゲル化剤としてのエイコシルアミン(C2041NH)(0.2g)と、酢酸エチル(42.9g)と、を添加し、70℃で3時間撹拌した。3時間の撹拌後、反応液を室温まで放冷し、次いで酢酸エチルで濃度調整を行うことにより、ポリマー101の30質量%溶液(溶媒は、酢酸エチル)を得た。
 ポリマー101の重量平均分子量(Mw)は8000であり、酸価は0.70mmol/gであった。
 ポリマー101は、ポリマー1と同様に、基(G-1)を含んでいる。
In a three-necked flask, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) (41.2 g), dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA) (6.4 g), tricyclodecane dimethanol (compound (2-5)) (20 2 g) and ethyl acetate (67.7 g) were charged and heated to 70.degree. Thereto, 0.14 g of U-600 was added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 5 hours.
Next, eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ) (0.2 g) as a specific gelling agent as an end capping agent and ethyl acetate (42.9 g) are added thereto, and 70 Stir at C for 3 hours. After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then concentration adjustment was performed with ethyl acetate to obtain a 30% by mass solution of polymer 101 (solvent: ethyl acetate).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer 101 was 8000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
The polymer 101 contains the group (G-1) as in the polymer 1.
(ポリマー102~ポリマー104(末端、光重合性基無し)の合成)
 末端封止剤である特定ゲル化剤の種類を表2に示すように変更したこと以外はポリマー101の合成と同様にして、いずれも鎖状ポリマーであるポリマー102~104を合成した。
 ポリマー102~104は、いずれも、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8000であり、かつ、酸価が0.70mmol/gであった。
(Synthesis of Polymer 102 to Polymer 104 (terminal, no photopolymerizable group))
In the same manner as in the synthesis of the polymer 101 except that the type of the specific gelling agent as the end capping agent was changed as shown in Table 2, polymers 102 to 104 as chain polymers were synthesized.
Each of the polymers 102 to 104 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
(比較ポリマーC及びDの合成)
 末端封止剤である特定ゲル化剤を、表2に示す比較化合物に変更したこと以外はポリマー101の合成と同様にして、いずれも鎖状ポリマーである比較ポリマーC及びDをそれぞれ合成した。
 比較ポリマーC及びDは、いずれも、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8000であり、かつ、酸価が0.70mmol/gであった。
(Synthesis of Comparative Polymers C and D)
Comparative polymers C and D, which are chain polymers, were respectively synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of the polymer 101 except that the specific gelling agent as the end capping agent was changed to the comparison compound shown in Table 2.
Each of Comparative Polymers C and D had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
(ポリマー105(主鎖中、光重合性基無し)の合成)
 下記反応スキームに従い、特定鎖状ポリマーとして、ポリマー105(主鎖中、光重合性基無し)を合成した。
(Synthesis of polymer 105 (in the main chain, no photopolymerizable group))
According to the following reaction scheme, a polymer 105 (in the main chain, without a photopolymerizable group) was synthesized as a specific chain polymer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 三口フラスコに、ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’―ジイソシアネート(HMDI)(41.2g)、ジメチロールプロピオン酸(DMPA)(6.4g)、トリシクロデカンジメタノール(化合物(2-5))(20.2g)、特定ゲル化剤としてのエイコシルアミン(C2041NH)(0.2g)、及び酢酸エチル(67.7g)を仕込み、70℃に加熱した。そこに、U-600を0.14g添加し、70℃で5時間撹拌した。
 次に、そこに、末端封止剤としてのイソプロピルアルコール(IPA)(10g)と、酢酸エチル(32.9g)と、を添加し、70℃で3時間撹拌した。3時間の撹拌後、反応液を室温まで放冷し、次いで酢酸エチルで濃度調整を行うことにより、ポリマー105の30質量%溶液(溶媒は、酢酸エチル)を得た。
 ポリマー105の重量平均分子量(Mw)は8000であり、酸価は0.70mmol/gであった。
 ポリマー105は、ポリマー10と同様に、基(G-10)を含んでいる。
In a three-necked flask, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) (41.2 g), dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA) (6.4 g), tricyclodecane dimethanol (compound (2-5)) (20 .2 g), eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ) (0.2 g) as a specific gelling agent, and ethyl acetate (67.7 g) were charged and heated to 70 ° C. Thereto, 0.14 g of U-600 was added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 5 hours.
Then, thereto was added isopropyl alcohol (IPA) (10 g) as an end capping agent and ethyl acetate (32.9 g), and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 3 hours. After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then adjusted in concentration with ethyl acetate to obtain a 30% by mass solution of polymer 105 (the solvent was ethyl acetate).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer 105 was 8000, and the acid value was 0.70 mmol / g.
The polymer 105, like the polymer 10, contains a group (G-10).
(ポリマー106(主鎖中、光重合性基無し)の合成)
 特定ゲル化剤の種類を表2に示すように変更したこと以外はポリマー105の合成と同様にして、ポリマー106を合成した。
 ポリマー106は、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8000であり、かつ、酸価が0.70mmol/gであった。
(Synthesis of polymer 106 (in the main chain, no photopolymerizable group))
A polymer 106 was synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of the polymer 105 except that the type of the specific gelling agent was changed as shown in Table 2.
The polymer 106 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8,000 and an acid value of 0.70 mmol / g.
〔実施例1〕(光硬化性のインク)
<水分散物の調製>
-油相成分の調製-
酢酸エチル及びエタノールの混合溶液(酢酸エチル:エタノール(質量比)=10:1)と、
ポリマー1の30質量%溶液(ポリマー1の量として53部)と、
サートマー社製の光重合性化合物SR833S(22部;以下、「S833」ともいう)と、
サートマー社製の光重合性化合物SR399E(22部;以下、「S399」ともいう)と、
BASF社製の光重合開始剤IRGACURE(登録商標)819(2.5部;以下、「IRG819」ともいう)と、
増感剤として東京化成工業社製の2-イソプロピルチオキサントン(0.5部;以下、「ITX」ともいう)と、
を混合し、15分間撹拌することにより、固形分36質量%の油相成分44gを得た。
Example 1 (Photocurable Ink)
<Preparation of water dispersion>
-Preparation of oil phase components-
Mixed solution of ethyl acetate and ethanol (ethyl acetate: ethanol (mass ratio) = 10: 1),
30% by weight solution of polymer 1 (53 parts as amount of polymer 1),
A photopolymerizable compound SR833S (22 parts; hereinafter, also referred to as “S833”) manufactured by Sartmar,
A photopolymerizable compound SR399E (22 parts; hereinafter, also referred to as “S399”) manufactured by Sartmar,
A photopolymerization initiator IRGACURE (registered trademark) 819 (2.5 parts; hereinafter, also referred to as “IRG 819”) manufactured by BASF,
2-isopropylthioxanthone (0.5 part; hereinafter, also referred to as “ITX”) manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. as a sensitizer
Were mixed and stirred for 15 minutes to obtain 44 g of an oil phase component having a solid content of 36% by mass.
 S833は、環状構造を有する2官能の光重合性モノマーであり、具体的にはトリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(分子量304)である。
 S399は、環状構造を有しない5官能の光重合性モノマーであり、具体的にはジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート(分子量525)である。
 IRG819は、アシルホスフィンオキシド系光重合開始剤であり、具体的には、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキシドである。
S833 is a bifunctional photopolymerizable monomer having a cyclic structure, and specifically, it is tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (molecular weight 304).
S399 is a pentafunctional photopolymerizable monomer having no cyclic structure, and specifically, is dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (molecular weight 525).
IRG 819 is an acyl phosphine oxide type photoinitiator, specifically, bis (2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl) -phenyl phosphine oxide.
-水相成分の調製-
 蒸留水(45g)と、中和剤としての水酸化ナトリウムと、を混合し、15分間撹拌することにより、水相成分を調製した。
 中和剤としての水酸化ナトリウムの使用量は、製造される粒子において、カルボキシ基の中和度が90%となるように調整した。
 水酸化ナトリウムの具体的な量は、以下の算出式によって求めた。
 水酸化ナトリウムの量(g)=油相成分の全量(g)×(油相成分の固形分濃度(質量%)/100)×(油相成分の全固形分量に対するポリマー1の含有量(質量%)/100)×ポリマー1の酸価(mmol/g)×0.9×水酸化ナトリウムの分子量(g/mol)/1000
-Preparation of water phase components-
An aqueous phase component was prepared by mixing distilled water (45 g) with sodium hydroxide as a neutralizing agent and stirring for 15 minutes.
The amount of sodium hydroxide used as the neutralizing agent was adjusted so that the degree of neutralization of the carboxy group in the produced particles was 90%.
The specific amount of sodium hydroxide was determined by the following formula.
Amount of sodium hydroxide (g) = total amount of oil phase component (g) × (solid content concentration of oil phase component (mass%) / 100) × (content of polymer 1 relative to total solid content of oil phase component (mass) %) / 100) × acid number of polymer 1 (mmol / g) × 0.9 × molecular weight of sodium hydroxide (g / mol) / 1000
 上記油相成分と上記水相成分とを混合し、得られた混合物を25℃でホモジナイザーを用いて18000rpmで10分間乳化させ、乳化物を得た。得られた乳化物を蒸留水(25g)に添加し、得られた液体を室温で30分撹拌した。次に、この液体を50℃に加熱し、50℃で6時間撹拌することにより、上記液体から酢酸エチル及びエタノールを留去した。
 酢酸エチル及びエタノールが留去された液体を、更に、50℃で24時間撹拌することにより、液体中に特定粒子を形成させた。
 次に、この特定粒子を含む液体を、固形分含有量が20質量%となるように蒸留水で希釈することにより、特定粒子の水分散物を得た。
The oil phase component and the water phase component were mixed, and the resulting mixture was emulsified at 25 ° C. using a homogenizer at 18,000 rpm for 10 minutes to obtain an emulsion. The resulting emulsion was added to distilled water (25 g) and the resulting liquid was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Next, the liquid was heated to 50 ° C. and stirred at 50 ° C. for 6 hours to distill off ethyl acetate and ethanol from the liquid.
The liquid from which ethyl acetate and ethanol had been distilled off was further stirred at 50 ° C. for 24 hours to form specific particles in the liquid.
Next, an aqueous dispersion of specific particles was obtained by diluting the liquid containing the specific particles with distilled water so that the solid content is 20% by mass.
<光硬化性のインクの調製>
 下記組成の各成分を混合し、光硬化性のインクを作製した。
-光硬化性のインクの組成-
・上記水分散物 … 82部
・顔料分散液(Pro-jet Cyan APD1000(FUJIFILM Imaging Colorants社製)、顔料濃度14質量%) … 13部
・フッ素系界面活性剤(DuPont社製、Capstone FS-31、固形分25質量%) … 0.3部
・2-メチルプロパンジオール  … 4.7部
<Preparation of Photocurable Ink>
Each component of the following composition was mixed to prepare a photocurable ink.
-Composition of photocurable ink-
The above aqueous dispersion: 82 parts Pigment dispersion (Pro-jet Cyan APD 1000 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Imaging Colorants), pigment concentration: 14% by mass) 13 parts fluorosurfactant (manufactured by DuPont, Capstone FS-31) , Solid content 25% by mass) ... 0.3 parts · 2-methylpropanediol ... 4.7 parts
<評価>
 上記で得られた光硬化性のインクを用い、以下の評価を行った。
 結果を表1に示す。
<Evaluation>
The following evaluation was performed using the photocurable ink obtained above.
The results are shown in Table 1.
(硬化膜の引っ掻き耐性)
 調製後室温で1日以内保管した上記光硬化性のインクを基材上に塗布することにより、上記基材上に厚さ12μmの塗膜を形成した。
 基材としては、DUROplastic社製のポリプロピレン(PP)基板であるCORREXを用いた。
 また、上記塗布は、RK PRINT COAT INSTRUMENTS社製のKハンドコーターのNo.2バーを用いて行った。
(Scratch resistance of cured film)
By coating the above-mentioned photocurable ink stored on the substrate for one day or less at room temperature after preparation, a coating film with a thickness of 12 μm was formed on the above-mentioned substrate.
As a base material, CORREX which is a polypropylene (PP) substrate made by DUROplastic was used.
Moreover, the said application is No. 1 of the K hand coater made by RK PRINT COAT INSTRUMENTS. It carried out using 2 bars.
 次に、上記塗膜を60℃で3分間加熱し、乾燥させた。
 乾燥後の塗膜に対し、紫外線(UV)を照射することにより、塗膜を硬化させ、硬化膜を得た。
 紫外線(UV)の照射は、露光光源としてオゾンレスメタルハライドランプMAN250Lを搭載し、コンベアスピード35m/分、露光強度1.0W/cmに設定した実験用UVミニコンベア装置CSOT((株)ジーエス・ユアサパワーサプライ製)を用いた。このUVの照射は、露光エネルギー1000mJ/cmにて行った。
Next, the coated film was heated at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes to be dried.
The coating film after drying was irradiated with ultraviolet light (UV) to cure the coating film and obtain a cured film.
For ultraviolet (UV) irradiation, an experimental UV mini-conveyor CSOT equipped with an ozone-less metal halide lamp MAN250L as an exposure light source, a conveyor speed of 35 m / min, and an exposure intensity of 1.0 W / cm 2 Yuasa Power Supply) was used. The UV irradiation was performed at an exposure energy of 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
 上記で形成された硬化膜に対し、以下の条件の引っ掻き試験を実施した。 The scratch test of the following conditions was implemented with respect to the cured film formed above.
-引っ掻き試験の条件-
・装置 … ハイドン社製の往復摩耗試験機「TYPE30S」
・引っ掻き針 … 先端の曲率半径が1.0mmであるSUS(ステンレス)製の引っ掻き針
・加重 … 100g及び200gの2条件
・引っ掻き速度 … 3000mm/min.
・引っ掻き回数 … 5往復
-Conditions of scratch test-
・ Device ... Reciprocation abrasion tester "TYPE30S" made by Haydn
-Scratching needle: SUS (stainless steel) scratching needle having a radius of curvature of 1.0 mm at the tip-Weight: 2 conditions of 100 g and 200 g-Scratching speed: 3000 mm / min.
・ Number of scratches ... 5 round trips
 引っ掻き試験の実施後、硬化膜の表面を目視で観察し、下記評価基準に従って、硬化膜の引っ掻き耐性を評価した。
 下記評価基準において、硬化膜の引っ掻き耐性が最も優れるものは、Aである。
After the scratch test, the surface of the cured film was visually observed, and the scratch resistance of the cured film was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
In the following evaluation criteria, A is the one with the best scratch resistance of the cured film.
-硬化膜の引っ掻き耐性の評価基準-
 A:5往復後において、荷重100g及び荷重200gのいずれの条件においても、硬化膜に引っ掻き跡は見られなかった。
 B:5往復後において、荷重100gの条件では硬化膜に引っ掻き跡は見られなかったが、荷重200gの条件では、硬化膜にわずかに引っ掻き跡が見られた。
 C:5往復後において、荷重100gの条件で、硬化膜にわずかに引っ掻き跡が見られた。
 D:5往復後において、荷重100gの条件で、硬化膜にはっきりと引っ掻き跡が見られた。
-Evaluation criteria for scratch resistance of cured film-
A: After 5 reciprocations, no scratch marks were observed on the cured film under any of the conditions of 100 g load and 200 g load.
B: After 5 reciprocations, no scratch marks were found in the cured film under the condition of a load of 100 g, but a slight scratch mark was observed in the cured film under the condition of a load of 200 g.
C: After 5 reciprocations, a slight scratch was observed on the cured film under a load of 100 g.
D: After 5 cycles, a scratch was clearly observed on the cured film under a load of 100 g.
(画像の精細さ)
 上記基材をプリントヒーターによって60℃に加熱し、加熱された基材に対し、上記光硬化性のインクを上記インクジェットプリンタのヘッドから吐出し、図1に示す文字画像を、3ポイント、5ポイント、7ポイント、及び10ポイントの各サイズにて形成した。
(Fineness of image)
The substrate is heated to 60 ° C. by a print heater, and the photocurable ink is discharged from the head of the ink jet printer to the heated substrate, and the character image shown in FIG. 1 is 3 points, 5 points , 7 points, and 10 points in each size.
 形成された各サイズの図1に示す文字画像を、倍率10倍のクラフトルーペ(エツミ社製)によって観察した。観察した結果に基づき、下記評価基準にて、画像の精細さを評価した。下記評価基準において、画像の精細さが最も優れるものは、Aである。 The character image shown in FIG. 1 of each size thus formed was observed with a kraft loupe (manufactured by Etsumi Co., Ltd.) at a magnification of 10 times. Based on the observed results, the definition of the image was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. In the following evaluation criteria, A is the one with the highest definition of the image.
-画像の精細さの評価基準-
 A:5ポイントのサイズの図1に示す文字画像が、潰れ及びにじみ無く形成された。
 B:7ポイントのサイズの図1に示す文字画像が、潰れ及びにじみ無く形成された(但し、Aに該当する場合を除く)。
 C:10ポイントのサイズの図1に示す文字画像が、潰れ及びにじみ無く形成された(但し、A又はBに該当する場合を除く)。
 D:10ポイントのサイズの図1に示す文字画像が、潰れて、又は、にじんで形成された。
-Evaluation criteria for image definition-
A: The character image shown in FIG. 1 with a size of 5 points was formed without crushing and bleeding.
B: A character image shown in FIG. 1 having a size of 7 points was formed without crushing and bleeding (except in the case of A).
C: A character image shown in FIG. 1 having a size of 10 points was formed without crushing and bleeding (except in the case corresponding to A or B).
D: The character image shown in FIG. 1 with a size of 10 points was crushed or dusted.
〔実施例2~17〕(光硬化性のインク)
 ポリマー1を、表1に示す各ポリマーに変更したこと以外は実施例1と同様の操作を行った。
 結果を表1に示す。
[Examples 2 to 17] (Photocurable Ink)
The same operation as in Example 1 was performed except that Polymer 1 was changed to each polymer shown in Table 1.
The results are shown in Table 1.
〔比較例1及び2〕(光硬化性のインク)
 ポリマー1を、表1に示す各比較ポリマーに変更したこと以外は実施例1と同様の操作を行った。
 結果を表1に示す。
[Comparative Examples 1 and 2] (Photocurable Ink)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that Polymer 1 was changed to each comparative polymer shown in Table 1.
The results are shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
 表1に示すように、水と、ゲル化基を有するポリマーを含む粒子(即ち、特定粒子)と、を含有する光硬化性のインクを用いた実施例1~17は、粒子中のポリマーがゲル化基ではなく比較基を有する比較例1及び2と比較して、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さに優れていた。 As shown in Table 1, in Examples 1 to 17 using a photocurable ink containing water and particles containing a polymer having a gelling group (that is, specific particles), the polymer in the particles is The scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image were excellent as compared with Comparative Examples 1 and 2 having the comparative group instead of the gelling group.
 実施例1~3及び5~9と、実施例10~16と、の対比より、ゲル化基が1価の基である場合(即ち、式(G)中のnが1である場合)(実施例1~3及び5~9)には、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さがより向上することがわかる。 From the comparison of Examples 1 to 3 and 5 to 9 with Examples 10 to 16, when the gelling group is a monovalent group (ie, when n G in the formula (G) is 1) In Examples 1 to 3 and 5 to 9, it can be seen that the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are further improved.
 実施例1~3及び5~9と、実施例17と、の対比より、ゲル化基がポリマーの主鎖の末端に配置されている場合(実施例1~3及び5~9)には、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さがより向上することがわかる。 From the comparison of Examples 1 to 3 and 5 to 9 and Example 17, when the gelling group is disposed at the end of the main chain of the polymer (Examples 1 to 3 and 5 to 9), It can be seen that the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are further improved.
 実施例5~8の結果から、ゲル化基の形成に、活性水素基を有するヒドロゲル化剤(HG)を用いた場合において、式(G)中のRに対応する基が多糖類の残基である場合(実施例5~7)には、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さがより向上することがわかる。 From the results of Examples 5 to 8, when the hydrogel forming agent (HG) having an active hydrogen group is used to form a gelling group, the group corresponding to R G in the formula (G) is a residue of polysaccharides. In the case of the base (Examples 5 to 7), it is understood that the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are further improved.
 実施例1~4及び9の結果から、ゲル化基の形成に、活性水素基を有する両親媒性ゲル化剤(AMG)を用いた場合において、式(G)中のRに対応する疎水性基の炭素数が10以上である場合(実施例1~3及び9)には、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さがより向上することがわかる。
 中でも、式(G)中のRに対応する疎水性基の炭素数が16以上である場合(実施例1~3)には、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さが特に向上することがわかる。
From the results of Examples 1 to 4 and 9, when the amphiphilic gelling agent (AMG) having an active hydrogen group is used to form the gelling group, the hydrophobicity corresponding to R G in the formula (G) When the carbon number of the sex group is 10 or more (Examples 1 to 3 and 9), it is understood that the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are further improved.
Above all, when the carbon number of the hydrophobic group corresponding to R G in the formula (G) is 16 or more (Examples 1 to 3), the scratch resistance of the image and the definition of the image are particularly improved. Recognize.
 上述した実施例1~17の各々における特定粒子の水分散物を用い、特定粒子の体積平均分散粒子径を測定した。
 その結果、いずれの例においても、特定粒子の体積平均分散粒子径は、0.15μm~0.25μmの範囲であった。
Using the aqueous dispersion of specific particles in each of Examples 1 to 17 described above, the volume average dispersed particle size of the specific particles was measured.
As a result, in any of the examples, the volume average dispersed particle diameter of the specific particles was in the range of 0.15 μm to 0.25 μm.
〔実施例101〕(熱硬化性のインク)
<熱硬化性のインクの調製>
 インクの調製において、S833、S399、IRG819、及びITXを、60℃、2.67kPa(20torr)の条件でプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを減圧留去したTrixeneTMBI7982(熱重合性モノマー;ブロックイソシアネート;Baxenden Chemicals社)(以下、「BI7982」ともいう;量は表2に示すとおり;分子量793)に変更し、かつ、ポリマー1を同じ量のポリマー101に変更したこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、熱硬化性のインクを調製した。
Example 101 (Thermosetting Ink)
Preparation of Thermosetting Ink
In preparation of the ink, S833, S399, IRG819, and ITX a, 60 ℃, 2.67kPa (20torr) Trixene TM BI7982 ( thermally polymerizable monomer of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was distilled off under reduced pressure under the conditions of; blocked isocyanate; Baxenden Chemicals (Hereinafter referred to as “BI 7982”; the amount is as shown in Table 2; molecular weight 793), and in the same manner as Example 1 except that Polymer 1 is changed to Polymer 101 of the same amount, A thermosetting ink was prepared.
<評価>
 上記で得られた熱硬化性のインクを用い、以下の評価を行った。
 結果を表2に示す。
<Evaluation>
The following evaluation was performed using the thermosetting ink obtained above.
The results are shown in Table 2.
(硬化膜の引っ掻き耐性)
 硬化膜の引っ掻き耐性の評価について、塗膜を60℃で3分間加熱して乾燥させ、乾燥後の塗膜に対し紫外線(UV)を照射する操作を、塗膜を120℃のオーブンで5分加熱する操作に変更したこと以外は実施例1における硬化膜の引っ掻き耐性の評価と同様にして実施した。
(Scratch resistance of cured film)
For evaluation of scratch resistance of the cured film, the coated film is dried by heating at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes, and the dried coated film is irradiated with ultraviolet light (UV), and the coated film is heated for 5 minutes in an oven at 120 ° C. The evaluation was conducted in the same manner as in the evaluation of the scratch resistance of the cured film in Example 1 except that the operation was changed to the heating operation.
(画像の精細さ)
 画像の精細さについて、実施例1における画像の精細さの評価と同様にして実施した。
(Fineness of image)
The definition of the image was carried out in the same manner as the evaluation of the definition of the image in Example 1.
〔実施例102、104、105及び106〕(熱硬化性のインク)
 ポリマー101を、表2に示すポリマーに変更したこと以外は実施例101と同様の操作を行った。
 結果を表2に示す。
[Examples 102, 104, 105 and 106] (Thermosetting Ink)
The same operation as in Example 101 was performed except that the polymer 101 was changed to the polymer shown in Table 2.
The results are shown in Table 2.
〔実施例103〕(熱硬化性のインク)
 BI7982を、エポキシ基を有する熱重合性モノマーであるEPICLONTM840(DIC社;以下、「EP840」ともいう;量は表2に示すとおり;分子量340)及び熱硬化促進剤である2-メチルイミダゾール(以下、「2MI」ともいう;量は表2に示すとおり)に変更したこと以外は実施例102と同様の操作を行った。
 結果を表2に示す。
Example 103 (Thermosetting Ink)
The BI7982, EPICLON TM 840 is a thermally polymerizable monomer having an epoxy group (DIC Corporation; hereinafter referred to as "EP840"; the amount is as shown in Table 2; molecular weight 340) is a and the thermal curing accelerator 2-methylimidazole The same operation as in Example 102 was performed except that the amount was changed to “2 MI” (hereinafter, the amount is also shown in Table 2).
The results are shown in Table 2.
〔比較例101及び102〕(熱硬化性のインク)
 ポリマー101を、表2に示す比較ポリマーに変更したこと以外は実施例101と同様の操作を行った。
 結果を表2に示す。
[Comparative Examples 101 and 102] (Thermosetting ink)
The same operation as in Example 101 was performed except that the polymer 101 was changed to a comparative polymer shown in Table 2.
The results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
 表2に示すように、熱硬化性のインクに関する実施例101~106においても、光硬化性のインクに関する実施例1~17と同様の結果が得られた。 As shown in Table 2, the same results as in Examples 1 to 17 for the photocurable ink were obtained in Examples 101 to 106 for the thermosetting ink.
 上述した実施例101~106の各々における特定粒子の水分散物を用い、特定粒子の体積平均分散粒子径を測定した。
 その結果、いずれの例においても、特定粒子の体積平均分散粒子径は、0.15μm~0.25μmの範囲であった。
Using the aqueous dispersion of specific particles in each of Examples 101 to 106 described above, the volume average dispersed particle size of the specific particles was measured.
As a result, in any of the examples, the volume average dispersed particle diameter of the specific particles was in the range of 0.15 μm to 0.25 μm.
〔実施例201〕(MCを含む光硬化性のインク)
<マイクロカプセル(MC)の水分散物の調製>
 以下のようにして、三次元架橋構造を有する特定架橋ポリマーであるウレタンポリマーからなるシェルと、光重合性モノマー、光重合開始剤、及び増感剤を含むコアと、を含むマイクロカプセル(MC)の水分散物を調製した。
 この例では、マイクロカプセル(MC)が特定粒子に該当する。
Example 201 (Photocurable Ink Containing MC)
<Preparation of Water Dispersion of Microcapsule (MC)>
A microcapsule (MC) comprising a shell comprising a urethane polymer which is a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a photopolymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, and a sensitizer as follows: Water dispersion was prepared.
In this example, microcapsules (MC) correspond to specific particles.
-油相成分の調製-
酢酸エチルと、
三井化学社製のタケネート(登録商標)D-110N(固形分である3官能イソシアネート化合物の量として43部;以下、この固形分を「D110」ともいう)と、
下記NCO1の溶液(固形分であるNCO1の量として10部)と、
光重合性モノマーである前述のS833(20.5部)と、
光重合性モノマーである前述のS399(22部)と、
光重合開始剤である前述のIRG819(2.5部)と、
増感剤である前述のITX(0.5部)と、
を混合し、15分間撹拌することにより、固形分30質量%の油相成分45.7gを得た。
-Preparation of oil phase components-
With ethyl acetate,
Takenate (registered trademark) D-110N (43 parts as the amount of solid trifunctional isocyanate compound; manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc .; hereinafter, this solid is also referred to as “D110”),
A solution of the following NCO1 (10 parts as an amount of NCO1 which is a solid content),
S833 (20.5 parts) described above, which is a photopolymerizable monomer,
S399 (22 parts) as described above which is a photopolymerizable monomer,
The aforementioned IRG 819 (2.5 parts), which is a photopolymerization initiator,
With the above-mentioned ITX (0.5 part) which is a sensitizer,
Were mixed and stirred for 15 minutes to obtain 45.7 g of an oil phase component having a solid content of 30% by mass.
 タケネートD-110Nは、トリメチロールプロパン(TMP)とm-キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)との付加物(3官能イソシアネート化合物である「D110」)の75質量%酢酸エチル溶液である。 Takenate D-110N is a 75% by mass ethyl acetate solution of an adduct of trimethylolpropane (TMP) and m-xylylene diisocyanate (XDI) (trifunctional isocyanate compound “D110”).
 NCO1は、カルボキシ基を導入したイソシアネート化合物であり、具体的には、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)酪酸(DMBA)とIPDIとの付加物(DMBA/IPDI=1/3(モル比))である。NCO1の酸価は、1.2mmol/gである。
 上述のNCO1の溶液は、NCO1の35質量%酢酸エチル溶液である。
 NCO1の溶液は、三口フラスコに、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)酪酸(DMBA)18g、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)82g、及び酢酸エチル(AcOEt)186gを加え、50℃に加熱し、そこにネオスタンU-600を0.3g添加し、3時間反応させることによって調製した。
NCO1 is an isocyanate compound having a carboxy group introduced, and specifically, an adduct of 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) butyric acid (DMBA) and IPDI (DMBA / IPDI = 1/3 (molar ratio)) It is. The acid value of NCO1 is 1.2 mmol / g.
The above solution of NCO1 is a 35% by weight solution of NCO1 in ethyl acetate.
A solution of NCO 1 is added to a three-necked flask, 18 g of 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) butyric acid (DMBA), 82 g of isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) and 186 g of ethyl acetate (AcOEt), heated to 50 ° C. It was prepared by adding 0.3 g of U-600 and reacting for 3 hours.
-水相成分の調製-
 蒸留水(43.1g)と、中和剤としての水酸化ナトリウムと、特定ゲル化剤としてのエイコシルアミン(C2041NH)と、を混合し、15分間撹拌することにより、水相成分を調製した。
 ここで、エイコシルアミン(C2041NH)の量は、前述の43部のD110に対して1.5部とした。
 また、中和剤としての水酸化ナトリウムの使用量は、製造されるMCにおいて、カルボキシ基の中和度が90%となるように調整した。
 水酸化ナトリウムの具体的な量は、以下の算出式によって求めた。
 水酸化ナトリウムの量(g)=油相成分の全量(g)×(油相成分の固形分濃度(質量%)/100)×(油相成分の全固形分量に対するNCO1の含有量(質量%)/100)×NCO1の酸価(mmol/g)×0.9×水酸化ナトリウムの分子量(g/mol)/1000
-Preparation of water phase components-
Distilled water (43.1 g), sodium hydroxide as a neutralizing agent, and eicosylamine (C 20 H 41 NH 2 ) as a specific gelling agent are mixed, and water is stirred for 15 minutes. The phase components were prepared.
Wherein the amount of eicosyl amine (C 20 H 41 NH 2) was set to 1.5 parts relative to D110 of 43 parts of the foregoing.
The amount of sodium hydroxide used as the neutralizing agent was adjusted so that the degree of neutralization of the carboxy group in the manufactured MC was 90%.
The specific amount of sodium hydroxide was determined by the following formula.
Amount of sodium hydroxide (g) = total amount of oil phase component (g) × (solid content concentration of oil phase component (mass%) / 100) × (content of NCO 1 with respect to total solid content of oil phase component (mass%) ) / 100) × NCO 1 acid value (mmol / g) × 0.9 × molecular weight of sodium hydroxide (g / mol) / 1000
 上記油相成分と上記水相成分とを混合し、得られた混合物を室温でホモジナイザーを用いて12000rpmで10分間乳化させ、乳化物を得た。得られた乳化物を蒸留水(15.3g)に添加し、得られた液体を50℃に加熱し、50℃で5時間撹拌することにより、上記液体から酢酸エチルを留去した。残った液体を、固形分含有量が20質量%となるように蒸留水で希釈することにより、マイクロカプセルの水分散物を得た。 The oil phase component and the water phase component were mixed, and the obtained mixture was emulsified at room temperature for 10 minutes at 12000 rpm using a homogenizer to obtain an emulsion. The obtained emulsion was added to distilled water (15.3 g), and the obtained liquid was heated to 50 ° C. and stirred at 50 ° C. for 5 hours to evaporate ethyl acetate from the liquid. The remaining liquid was diluted with distilled water so as to have a solid content of 20% by mass, to obtain a water dispersion of microcapsules.
 このマイクロカプセルのシェルであるポリマーは、3官能イソシアネート化合物であるD110と、カルボキシ基を導入したイソシアネート化合物であるNCO1と、の反応によって形成された、三次元架橋構造を有するウレタンポリマーである。このウレタンポリマーの末端は、末端封止剤としての特定ゲル化剤であるエイコシルアミンと、イソシアネート基と、の反応によって封止されている。
 このマイクロカプセルのシェルであるポリマーは、
NCO1にもともと含まれていたウレタン基、
D110にもともと含まれていたウレタン基、及び、
D110中又はNCO1中のイソシアネート基と、D110中又はNCO1中のイソシアネート基と、水と、の反応によって形成されたウレア基
を有している。
The polymer which is the shell of this microcapsule is a urethane polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure formed by the reaction of D110 which is a trifunctional isocyanate compound, and NCO1 which is an isocyanate compound having a carboxy group introduced. The terminal of this urethane polymer is sealed by the reaction between eicosylamine, which is a specific gelling agent as an end-capping agent, and an isocyanate group.
The polymer that is the shell of this microcapsule is
Urethane group originally contained in NCO1,
Urethane group originally contained in D110, and
It has a urea group formed by the reaction of an isocyanate group in D110 or NCO1, an isocyanate group in D110 or NCO1, and water.
<光硬化性のインクの調製>
 下記組成の各成分を混合し、光硬化性のインクを作製した。
-光硬化性のインクの組成-
・上記水分散物 … 82部
・顔料分散液(Pro-jet Cyan APD1000(FUJIFILM Imaging Colorants社製)、顔料濃度14質量%) … 13部
・フッ素系界面活性剤(DuPont社製、Capstone FS-31、固形分25質量%) … 0.3部
・2-メチルプロパンジオール  … 4.7部
<Preparation of Photocurable Ink>
Each component of the following composition was mixed to prepare a photocurable ink.
-Composition of photocurable ink-
The above aqueous dispersion: 82 parts Pigment dispersion (Pro-jet Cyan APD 1000 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Imaging Colorants), pigment concentration: 14% by mass) 13 parts fluorosurfactant (manufactured by DuPont, Capstone FS-31) , Solid content 25% by mass) ... 0.3 parts · 2-methylpropanediol ... 4.7 parts
<評価>
 得られた光硬化性のインクを用い、実施例1で実施した評価と同様の評価を行った。
 結果を表3に示す。
<Evaluation>
The same evaluation as that performed in Example 1 was performed using the obtained photocurable ink.
The results are shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
 表3に示すように、特定粒子としてMCを含有する光硬化性のインクに関する実施例201においても、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さに優れる効果を有することが確認された。 As shown in Table 3, it was also confirmed that Example 201 related to a photocurable ink containing MC as specific particles has an excellent effect of scratch resistance of an image and definition of an image.
 この実施例201(表3)と前述の実施例1(表1)との対比より、特定ポリマーとして鎖状ポリマー(ポリマー1)を含む実施例1では、特定ポリマーとして、MCのシェルである三次元架橋ポリマーを含む実施例201と比較して、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さにより優れることがわかる。 From the comparison between Example 201 (Table 3) and Example 1 (Table 1) described above, in Example 1 in which the chain polymer (Polymer 1) is contained as the specific polymer, the third polymer which is the shell of MC as the specific polymer It is understood that the scratch resistance of the image and the fineness of the image are superior to Example 201 containing the original crosslinked polymer.
 上述した実施例201におけるMCの水分散物を用い、MCの体積平均分散粒子径を測定したところ、MCの体積平均分散粒子径は0.15μm~0.25μmの範囲であった。 The volume average dispersed particle size of MC was measured using the aqueous dispersion of MC in Example 201 described above, and the volume average dispersed particle size of MC was in the range of 0.15 μm to 0.25 μm.
〔実施例301〕(MCを含有する熱硬化性のインク)
<熱硬化性のインクの調製>
 以下のようにして、三次元架橋構造を有する特定架橋ポリマーであるウレタンポリマーからなるシェルと、熱重合性モノマーを含むコアと、を含むマイクロカプセル(MC)の水分散物を調製した。
 この例では、マイクロカプセル(MC)が特定粒子に該当する。
[Example 301] (Thermosetting ink containing MC)
Preparation of Thermosetting Ink
In the following manner, an aqueous dispersion of microcapsules (MC) containing a shell composed of a urethane polymer which is a specific crosslinked polymer having a three-dimensional crosslinked structure, and a core containing a thermally polymerizable monomer was prepared.
In this example, microcapsules (MC) correspond to specific particles.
 詳細には、S833、S399、IRG819、及びITXを、BI7982(量は表4に示すとおり)に変更したこと以外は実施例201における光硬化性のインクの調製と同様にして、熱硬化性のインクを調製した。
 熱硬化性のインク中、MCのシェルを形成するポリマーの構造は、実施例201におけるMCのシェルを形成するポリマーの構造と同様である。
Specifically, a thermosetting resin was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the photocurable ink in Example 201 except that S833, S399, IRG 819, and ITX were changed to BI7982 (the amounts are as shown in Table 4). An ink was prepared.
In the thermosetting ink, the structure of the polymer forming the shell of MC is similar to the structure of the polymer forming the shell of MC in Example 201.
<評価>
 上記で得られた熱硬化性のインクを用い、熱硬化性のインクに関する実施例101と同様の評価を行った。
 結果を表4に示す。
<Evaluation>
Evaluation similar to Example 101 regarding thermosetting ink was performed using the thermosetting ink obtained above.
The results are shown in Table 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024

 
 表4に示すように、MCを含有する熱硬化性のインクに関する実施例301においても、MCを含有する光硬化性のインクに関する実施例201と同様の結果が得られた。 As shown in Table 4, the same results as Example 201 for the MC-containing photocurable ink were obtained also in Example 301 for the MC-containing thermosetting ink.
 この実施例301(表4)と前述の実施例101(表2)との対比より、特定ポリマーとして鎖状ポリマー(ポリマー101)を含む実施例101では、特定ポリマーとして、MCのシェルである三次元架橋ポリマーを含む実施例301と比較して、画像の引っ掻き耐性及び画像の精細さにより優れることがわかる。 From the comparison between this Example 301 (Table 4) and the above-mentioned Example 101 (Table 2), in Example 101 including the chain polymer (polymer 101) as the specific polymer, the third order being the shell of MC as the specific polymer It is understood that the scratch resistance of the image and the fineness of the image are superior to those of Example 301 containing the original crosslinked polymer.
 上述した実施例301におけるMCの水分散物を用い、MCの体積平均分散粒子径を測定したところ、MCの体積平均分散粒子径は、0.15μm~0.25μmの範囲であった。 When the volume average dispersed particle size of MC was measured using the aqueous dispersion of MC in Example 301 described above, the volume average dispersed particle size of MC was in the range of 0.15 μm to 0.25 μm.
 2017年9月25日に出願された日本国特許出願2017-183868号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application 2017-183868, filed on September 25, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described herein are as specific and distinct as when individual documents, patent applications, and technical standards are incorporated by reference. Hereby incorporated by reference.

Claims (12)

  1.  水と、
     ウレタンポリマー、ウレアポリマー、又は(メタ)アクリルポリマーであり、活性水素基を有するゲル化剤とイソシアネート基との反応物であるゲル化基を有するポリマーを含む粒子と、
    を含有するインク組成物。
    water and,
    Particles comprising a polymer having a gelling group which is a urethane polymer, a urea polymer or a (meth) acrylic polymer and which is a reaction product of a gelling agent having an active hydrogen group and an isocyanate group;
    An ink composition containing
  2.  前記ゲル化基が、下記式(G)で表される基である請求項1に記載のインク組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式(G)中、nは、1又は2を表し、Rは、ウレタン基、ウレア基、チオウレタン基、又はチオウレア基を表し、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、*は、結合位置を表す。
     式(G)中、Rは、nが1である場合には、多糖類、タンパク質、アクリル樹脂、ビニル樹脂、若しくは式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物であるヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を1個除いた残基を表すか、又は、1価の疎水性基を表す。
     式(G)中、Rは、nが2である場合には、前記ヒドロゲル化剤から水素原子を2個除いた残基を表すか、又は、2価の疎水性基を表す。
     式(1)中、n及びmは、それぞれ独立に、2以上の整数を表し、pは、0以上の整数を表し、Lは、炭素数3以上のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
    The ink composition according to claim 1, wherein the gelling group is a group represented by the following formula (G).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In formula (G), n G represents 1 or 2, R U represents a urethane group, a urea group, a thiourethane group, or a thiourea group, and L G represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. , * Represents a bonding position.
    In the formula (G), R G is a polysaccharide, a protein, an acrylic resin, a vinyl resin, or a hydrogelator which is a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1) when n G is 1. It represents a residue from which one hydrogen atom has been removed, or a monovalent hydrophobic group.
    In formula (G), when n G is 2, R G represents a residue obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the hydrogelator, or represents a divalent hydrophobic group.
    In formula (1), n and m each independently represent an integer of 2 or more, p represents an integer of 0 or more, L represents an alkylene group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and R is a hydrogen atom , An alkyl group or an aryl group.
  3.  前記ヒドロゲル化剤が、前記多糖類又は前記式(1)で表されるポリオキシアルキレン化合物であり、
     前記1価の疎水性基が、炭素数10以上の直鎖アルキル基であり、
     前記2価の疎水性基が、炭素数10以上の直鎖アルキレン基である
    請求項2に記載のインク組成物。
    The hydrogel agent is the polysaccharide or a polyoxyalkylene compound represented by the formula (1),
    The monovalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms,
    The ink composition according to claim 2, wherein the divalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkylene group having 10 or more carbon atoms.
  4.  前記ヒドロゲル化剤が、前記多糖類であり、
     前記1価の疎水性基が、炭素数16以上の直鎖アルキル基であり、
     前記2価の疎水性基が、炭素数16以上の直鎖アルキレン基である
    請求項2又は請求項3に記載のインク組成物。
    The hydrogelator is the polysaccharide,
    The monovalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkyl group having 16 or more carbon atoms,
    The ink composition according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the divalent hydrophobic group is a linear alkylene group having 16 or more carbon atoms.
  5.  前記式(G)中の前記Rが、ウレア基である請求項2~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 5. The ink composition according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the R U in the formula (G) is a urea group.
  6.  前記ゲル化基が、1価の基である請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the gelling group is a monovalent group.
  7.  前記ポリマーが、鎖状ポリマーであり、
     前記ゲル化基が、前記鎖状ポリマーの主鎖の末端に配置されている請求項6に記載のインク組成物。
    The polymer is a linear polymer,
    The ink composition according to claim 6, wherein the gelling group is disposed at the end of the main chain of the linear polymer.
  8.  前記粒子が、重合性モノマーを含む請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the particles contain a polymerizable monomer.
  9.  前記ポリマーが、重合性基を有する請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the polymer has a polymerizable group.
  10.  インクジェットインクとして用いられる請求項1~請求項9のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物。 The ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which is used as an inkjet ink.
  11.  請求項1~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物を製造する方法であって、
     有機溶剤及び前記ポリマーを含む油相成分と、水を含む水相成分と、を混合し、乳化させることにより、前記粒子を形成する工程を有するインク組成物の製造方法。
    A method of producing the ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein
    A method for producing an ink composition, comprising the steps of forming the particles by mixing and emulsifying an organic phase and an oil phase component containing the polymer, and an aqueous phase component containing water.
  12.  基材上に、請求項1~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載のインク組成物を付与することによりインク膜を形成する工程と、
     前記インク膜を加熱する工程と、
    を含む画像形成方法。
    Forming an ink film by applying the ink composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10 on a substrate;
    Heating the ink film;
    An image forming method including:
PCT/JP2018/033087 2017-09-25 2018-09-06 Ink composition, method for manufacturing same and image formation method WO2019058990A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019543547A JP6938652B2 (en) 2017-09-25 2018-09-06 Ink composition, its manufacturing method, and image forming method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017183868 2017-09-25
JP2017-183868 2017-09-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019058990A1 true WO2019058990A1 (en) 2019-03-28

Family

ID=65809660

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/033087 WO2019058990A1 (en) 2017-09-25 2018-09-06 Ink composition, method for manufacturing same and image formation method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6938652B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2019058990A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021095372A1 (en) * 2019-11-13 2021-05-20 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition for ink-jet recording and method for recording image
WO2023054013A1 (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-04-06 日東電工株式会社 Polymer-dispersed liquid crystal film, method for producing polymer-dispersed liquid crystal film, and polymer-dispersed liquid crystal-forming composition

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001064556A (en) * 1999-07-09 2001-03-13 Oce Technol Bv Ink composition for meltable ink and method for printing substrate therewith
JP2004137380A (en) * 2002-10-18 2004-05-13 Arakawa Chem Ind Co Ltd Aqueous polyurethane resin, binder for printing ink, and printing ink composition
JP2012092317A (en) * 2010-09-28 2012-05-17 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition for inkjet recording, and inkjet recording method using the same
JP2013199602A (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-03 Seiko Epson Corp Inkjet ink composition and inkjet recording method
JP2013216886A (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-24 Xerox Corp Novel ink compositions containing isosorbide-capped amide gellant
WO2016152254A1 (en) * 2015-03-24 2016-09-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Aqueous dispersion of gel particles, method for producing same, and image formation method
JP2018002909A (en) * 2016-07-04 2018-01-11 キヤノン株式会社 Inkjet recording method and inkjet recording device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6334054B2 (en) * 2015-03-24 2018-05-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Aqueous dispersion of gel particles, method for producing the same, and image forming method
JP6602384B2 (en) * 2015-08-31 2019-11-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition for ink jet recording, method for producing the same, and ink jet recording method
WO2018190204A1 (en) * 2017-04-14 2018-10-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink-jet ink, production method therefor, and image formation method
JP7048616B2 (en) * 2017-07-26 2022-04-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition, its manufacturing method, and image forming method

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001064556A (en) * 1999-07-09 2001-03-13 Oce Technol Bv Ink composition for meltable ink and method for printing substrate therewith
JP2004137380A (en) * 2002-10-18 2004-05-13 Arakawa Chem Ind Co Ltd Aqueous polyurethane resin, binder for printing ink, and printing ink composition
JP2012092317A (en) * 2010-09-28 2012-05-17 Fujifilm Corp Ink composition for inkjet recording, and inkjet recording method using the same
JP2013199602A (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-03 Seiko Epson Corp Inkjet ink composition and inkjet recording method
JP2013216886A (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-24 Xerox Corp Novel ink compositions containing isosorbide-capped amide gellant
WO2016152254A1 (en) * 2015-03-24 2016-09-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Aqueous dispersion of gel particles, method for producing same, and image formation method
JP2018002909A (en) * 2016-07-04 2018-01-11 キヤノン株式会社 Inkjet recording method and inkjet recording device

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021095372A1 (en) * 2019-11-13 2021-05-20 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition for ink-jet recording and method for recording image
JPWO2021095372A1 (en) * 2019-11-13 2021-05-20
JP7309895B2 (en) 2019-11-13 2023-07-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition for inkjet recording and image recording method
WO2023054013A1 (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-04-06 日東電工株式会社 Polymer-dispersed liquid crystal film, method for producing polymer-dispersed liquid crystal film, and polymer-dispersed liquid crystal-forming composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019058990A1 (en) 2020-07-09
JP6938652B2 (en) 2021-09-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6584677B2 (en) Ink jet ink composition and image forming method
JP6820429B2 (en) Ink composition, its manufacturing method, and image forming method
JP7048616B2 (en) Ink composition, its manufacturing method, and image forming method
JP6537638B2 (en) Microcapsule, water dispersion, method of producing water dispersion, and image forming method
JP6896155B2 (en) Inkjet ink composition, its manufacturing method, and image forming method
JP6639687B2 (en) Aqueous dispersion, method for producing the same, and image forming method
JP6611830B2 (en) Ink composition, ink set, image recording method, and ink composition manufacturing method
JP6636054B2 (en) Microcapsule, aqueous dispersion, method for producing aqueous dispersion, and image forming method
WO2017135085A1 (en) Aqueous dispersion, production method for same, and image formation method
JP6938652B2 (en) Ink composition, its manufacturing method, and image forming method
JP7254947B2 (en) Particles, aqueous dispersions, inkjet inks, film-forming methods, and image-forming methods
JP7102420B2 (en) Ink composition and image forming method
JP6900466B2 (en) Ink composition, its manufacturing method, and image forming method
JP6678737B2 (en) Aqueous dispersion, method for producing the same, and image forming method
WO2018190204A1 (en) Ink-jet ink, production method therefor, and image formation method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18859668

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019543547

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18859668

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1